(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lycoming College catalog"







Bright Choice. Bright Future. 



jJiJi 





The Mission 



The mission of Lycoming College is to 
provide a distinguished baccalaureate educa- 
tion in the liberal aits. This is achieved within 
a coeducational, supportive, residential setting 
through programs that develop communication 
and critical thinking skills; foster self-aware- 
ness while increasing receptivity to new 
concepts and perspectives; explore literary and 
scientific traditions; cultivate an aesthetic 
sensibility; elicit social responsibility; promote 
racial inclusiveness, gender equality, and an 
appreciation of cultural diversity; and produce 
leadership for the institutions of society. Each 
student is encouraged to develop and 
strengthen virtues and traits of character that 
enable, ennoble, and emancipate the human 
spirit while deepening commitment to those 
values that undergird civilization. 

Fully accredited, Lycoming is a member of 
the Middle States Associafion of Colleges and 
Schools, and the University Senate of The 
United Methodist Church. It is a member of 
the Association of American Colleges and 
Universities, the Pennsylvania Association of 
Colleges and Universities, the Commission for 
Independent Colleges and Universities, the 
National Commission on Accrediting and the 
National Association of Schools and Colleges 
of The United Methodist Church, i 

Also, the Department of Chemistry is 
approved by the American Chemical Society to 
certify upon graduation those students who 
meet or exceed the requirements established by 
the Society for membership. The departments 
of Accounting and Business Administration 
are accredited by the Association of Collegiate 
Business Schools and Programs. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CONTENTS 



Contents 



Academic Calendar, 2004-2005 2 

Welcome to Lycoming 4 

The Campus 6 

Admission to Lycoming 10 

Financial Matters 13 

Student Affairs 22 

Academic Policies And Regulations 25 

The Academic Program 32 

The Curriculum 52 

The Board of Trustees 166 

Administrative Staff/Faculty 167 

The Alumni Association 184 

Index 186 




Communication With 
Lycoming College 



The general regulations and policies stated in this 
catalog are in effect for the 2004-05 academic year. 
Freshmen beginning their first terms at Lycoming College 
in the fall of 2004 or the spring of 2005 are thereafter 
governed by the policies stated in this catalog. 

If changes are made in subsequent editions of the 
catalog to either distribution requirements or major 
requirements, students have the option of following their 
original program or a subsequent catalog version, but the 
College always reserves the right to determine which 
requirements apply. 

If a student interrupts his or her education but returns to 
the College after no more than one academic year has 
passed, he/she will retain the same requirements in effect 
at the initial date of entrance. A student who withdraws 
from the College for more than one year will, upon return, 
be required to complete the requirements currently 
imposed upon other students of the same academic level. 
A student who transfers to the College with advanced 
standing will be subject to the requirements imposed upon 
other students at the College who have attained the same 
academic level. Post-baccalaureate students will be subject 
to the requirements stated on page 32. 

Lycoming College reserves the right to amend or 
change the policies and procedures stated in this catalog 
without prior notice to those who may be affected by 
them. The provisions of this publication are not to be 
regarded as an irrevocable contract between the applicant 
and/or the student and Lycoming College. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 






ACADEMIC Calendar 2004 - 


-2005 






Fall Semester 


Spring Semester 


Bills are due 


August 13 


December 17 


Residence halls open for freshmen 


August 27 at 9 a.m. 


January 9 at 8 a.m. 


Residence halls open for upperclassmen 


August 28 at 10 a.m. 


January 9 at 8 a.m. 


Classes begin first period 


August 30 


January 10 


Processing of drop/add begins 


August 30 


January 10 


Re-registration fee of $25 applies 
after this date 


September 3 


January 14 


Last day for drop/add 


September 3 


January 14 


Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


September 3 


January 14 


Last day for submission of final grades for 
courses for which Incomplete grades were 
recorded in Spring, May, and Summer terms 


October 8 




Last day for submission of final grades 
for courses for which Incomplete 
grades were recorded in Fall semester 




February 18 


Early Assessment reports due at noon 


October 1 1 


February 21 


Residence halls close at 6 p.m. for 
spring recess 




February 25 


Residence halls open at 10 a.m. 




March 6 


Classes resume first period after 
spring recess 




March 7 


Enrollment deposit deadline 




March 8 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 



• 


Fall Semester 


• 

Spring Semester 


Last day to withdraw from courses 


November 1 


March 21 


Last days to withdraw from 
half semester courses. 


1st 7 weeks 
2nd 7 weeks 


September 29 
November 17 


February 9 
April 6 


Residence halls close at 9:00 p.m. for 
Thanksgiving recess 


November 23 




Residence halls open at 10 a.m. 


November 28 




Classes resume first period after 
Thanksgiving 


November 29 




Final examinations begin 


December 13 


April 25 


Semester ends at 5:00 p.m. 


December 17 


April 29 


Residence halls close at 6:00 p.m. 


December 17 


April 29 





SP 
May Term 


ECIAL SESSIC 

Summer 
Session #1 


)NS 

Summer 
Session #2 


Residence halls open noon - 2:30 p.m. 


May 8 


June 5 


July 10 


Classes begin 


May 9 


June 6 


July 11 


Last day for drop/add 


May 10 


June 8 


July 13 


Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


May 10 


June 8 


July 13 


Last day to withdraw from courses 


May 25 


June 27 


August 1 


Temi ends 


June 3 


July 8 


August 12 


Residence halls close at 4:00 p.m. 


June 3 


July 8 


August 12 



Special dates to remember: 

Freshman First Weekend August 27, 28, 29 

New Student Convocation August 27 

Labor Day (classes in session) September 6 

Homecoming Weekend September 17-19 

Science Saturday October 2 

FamilyWeekend October 8-10 

Long Weekend (no classes) October 15-17 

Admissions Open House October 23 

Admissions Open House November 13 

Thanksgiving Recess November 23-28 

2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Admissions Open House February 12 

Spring Recess February 25 - March 6 

Good Friday (no classes) March 25 

Accepted Students Day April 3 

Honors Convocation April 10 

Baccalaureate May 7 

Commencement May 8 

Memorial Day (no classes) May 30 

Independence Day (no classes) July 4 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 



Welcome To Lycoming College 




Lycoming College is a liberal arts and 
sciences college dedicated to providing the 
type of learning that can be used for a lifetime 
in a supportive, residential environment that 
fosters individual growth and close interper- 
sonal relationships. 

U.S. News and World Report has recog- 
nized the Carnegie reclassification of Lycom- 
ing. The College is one of the national liberal 
arts colleges in the United States. It is 
something that Lycoming alumni have quietly 
known for years. The reasons are simple. 

All of Lycoming's resources and faculty are 
dedicated to the undergraduate education of 
just 1500 students. Classes are small and all 
faculty members teach. With a 1 3 to 1 ratio of 
students to faculty, classes of five or ten 
students are not uncommon, while even large 
introductory courses average about 30 
students. This means abundant opportunities 



for individual attention by a faculty truly 
committed to teaching. The average gradua- 
tion rate for first time freshmen is 66%. 

Lycoming students are superbly prepared 
to meet the challenges of life through an 
academic program that includes both breadth 
of study in the humanities, arts, social sciences 
and natural sciences and depth of study in at 
least one area of concentration. 

Those areas of concentration include 
bachelor of arts degree in 3 1 major fields, and 
a bachelor of science degree in four major fields. 

Those who intend to continue in medicine, 
dentistiy, law, the ministry or teaching will find 
excellent preprofessional preparation. 
Through a number of cooperative programs 
with other colleges and universities, Lycoming 
students can study engineering, forestry, 
environment, podiatric medicine, optometry, 
and medical technology — while still enjoying 



L YCOM ING COLLEGE 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 



the benefits of a small college experience. 
They can also study at Oxford Brookes 
University in Oxford, England; Anglia 
Polytechnic University in Cambridge, En- 
gland; Regent's College in London, England; 
Lancaster University, Lancaster, England; 
CUEF Universite Stendhal-Grenoble 3 in 
Grenoble, France; Tandem International 
School in Madrid, Spain, and Estudio 
Sampere at El Puerto de Santo Maria and 
Madrid, Spain; or spend a semester in 
Washington, D.C., or New York City through 
a number of other cooperative programs. 

One of Lycoming's most popular and 
successful ways of blending career planning 
with a liberal arts education is through its 
internship program. Close to one-third of 
Lycoming students gain real job experience as 
part of a semester course load. The 
Williamsport area is particularly rich in 
internship opportunities in business, communi- 
cation, government, health and social services. 
The close relationship between the College 
and the community has given Lycoming 
students a chance to roll up their sleeves and 
gain resume-enhancing experience rather than 
mere observation. 

Most students complete their program of 
study in four years, usually by taking four 
courses each fall and spring semester. How- 
ever, students may take one course during 
Lycoming's May Term and from one to two 
courses in each Summer Term. 

Perhaps one of the most important 
qualities of Lycoming is its feeling of commu- 
nity. Lycoming is a truly residential college 
where all students, with the exception of close 
commuters, live on campus in one of the 
College's residence halls or apartments. 

The quality of campus life is enriched by 
a variety of extracurricular activities in which 
Lycoming students gain valuable leadership 
training. 

Students produce a newspaper, run the 
campus radio station, edit a yearbook, mount 




theatre productions, participate in a nationally 
acclaimed choir and concert band, as well as 
organize and manage their own social fraterni- 
ties and sororities, special interest clubs and 
campus-wide social events. 

Student athletes can try out for 19 differ- 
ent varsity sports (10 for men, 9 for women) 
or participate in the College's strong intramu- 
ral program. 

Students are admitted free to productions 
at the Community Arts Center. Student-run 
programs have brought in Adam Sandler, 
Fiona Apple, Eve6, Sugar Ray and Brian Adams. 

Lycoming's campus lies near the historic 
downtown of Williamsport, a city best known 
as the birthplace of Little League Baseball and 
the site of its annual international champion- 
ship. The greater metro area has a population 
of approximately 75,000. 

The rolling hills and forestlands of 
northcentral Pennsylvania provide some of the 
state's best scenery, as well as hiking, 
camping, kayaking, and other outdoor 
recreation. Yet Lycoming is less than a four- 
hour drive from New York City, Philadelphia, 
Washington, D.C., Bahimore, and Pittsburgh. 

The College enjoys a relationship with the 
United Methodist Church and supports its 
tradition of providing an education to persons 
of all faiths. The College is firmly committed 
to a policy of cultural diversity and expects its 
students to work together in an atmosphere of 
respect and tolerance. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY • THE CAMPUS 

• 



HISTORY 



The history of Lycoming College has been 
one of continual evolution. The institution 
has been, at one time or another, an elemen- 
tary and secondary school, a seminary, a 
junior college and at present a four-year 
liberal arts college — going through three name 
changes in the process. Sold by an indepen- 
dent board to the Methodists (who bought it 
as a source of revenue), it is today an indepen- 
dent non-profit, private college, affiliated with 
the United Methodist Church. 

Its beginning dates back to 1812 — making 
Lycoming one of the 50 oldest colleges in 
America — when it was founded as the 
Williamsport Academy, that city's first 
elementary and secondary school. The school 
was administered by a Board of Trustees 
made up primarily of staunch Presbyterians. 

By 1848, Williamsport had its own public 
school system well in place, and the private 
school was becoming a financial burden. A 
visionary circuit preacher. Rev. Benjamin H. 
Crever, persuaded the Methodists to buy the 
school. They named the institution Dickinson 
Seminary and offered college preparatory 
courses. Rev. Crever is considered the 
school's true founder. 

The seminary operated as a private 
boarding school until 1929 when a college 
curriculum was added and it became the 
Williamsport Dickinson Junior College, the 
first private junior college in Pennsylvania. 

In 1947, the junior college became a four- 
year degree-granting college of liberal arts and 
sciences. It adopted the name Lycoming, 
derived from the American Indian word 
"lacomic," meaning "Great Stream," a name 
that enjoys local popularity as the name of the 
county, a township and a creek. 

In its evolutionary tradition, Lycoming 
College continues to expand its programs and 
improve its academic excellence with each 
decade, seeking to provide a truly distin- 
guished baccalaureate education to every 
student entering its doors. 




The Campus 



Twenty-one buildings sit on Lycoming's 
35-acre campus. Most buildings have been 
constructed since 1950. All are easy to reach 
from anywhere on campus. A 12-acre athletic 
field and football stadium lie a few blocks 
north of the main campus. 

Modem buildings include the eight 
residence halls, which contain clean and 
comfortable double rooms; the student union; 
and the physical education/recreation center. 
Up-to-date facilities include the library, the 
theatre, the planetarium, the computer center, 
an electronic music studio, a photography 
laboratory, and an art gallery. The computer 
center opened in 1969; the art gallery and the 
physical education center opened in 1980. An 
arts center was renovated and opened in 
1 983. The Heim Biology and Chemistry 
Building opened in 1990. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 

• 



Residence Halls 

Asbury Hall (1962) — Named in honor of 
Bishop Francis Asbury, the father of The 
United Methodist Church in the United States, 
who made the circuit through the upper 
Susquehanna District in 1812, the year 
Lycoming (then the Williamsport Academy) 
opened its doors. Asbury Hall houses fresh- 
man students in a co-educational environment. 

Crever Hall (1962) — Honors Lycoming's 
founder and first financial agent, the Rev. 
Benjamin H. Crever, who helped persuade the 
Baltimore Conference to purchase the school 
from the Williamsport Town Council in 1 848. 

East Hall (1962) — Houses five chapters of 
Lycoming's fraternities and sororities. The 
self-contained units contain student rooms and 
a chapter room. 

Forrest Hall (1968) — Honors Dr. and Mrs. 
Fletcher Bliss Forrest and Anna Forrest 
Burfeindt '30, the parents and sister of 
Katherine Forrest Mathers '28, whose 
generosity established the memorial. 

Rich Hall (1948) — Honors the Rich family 
of Woolrich, Pennsylvania. It houses health 
services, dining services office, security, 
residence life, and buildings and grounds. Rich 
is an all female hall. 

Skeath Hall (1965) — The largest residence 
hall honors the late J. Milton Skeath, profes- 
sor of psychology and four-time Dean of the 
College from 1921 to 1967. It houses 
freshmen in a co-educational environment. 

Wesley Hall (1956) Honors John Wesley, 
the founder of Methodism. This building 
houses a number of Greek organizations, as 
well as independent students. 

Williams Hall (1965) — Honors Mary Ellen 
Whitehead Williams, mother of Joseph A. 
Williams, of St. Marys, Pennsylvania, whose 
bequest established the memorial. 



Academic Buildings 

Academic Center (1968) — The most 
architecturally impressive complex on campus, 
the Center is composed of four buildings: the 
John G. Snowden Memorial Library, Wendle 
Hall, the Mary L. Welch Theatre and Laborato- 
ries, and the faculty office building. 

John G. Snowden Memorial Library (1968) 
www.lycoming.edu/library Named after the 
late state senator John G. Snowden, the library 
supports the classroom and research needs of 
the college community. An active instruction 
program promotes the use of print materials, 
web accessed academic infonnation resources, 
and other information technologies. The 
collection includes more than 180,000 vol- 
umes, approximately 1000 periodical titles, and 
a strong reference collection suitable to an 
undergraduate education. The Snowden 
Memorial Library also houses the Lycoming 
College Archives and the archives of the 
Central Pennsylvania Conference of the United 
Methodist Church. 

Art Gallery (1980) — Located in the northwest 
comer of the first floor of the John G. Snowden 
Memorial Library, the gallery contains exhibits 
year-round, including shows of student work. 

Information Technology Services/Computer 
Center (1969) — www.lycoming.edu/it 

Lycoming College provides at least one 
computer network access point in each class- 
room, office, and for each student on campus. 
In addition the Snowden Library and other key 
areas have wireless network access. Students 
have access to a variety of on-campus and 
worldwide resources through the network. 

The College maintains five public use 
computer labs, four labs populated with 
Windows-based computers, and one lab with a 
mix of Windows and Macintosh computers. 
The Windows labs utilize several popular 
software packages, such as Office 2003 (Word, 
Excel, PowerPoint, Access, FrontPage 2003), 
Internet Explorer, and SPSS. The Graphics 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE CAMPUS 

• 



Lab utilizes Microsoft Office, PageMaker, 
Photoshop, Quark XPress, Illustrator, 
FrontPage 2002, Macromedia Director and 
DreamWeaver. Laser printing and CD/RW 
drives are available in all labs, with scanning 
available in the Graphics Lab. 

Lycoming College maintains a site on the 
World Wide Web where our URL is 
www.Iycoming.edu. Any student who is 
enrolled at Lycoming receives an e-mail 
account as well as a network account with 
disk space for a personal Website and 
common files. These are backed up daily. 
Academic departments maintain home pages 
and resources under the Lycoming College 
home page(s). Many faculty post departmen- 
tal home pages and communicate with their 
students by e-mail. 

Any student living in a residence hall can 
become part of the Residential Networking 
Program, ResNet. They then have direct 
access to the Lycoming network and the 
Internet. Students need properly configured 
computers to give them access to e-mail and 
the World Wide Web from their rooms. 

A Linux server provides access to a variety 
of different software packages to students in 
the Mathematical and Computer Sciences. 

ResNet (1995) - Any student who has a 
computer is encouraged to bring it to campus. 
To join the Residential Networking Program, 
ResNet, a student must have a computer that 
meets a minimal set of standards. A laptop 
computer with wireless is highly encouraged, 
and discounts are available through the 
College Bookstore. ResNet is part of a single 
consolidated Technology Fee of $165 per 
semester that will cover your access to 
ResNet, cable TV and the telephone basic fee. 
For full instructions you can go to 
www.Iycoming.edu/acad/resnet.htm. 



Video Conference Facility (1995) - The 

College maintains a specially equipped video- 
conference facility that provides access to 
courses, lectures and resources that would 
otherwise be unavailable. Lycoming is part of 
a consortium of schools that uses this tech- 
nology to enhance educational opportunities. 

Computer Graphics Lab (1993) — This 
computer lab features state-of-the-art 
Macintosh and Windows XP graphic stations 
equipped with animation, photographic 
imaging, paint and draw programs for both 
fine arts and commercial design students, 
along with desktop publishing and a number 
of other programs for general use. Most 
programs are updated armually. 

Wendle Hail and Laboratories (1968) — 

Named after the George Wendle family, a 
College benefactor, this building contains 2 1 
classrooms, the psychology laboratories, four 
computer laboratories with 75 terminals 
available for use, and spacious Pennington 
Lounge, an informal meeting place for 
students and faculty. The language, business, 
mathematics and physics laboratories are 
situated on the upper floors. 

Detwiler Planetarium (1967) — Named 
after the Detwiler family, it is located in the 
lower level of the Academic Center. In 
addition to serving as an instructional tool to 
astronomy students, the planetarium has 
become a community resource, hosting close 
to 2,000 youngsters in Boy Scout, Girl Scout, 
school and church groups each year. 

Mary L. Welch Theatre (1968) — The 204- 
seat thrust-stage theatre is one of the finest in 
the region. Theatre facilities include: the college 
box office, state-of-the-art lighting and sound 
systems, costume and scene shops, a make-up 
room, and an additional black-box perfor- 
mance space known as the Downstage Theatre. 

Faculty Office Building (1968) — Contains 
faculty offices, seminar rooms, and a 735-seat 
lecture hall. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THECAMPUS 



Fine Arts Center (1923, renovated 1983) — 

Contains studios, sculpture foundry, wood- 
shop, printmaking shop, classrooms, lecture 
hall, offices. 

Academic Resource Center — Located on 
the third floor of the Snowden Library, it is 
operated by a professional staff and peer 
tutors during the academic year. The Center 
offers workshops, tutoring, and counseling. 

Photography Laboratory (1984) — Located 
in the lower level of the Fine Arts Center, it is 
fully equipped for both black and white and 
color photography. 

Communication Center (1987) — The focal 
point of the facility is a fully equipped 
broadcast quality television studio and control 
room. The building also houses an editing 
room, a classrooms, faculty offices, the FM 
radio station and the student newspaper 
office. 

Heim Biology and Chemistry Building 
(1 990) — The $ 1 million Heim Building is 
one of the finest undergraduate science 
facilities in the East. The three-level structure 
totals more than 63,000 square feet and 
contains state-of-the-art biology and chemis- 
try laboratories, lecture halls, seminar rooms, 
a science reading area and a greenhouse as 
well as classrooms and faculty offices. 

Clarke Building & Chapel (1939) — 

Lycoming's landmark honors Martha B. 
Clarke, a benefactor. The building contains 
Clarke Chapel, St. John Neumann Chapel, the 
United Campus Ministry Center, a recital 
hall, music classrooms, practice studios, an 
electronic music studio and faculty offices. 

Mary Lindsay Welch Honors Hall 

Lycoming is refurbishing a 1 9th century 
landmark into an Honors Hall that will include 
a 100-seat recital hall, offices for the United 
Campus Ministry, and a small chapel. 



Administration Buildings 

Drum House — Built in 1 857 the Admissions 
House is the oldest building on the campus. It 
was first occupied by a Presbyterian parson. 

The Admissions House was bought by the 
College in 1931, along with 28 other dwell- 
ings, and in 1940 became the President's 
home. John W. Long occupied it for the 
remainder of his tenure and D. Frederick 
Wertz lived in the house from 1955 until 1965 
when the College made the property at 325 
Grampian Boulevard the President's home. 
The building was then converted for use by 
the Fine Arts Department. In 1983, when a 
new Fine Arts facility was completed, the 
department was relocated and the house was 
vacant until 1987 when it was restored by 
college craftsmen to its original Federalist 
design under the supervision of Carol Baker 
'60, who kindly volunteered her services 
during the year-long reconstruction. The 
Admissions House was a gift of the W.F. Rich 
family. 

John W. Long Hall (1951) — Named after 
President Long (1921-1955), it houses the 
administrative offices, including those of the 
President, Dean, Treasurer, Dean of Student 
Affairs, Registrar, Alumni and Parent Pro- 
grams, College Relations, Institutional 
Advancement, Publications, and Financial Aid. 
It includes a reception area. 

Recreation Facilities 

Physical Education and Recreation Center 
(1980) — Includes the George R. Lamade 
Gymnasium, which contains basketball and 
other courts; a six-lane swimming pool; all- 
purpose room; sauna and steam room; weight 
room; offices; classrooms, and the Alumni 
lounge. 

New Recreation Center (2004) — Is a two- 
story 54,000 square foot space with four 
basketball courts. It has a suspended indoor 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE CAMPUS • ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 




running track, an expanded weight room, and 
a new exercise and fitness area. 

Robert L. Shangraw Athletic Complex 

(1998) — Located at David Person Field, the 
1 7,700 square foot complex contains locker 
facilities for football, lacrosse, soccer, and 
Softball in addition to a fully-equipped athletic 
training room. The press box can 
accommodate radio and television coverage 
and includes a hospitality suite for guests of 
the president. There is bleacher sitting for 
2,000 fans. 

Wertz Student Center (1959) — Named 
after D. Frederick Wertz, President (1955- 
1968), it contains the Main Dining Commons, 
Jane Schultz Room, Burchfield Lounge, a 
recreation area, game rooms. Jack's Comer, 
bookstore, post office, student activities 
office, Career Development Center, Counsel- 
ing Center, and student organization offices. 

Handicapped Accessibility 

Most facilities at Lycoming College are 
accessible to those with limited mobility. In 
addition, the College will make special 
accommodations whenever necessary to meet 
the needs of any of its students. 



Admission 
To Lycoming 



Lycoming College welcomes applications 
from prospective students regardless of age, 
sex, race, religion, financial resources, color, 
national or ethnic background. Visit us at 
www.lycoming.edu 

Admission Decision Criteria 

Admission to Lycoming College is com- 
petitive. Applicants are evaluated on the basis 
of their academic preparation, talents, and 
interests, as well as the College's capacity to 
help them achieve their educational objectives 
and career goals. 

Successful candidates for admission have 
typically completed a college preparatory 
program in high school which includes four 
years of English, three years of math, two 
years of foreign language, two years of natural 
or physical science, three years of social 
science, and two years of academic electives. 

In addition, successful admission candidates 
generally place in the top two-fifths of their 
high school graduating class, and have better 
than average SATl or ACT scores. 

From time to time supplemental materials, as 
well as a personal interview, may be required 
prior to the detemiination of admissibility. 

Admission Application 
Filing Period 

Applications for the fall semester will be 
accepted from June 1st of the preceding year 
through April 1st of the year in which studies 
are to begin. Applications for the spring 
semester are accepted from the preceding 
May 1st through December 1st. 

Applications, when complete, are reviewed 
and evaluated on a rolling basis. Generally, 
applicants are notified in writing regarding the 
outcome of their applications within three 
weeks following the receipt of all required 
materials. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



Freshman Applicants 

Freshman applicants must complete the 
following steps: 

1 ) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application. 

2) Submit the non-refundable $35 
application fee. 

3) Provide official transcripts of all high 
school and post-secondary school studies 
(whether or not completed). 

4) Submit official results of the SATl or ACT. 

5) Submit two personal letters of 
recommendation. 

6) Submit a written essay. 

Transfer Applicants 

Lycoming College considers applications 
from students who have attended other post- 
secondary educational institutions. These 
applicants must have earned a cumulative 
grade point average of at least 2.00 (on a 4 
point scale) in transferable courses at the post- 
secondary institution(s) attended. 

Credit will be granted only for courses 
which have a grade of "C-" or higher. Courses 
with a non-grade such as "P" or "S" will not 
transfer. Lycoming College will determine 
which courses are appropriate for transfer and 
is under no obligation to accept any course. 
Final determination of transfer credit will be 
made by the Lycoming College Registrar 
based on official transcripts only. Transfer 
courses will be shown on the Lycoming 
transcript with the symbol "T." 

Applicants may transfer up to 64 semester 
credits at the Lycoming College 1 00 and 200 
level and up to 32 semester credits at the 
Lycoming College 300 and 400 level for a 
total of 96 credits. Students must complete the 
final 32 credits of the degree program at 
Lycoming College. At least 16 credits in the 
major area must be taken at Lycoming College. 

Additional information regarding the 
transfer of college credit appears on page 26. 

Transfer applicants must complete each of 
the following steps: 



1 ) Complete and return application with the 
$35 application fee. 

2) Provide official transcripts and course 
descriptions or catalogs from each 
post-secondary school attended. Students 
who have accumulated less than 24 
semester hours or 36 quarter hours must 
also submit high school transcripts. 
(Official results of the SATl or ACT may 
also be required.) 

3 ) Submit the Transfer Student Admission 
Report. (It will be sent to you upon 
application). 

International Applicants 

Prospective students who are neither 
citizens nor pennanent residents of the United 
States are welcome to apply for admission. 

International applicants must complete each 
of the following steps: 

1 ) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application. 

2) Provide certified true copies of all 
secondary (and when applicable, post- 
secondary) transcripts, mark sheets, diplo- 
mas, and certificates in the original lan- 
guages, as well as in English (when the 
originals are not in English). Transla- 
tions of non-English materials must be 
certified as true and correct. 

3) Submit two letters of recommendation. 

4) Provide proof of the ability to read, write, 
and speak English at the college level as 
evidenced by a TOEFL score of at least 
500, or 173 for computer assessment test. 

5) International students who are currently 
studying in the United States must be 
"in-status" with the United States De- 
partment of Justice, Immigration and 
Naturalization Service. They must also 
be eligible to transfer to Lycoming College. 

Please note that the minimum amount 
required for each academic year of study 
(September through April) at Lycoming 
College is U.S. $28,000. Summer living 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



expenses (May through August) average 
an additional U.S. $4,500, and are not 
included in $28,000 amount. 

Note To All Students: 

1) If there is additional information that 
would be helpful to the Admissions Com- 
mittee in reviewing your application, 
please indicate it on a separate piece of 
paper. 

2) If you are 24 or older, the requirement for 
the SATl or ACT assessment may be 
waived. 

Readmission to the College 

All students who leave the College for one 
or more semesters must apply for readmission 
through the Office of the Registrar. Students 
will be notified by mail when readmission has 
been granted. They must then pay a deposit 
of $200 confirming their intention to re- 
matriculate in order to receive registration 
materials. Students seeking residence must 
submit an additional $100 Room Reservation 
Deposit as well as contact the Office of 
Residence Life to make arrangements to 
reserve a room. These deposits are non- 
refundable. Students who do not attend 
Lycoming College the term for which readmit- 
tance is granted will be required to complete 
another readmission application when they 
desire to return. Students who return to the 
College after no more than one academic year 
has passed may retain the same requirements 
in effect at the initial date of entrance. After 
one year, students will be required to com- 
plete the requirements currently imposed upon 
other students of the same academic level. 

Confirmation of Intent 
to Enroll at Lycoming 

Admitted applicants are asked to confirm 
their intent to enroll for the fall semester no 
later than the preceding May 1st, or by 
December 1st for the following spring 
semester by submitting the appropriate 
deposit. New commuting students are 



required to submit a $200 Confirmation 
Deposit. New resident students are required 
to submit the $200 Confirmation Deposit, as 
well as a $100 Room Reservation Deposit. 
Admitted international applicants are required 
to submit all applicable deposits prior to the 
issuance of the 1-20 form. 

Deposits are non-refundable after May 1 st 
for the following fall semester, and December 
1 St for the following spring semester. 

Student Orientation 

All new students are required to attend one 
of three summer orientation sessions with at 
least one parent before they enroll in the fall. 
The purpose of the program is to acquaint the 
new students and their parent(s) more fully 
with the College so that they can begin their 
Lycoming experience under the most favorable 
circumstances. Students will take placement 
tests, meet their academic advisor, and register 
for fall classes. Information on orientation is 
mailed to new students after they confirm their 
intention to enroll. 

Withdrawal of Admission Offers 

Lycoming College reserves the right to 
withdraw offers of admission when: 

1) information requested as part of the 
admission application process is not 
provided by applicants, 

2) misrepresentation of fact to the College by 
applicants occurs during the application 
process, 

3) the conduct of applicants is not in keeping 
with the ethical or moral standards as set 
forth in the Lycoming College Catalog or 
the Lycoming College Student Handbook. 

Admissions Office 
Location and Hours 

Prospective students and their families are 
encouraged to visit the campus for a student- 
conducted tour and an interview with an 
admissions counselor, who will provide 
additional information about the College and 
answer questions. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING • FINANCIAL MATTERS 




The Office of Admissions is located on 
Washington Boulevard and College Place. For 
an appointment, telephone 1-800-345-3920, 
ext. 4026 or (570)321-4026, write the Office 
of Admissions, Lycoming College, 
Williamsport, PA 1 770 1 , or visit 
www.lycoming.edu/admiss/scheduli2.htm 

Office hours are: 
Weekdays 

September through April: 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 

p.m. 

May through August: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. 

Saturdays 

September through April: 9:00 a.m. to 

12:00 noon 

May through August: appointments by 

request. 



Financial Matters 



Expenses for the 
Academic Year 2004-2005 

The following expenses are effective for the 
regular fall and spring semesters. The College 
reserves the right to adjust fees at any time. 
The fees for each semester are payable approxi- 
mately two weeks prior to the start of classes 
for the semester as indicated on the semester 
bill. 

Fees Per Semester Per Year 

Tuition $11,168.00 $22,336.00 

Room Rent $1,598.00 $3,196.00 

Board $1,523.00 $3,046.00 

Total $14,289.00 $28,578.00 

One-Time Student Fees 

Application Fee $35 

Confirmation/Contingency Deposit $200 

Room Reservation Deposit $100 

FreshmanFee $200 

Part-Time Student Fees 

Application Fee $35 

Each Unit Course $2,792 

Additional Charges 

Non-refundable Enrollment Deposit for 

Returning Students $100 

Activity Feeperyear $125 

Applied Music Fee (half-hour 

per week per semester) $275 

Technology Fee (resident students) 

(per semester) $165 

Cap and Gown prevailing cost 

Laboratory Fee per Unit Course.. $10 to $150 

Parking Permit $60/120 

Practice Teaching Fee 

(payable in junioryear) $400 

R.O.T.C. Unifonn Deposit 

(payable at Bucknell University) $75 

Transcript Fee $4* 

Placement Retest Fee $25 

Single Room Charge additional charge 

of $639 per semester. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



The tuition covers the regular course load 
of twelve to sixteen credits each semester 
excluding band, choir, theater practica and all 
scholars' seminars. Any credits over 1 6 will 
be charged at a rate of $698 per credit. 
Resident students must board at the College 
unless, for extraordinary reasons, authoriza- 
tion is extended for other eating arrange- 
ments. If a double room is used as a single 
room, there is an additional charge of $639 
per semester. The estimated cost for books 
and supplies is up to $800 per year, depending 
on the course of study. Special session (May 
Tenn and Summer Session) charges for 
tuition, room, and board are established 
during the fall semester. 
*$4 for first copy; $1 for each additional copy 
requested at the same time. No charge for 
currently enrolled full-time students. No tran- 
scripts will be issued for a student or alumnus 
whose financial obligation to the college has 
not been satisfied. 

Entry Fees and Deposits 

Application Fee — All students applying for 
admission must submit a $35 application fee. 
This charge defrays the cost of processing the 
application and is nonrefundable. 

Confirmation/Contingency Deposit - All 

fiill-time students who have been notified of 
their admission to Lycoming College are 
required to make a $200 Confinnation 
Deposit to confinn their intention to matricu- 
late. The Deposit is held until Graduation or 
upon written notification submitted to the 
Registrar's office at least two weeks prior to 
the start of each semester. Any remaining 
deposit balance will be refunded after all 
financial obligations to the College have been 
satisfied. 

Resident students must remit an additional 
$100 Room Reservation Deposit. The room 
deposit is applied against the comprehensive 
fees billed for the first semester of attendance. 



Both the Confinnation and Room Reserva- 
tion Deposits are refundable prior to the start 
of the first semester of attendance if the 
official withdrawal date is not later than May 1 . 

Enrollment Deposit — A non-refundable 
enrollment deposit of $100 is required of all 
current fiill and part-time degree-seeking 
students each spring in order to pre-register 
for the subsequent fall semester courses and/ 
or to participate in the annual room selection 
process. This deposit is applied against the 
fall semester bill. 

Partial Payments 

For the convenience of those who find it 
impossible to follow the regular schedule of 
payments, arrangements may be made with 
the College Bursar for the monthly payment 
of College fees through various educational 
plans. Additional information may be ob- 
tained from the Treasurer's Office or Admis- 
sions Office. 

Lycoming College Withdrawal 
Refund Policy 

Students wishing to withdraw from the 
College during the semester should meet with 
the Assistant Dean for Freshmen or the 
Assistant Dean for Sophomores to ensure that 
student financial and academic records are 
properly closed. The effective date of 
calculating refunds shall be: the date that the 
student begins the withdrawal process or 
provides official notification to the institution 
of his or her intent to withdraw; the midpoint 
of enrollment if the student drops out without 
notification to the institution; or the date, as 
determined by the institution, that the student 
withdraws due to illness or accident. 

Students withdrawing will receive a 
prorated refund for tuition, fees, room and 
board, less an administrative fee of $100 and 
any unpaid charges, according to the 
following schedule: 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 

• 



During Week 1 
During Week 2 
During Week 3 
During Week 4 
During Week 5 
During Week 6 
After 6th Week 



Refund Charge 

90% 10% 

80% 20% 

70% 30% 

60% 40% 

50% 50% 

40% 60% 

0% 100% 



Please note that there is no refund after 
the sixth week of the semester. For 
Freshmen, the refund period will be extended 
into the week that early assessment grades 
are distributed to students and parents. 

Comparative schedules apply to the May 
and Summer terms. 

The calculated refund will be reduced by 
any unpaid charges. Any balance remaining 
will be billed to the student. Unpaid student 
account balances will be charged interest at 
the rate of 1 % per month on the month end 
balance until the account is paid in full. 
Should legal collection become necessary, all 
costs of collection will be added to the 
balance due. 

Lycoming College's institutional refund 
policy is distinct and different from the 
Federal Return of Title IV Funds policy. The 
adjustment of institutional financial aid will 
follow the Withdrawal Refund Policy stated 
above. The College is required to perform a 
Return of Title IV Funds calculation for all 
federal financial aid recipients who withdraw 
(officially or unofficially) from all classes on 
or before the 60% attendance point of the 
semester. Students who are subject to the 
return of any Title IV funds may result in a 
balance due to the College, Federal 
Government or both. See Federal Return of 
Title IV Funds Policy for further explanation 
on the return of federal funds. 

Students who withdraw from an individual 
course(s) after the add/drop period will not 
receive any adjustment to tuition and fees. 



Federal Return of Title IV 
Funds Policy 

The 1998 Reauthorization of the Higher 
Education Act requires the college to calcu- 
late a Return of Title IV Funds on all federal 
financial aid recipients who withdraw (offi- 
cially or unofficially) from all classes on or 
before the 60% attendance point of the 
semester. A prorata schedule is used to 
determine the percentage of the semester the 
student attended based on the withdrawal 
date/last date of attendance. 

The student's withdrawal date is the date 
the student began the withdrawal process; the 
date the student otherwise provided the 
school with official notification of the intent to 
withdraw; or for the student who does not 
begin the school's withdrawal process or 
notify the school of intent to withdraw, the 
mid-point of the payment period of enrollment 
for which the Title IV assistance was dis- 
bursed (unless the institution can document a 
later date). 

The percentage of the semester the student 
attended is calculated as follows: 

Number of days in attendance 

Number of days in semester 

The number of days counted includes all 
calendar days in the semester including 
weekends and holidays, but excludes college 
breaks of five or more days. 

The percentage of the semester the student 
attended is used to calculate the amount of the 
student's earned versus unearned federal aid 
funds. The unearned portion of federal aid 
funds must be returned to the appropriate aid 
program in accordance with the Order of 
Return as mandated by law. The Order of 
Return is: Federal Unsubsidized Loan, Federal 
Subsidized Loan, Perkins Loan, Federal PLUS 
Loan, Federal Pell Grant, Federal SEOG 
Grant, Other Title IV Aid. 

The college is responsible for returning the 
lesser of Unearned Title IV Aid or Unearned 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FIN ANCIAL MATTERS 



Institutional Charges. Unearned Institutional 
Charges are based on the determined percent- 
age of the semester the student did not attend. 
The College is responsible for its return of 
funds first, followed by the student's return of 
funds. 

The student is responsible for returning: 

Amount of Unearned Title IV Aid 
- Amount of Aid School Returns 



Amount Student Returns 

The College must return its portion of 
Unearned Title IV aid (loan and grant) to the 
appropriate federal program within 30 days 
from the student's withdrawal date as deter- 
mined by the Office of Financial Aid. If the 
amount the student returns includes a federal 
loan, the student is responsible for repayment 
of the loan in accordance with the terms of the 
loan program. If the amount the student 
returns includes grant aid, the student must 
repay 50% of the grant money received, rather 
than 100%. 

The student must return unearned grant aid 
to the college within 45 days from the date of 
notification. Failure by the student to return 
or make arrangements to return unearned 
grant aid to the College within 45 days will 
result in the student being reported to the U.S. 
Department of Education (USDOE). The 
student will be considered in an Overpayment 
Status, and will not be eligible for additional 
aid at any post-secondaiy institution partici- 
pating in Title IV Aid programs. Students 
who are reported to USDOE in an Overpay- 
ment Status should contact the USDOE to 
make payment arrangements to repay the 
necessary grant funds. 

Examples of Federal Title IV Return of 
Funds calculation are available in the Office of 
Financial Aid. Students who stop attending 
Lycoming College may not receive further 
financial aid disbursements, may lose some or 
all of the aid that has already been disbursed 
to their account, may be responsible for 



repayment of unpaid charges, and may be 
considered in Overpayment status with 
USDOE. 

Students who wish to rescind their official 
withdrawal submitted to the college must do 
so within one week of the original withdrawal 
and notification must be provided in writing to 
the Office of Financial Aid. 

Students who stop attending all classes 
without officially withdrawing from the 
college will be subject to a Return of Funds 
calculation at the end of the semester, based 
on their last date of attendance as determined 
by the Office of Financial Aid. 

State Grant programs have varying 
regulations concerning refunds, but most will 
require at least a partial refund of the State 
Grant. If the student has received a Lycoming 
Grant, a portion of the student's refund also 
will be repaid to the Lycoming Grant pro- 
gram. This will reduce, or in many cases 
eliminate, the amount of the refund the 
student otherwise would receive. 

Non-Payment of Fees Penalty 

Students will not be registered for courses 
in a new semester if their accounts for 
previous attendance have not been settled. 
Diplomas, transcripts, and certifications of 
withdrawals in good standing are issued only 
when a satisfactory settlement of all financial 
obligations has been made in the Treasurer's 
Office. Final grades may also be held in some 
cases. Unpaid student accounts will be 
charged interest at the rate of 1 % per month 
on the month-end balance until accounts are 
paid in full. Should legal collection become 
necessary, all costs of collection will be added 
to the balance due. 

FINANCIAL AID 

Lycoming College is committed to helping 
students and families meet college costs. 
While some assistance is available to students 
regardless of need (merit scholarships), the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



primary purpose of the College's financial aid 
program is to help qualified students of 
limited financial resources attend Lycoming 
College. Scholarships may be awarded on the 
basis of merit and/or need, while grants are 
provided solely on the basis of financial need. 
Long-temi educational loans with favorable 
interest rates and repayment terms are 
available, as are part-time employment 
opportunities. 

It is important to submit financial aid 
applications after January 1st, as appropriate 
income infonnation becomes available, but by 
March 1 . Although applications may be filed 
later, applicants can only receive consideration 
Forremaining available funds. 

To be considered for financial aid, students 
and families must complete the following steps 
for each year the student seeks assistance: 

I. Fully complete and submit the Lycoming 
Financial Aid Application (LFAA). 
Return the completed application to the 
Office of Financial Aid. 

I. The College may request signed and dated 
copies of student and parent(s) Federal 
income tax returns (1040, 1040 A, 1040EZ, 
1040PC, TeleFile), including W-2 fonns, 
be sent to the Office of Financial Aid. The 
tax returns required are for the year 
preceding the academic year in which the 
student seeks assistance. 

5. Fully complete and submit the Free 
Application For Federal Student Aid 
(FAFSA). Returning students should 
submit the Renewal FAFSA. 

L PA residents can apply for state grant 

I assistance using the FAFSA as well. Non- 
PA residents should contact the State Grant 

I Agency in their home state to see if 

, additional forms must be filed. 

I Basic eligibility requirements for all federal 

')rograms are available from the Department 

)f Education at www.studentaid.ed.gov. 

>tudents are responsible for understanding the 

)asic eligibility requirements. 



Enrollment Status for Financial 
Aid Eligibility 

Financial aid eligibility is substantially 
reduced for students who are charged less 
than full-time tuition. Credit is earned for 
some courses which are offered at no charge, 
including choir, band, theatre practica and all 
scholar seminars. Therefore, these credits 
would not be counted in the full-time tuition 
calculation. For financial aid purposes, a full- 
time student is enrolled in 1 2- 1 6 billable 
semester hours. A student's financial aid 
eligibility is finalized after the end of the 
college's published add/drop period. 

Financial Aid Satisfactory 
Progress Policy 

To remain eligible for federal, state, and 
institutional financial aid, all students must 
maintain financial aid satisfactory progress as 
defined below. The financial aid satisfactory 
progress policy is separate and distinct from 
the College's academic progress policy. 

Students retain eligibility for financial aid 
for ten (10) semesters of full-time study. 
However, it is the College's practice to limit 
institutional grants/scholarships to eight (8) 
semesters of full-time study. Should students 
attend beyond eight semesters of full-time 
study, they may still be eligible for federal and/ 
or state aid for the 9th or 1 0th semester. 

In some instances a student may appeal 
academic suspension and be permitted to 
continue enrollment even though the student 
has fallen behind in credit hours or cumulative 
GPA (see Academic Levels and Academic 
Standing sections on page 30). A student who 
is granted an academic appeal may continue to 
receive financial assistance only if the student 
meets the minimum qualitative (GPA) and 
quantitative (credits completed) requirements 
listed below. 



004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 




• 

End of Sem. 


Min. Cum. GPA 


Min. Cr. Comp 


1 


1.85 


12 


2 


1.95 


24 


3 


2.00 


36 


4 


2.00 


48 


5 


2.00 


61 


6 


2.00 


74 


7 


2.00 


88 


8 


2.00 


102 


9 


2.00 


115 


10 


2.00 


128 



Treatment of W, I, X, F, P & F 
Grades and Repeated Coursework 

1 . Course withdrawals (W) after the drop/add 
period are not included in the GPA 
calculation, but are considered a non- 
completion of attempted coursework. 

2. Incomplete (I) grades are not included in 
the GPA calculation but are considered a 
non-completion of attempted coursework 
until the incomplete grade is replaced with 
a permanent grade and academic progress 
can be reevaluated. 

3. An audit (X) grade is not considered 
attempted coursework. It is not included 
in the GPA calculation or completion rate 
determination. 

4. A satisfactory (P) grade is treated as 
attempted credits earned, but it is not 
included in the GPA calculation unless the 
student has designated a minimum 
acceptance letter grade. 

5. A failing grade (F) is treated as attempted 
credits not earned, it will be included in 
the calculation of the GPA and the 
minimum completion rate. 

6. The most recent course grade for a 
repeated course will be included in the 
calculation of the GPA and every repeated 



attempt will be included in the completion 
rate determination. 

Students who fail to successfully complete 
the minimum number of credits and/or who 
fail to meet the minimum cumulative GPA 
requirement will be placed on financial aid 
probation. This allows one additional 
semester of course work to bring the aca- 
demic record up to minimum standards. 
Failure to meet the stated minimum after the 
probation period will result in a suspension of 
all (federal, state, and institutional) financial 
aid until the standards are met. 

Financial aid satisfactory progress is 
measured annually and cumulatively by the 
Office of Financial Aid. Official notification of 
probation or suspension is made by the Office 
of Financial Aid. 

Reinstatement of Aid After 
Financial Aid Suspension 

Reinstatement of financial aid after a 
student is placed on Suspension is achieved as 
follows: 

1 . The student submits a written letter of 
appeal in accordance with the appeals 
process and the Financial Aid Appeals 
Committee grants the appeal. The student 
is placed on Financial Aid Probation for 
the semester rather than on Suspension; or 

2. The student attends Lycoming College 
during the Suspension semester, pays for 
tuition and fees without the help of student 
aid, and does well enough in the course- 
work to satisfy all the satisfactory 
academic progress standards. The student 
must notify the Office of Financial Aid if 
they are planning on attending Lycoming 
College without the assistant of financial 
aid; or 

3. The student may attend summer school to 
eliminate the deficiency in credits and/or 
GPA. The student must notify the Office 
of Financial Aid if they are planning on 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



taking classes during the summer to 
eliminate the deficiency. Students cannot 
take classes at another institution to 
resolve a GPA deficiency. Classes must be 
taken at Lycoming College. 

Students who have been placed on 
Suspension cannot skip a semester and regain 
eligibility. No financial aid will be disbursed 
during subsequent semesters for students on 
Suspension. If the student fails to attain the 
minimum standards after the second semester 
of probation, eligibility for financial assistance 
will be cancelled automatically. 

Appeal Process 

Appeals of Financial Aid Suspension must 
be made in writing to the Director of Financial 
Aid by the date specified in the Suspension 
notification letter. The Financial Aid Appeals 
Committee will review the appeal and notify 
the student in writing within 5 working days 
of their decision. All decisions made by the 
Financial Aid Appeals Committee are final and 
not subject to further review. 

The appeal letter must address the extenu- 
ating circumstance(s) why satisfactory 
academic progress was not made, why the 
extenuating circumstance(s) has changed, as 
well as an outlined plan for future academic 
success. Extenuating circumstances can 
include, but are not limited to, illness or 
injury; death of a family member; family 
difficulties; interpersonal problems with 
friends, roommate, significant others; diffi- 
culty balancing work, athletics, family 
responsibility; or financial difficulties. 

Acceptance of an appeal is only valid for 
determining eligibility for financial assistance 
and has absolutely no bearing on any detenni- 
nation made by the Registrar and/or the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 



College Scholarships & Grants 

NOTE: Lycoming Scholarships and Grants are 
awarded to eligible students who are full-time 
and degree-seeking. Students already possessing 
a bachelor's degree are ineligible for scholar- 
ships, grants and institutional loans. 

Lycoming Grants may be awarded to 
students to help meet their documented 
financial need. Renewal requires continued 
financial need as determined by Federal 
Methodology and/or the financial aid director. 
Students should expect the Grant award to 
remain constant for each semester they are 
enrolled. 

Ministerial Grants are awarded to dependent 
children of United Methodist ministers and 
ordained ministers of other denominations. 
This grant amounts to 33% of tuition for 
children of United Methodist ministers in the 
Central Pennsylvania Conference and 25% of 
tuition for all others. Students meeting the 
criteria for this grant and any other Lycoming 
Scholarship(s) will be awarded the 
scholarship(s)/grant that provides the highest 
dollar amount; both will not be awarded. 

Pre-Ministerial Student Grants of up to 

25% tuition are awarded to students preparing 
for the Christian ministry. Students must 
complete a pre-ministerial grant application 
available through the tmancial aid office. 
Students meeting the criteria for this grant and 
any other Lycoming Scholarship(s) will be 
awarded the scholarship(s)/grant that provides 
the highest dollar amount; both will not be 
awarded. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 




Federal Grants 

Pell Grants are made available by the federal 
government. Eligibility is based upon a 
federal fonnula. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grants may be awarded to students with 
exceptional financial need. Priority must be 
given to Pell Grant recipients. Funds are 
provided by the federal government. Funds 

are limited. 

State Grants 

Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance 
Agency (PHEAA) Grants are available for 
PA residents meeting domicile and financial 
requirements of the program. Eligibility is 
determined by PHEAA. These grants are 
available for a maximum of 8 semesters. Non- 
PA residents should contact the State Grant 
Agency in their home state for availability of 
funds to students attending out-of-state 
colleges. 

Loan Programs 

Federal Subsidized Stafford/Keystone 
Loan allows eligible Freshmen to borrow a 
maximum of $2,625 annually. Eligible 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Sophomores may borrow up to a maximum of 
$3,500 annually. Eligible juniors and seniors 
may borrow up to a maximum of $5,500 
annually. The federal government pays the 
interest while the student is enrolled on at least 
a half-time basis. The student begins to repay 
the loan (interest and principal) 6 months after 
leaving school. The interest rate for new 
borrowers is variable based on the 9 1 -DAY T- 
BILL plus 3.1%, capped at 8.25%. The rate is 
adjusted every July 1 . Eligibility is based on 
financial need. 

Federal Unsubsidized Stafford/Keystone 
Loan provides an opportunity for students to 
borrow under the Stafford Program who do 
not qualify for the maximum amount of 
subsidized Stafford loan. Maximum grade 
level amount minus subsidized eligibility equals 
unsubsidized eligibility. Interest must be paid 
by the borrower on a quarterly basis while 
enrolled (check with your lender to see if 
interest payments may be deferred). Other 
aspects of the loan are similar to those under 
the Subsidized program. Independent students 
may be eligible for higher loan limits; contact 
the Financial Aid Office for more information. 

Federal Perkins Loan (formerly the National 
Direct Student Loan) may be offered to 
students with exceptional need. Borrowers 
must repay the loan, plus 5% per annum simple 
interest on the unpaid balance, over a period 
beginning nine months after the date on which 
the borrower ceases to be enrolled at least 
half-time. Funds are limited. 

PLUS Loan is a loan parents may take out on 
behalf of their dependent student. The amount 
a parent may borrow for one year is equal to 
the cost of education for one year minus any 
financial aid the student is eligible for in that 
year. The interest rate is variable but is capped 
at 9%. The interest rate is determined every 
July 1 and is equal to the bond equivalent rate 
of52-weekT-Bill plus 3.1%. 



^M 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 

• 



Employment Opportunities 

Federal College Work-Study Program 
Awards provide work opportunities on 
campus for qualified students. Students 
receive pay-checks for work perfonned in the 
previous pay period. Based on documented 
need and awarded by the Financial Aid Office. 
Funding is limited. The student assumes full 
responsibility in locating a job. Returning 
students who wish to work the following year 
must have their name submitted to the 
Financial Aid Office by their supervisor before 
the end of the Spring semester. 

Students also have the opportunity to seek 
work-study employment off-campus in the 
Community Service program. Interested 
students can get additional information in the 
Financial Aid Office. 

Lycoming Campus Employment Program 

is similar to Federal Work-Study except that 
students are paid with institutional funds only 
and is not based on financial need. A limited 
number of jobs are available. Funding is 
limited. 

Other Job Opportunities are frequently 
available with local business finns or persons. 
Contact the Career Development Office of 
the College for information on these 
opportunities. 

Other Aid Sources 

Veterans and Dependents Benefits are 

available for qualified veterans and children of 
deceased or disabled veterans. Contact the 
Veteran's Officer in the Registrar's Office. 

Reserved Officers Training Corps (ROTC) 

Stipends and Scholarships are available for 
qualified students. Contact the Financial Aid 
Office for more information. 

Tuition Exchange Grants may be available. 
Lycoming College is a member of the Tuition 
Exchange Program. This program is for 
dependent students of employees at participat- 



ing institutions of higher education. Students 
should contact the Tuition Exchange officer at 
their sponsor institution for information 
regarding this sponsorship. Students are 
expected to apply for all federal and state 
grants. If the student receives a federal or 
state grant, those amounts may be applied 
toward room and board charges if the student 
resides in the dorms. If the student commutes, 
the grant amount is equal to tuition less federal 
and state grants. 

United Methodist Scholarships may be 

available to full-time degree-seeking applicants 
who have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or better, 
are active in Christian activities, and who are 
active, fiill members of a United Methodist 
church. Demonstrated financial need is also 
required. Nonnally, seven $500 scholarships 
are awarded each year. Annual application is 
required. Recipients are selected by the 
Director of Financial Aid and will be awarded 
to the neediest students. The fiinds are 
provided by the United Methodist Church. 
Applications are available in the Financial Aid 
Office. Renewal requires a cumulative GPA of 
at least 3.00. 

United Methodist Student Loans are 

available on a very limited basis to students 
who are members of the United Methodist 
Church. The maximum amount which may be 
borrowed for an academic year is $2,500 
subject to the availability of the fiinds. Contact 
The Board of Higher Educafion and Ministry, 
P.O. Box 871, Nashville, TN 37202 for more 
information. 

Non-college Aid Opportunities are often 
available through family employers or labor 
unions, business firms, fraternal and religious 
organizations, and secondary schools. Your 
parents should contact their employer or 
organizations of which they are members for 
information on financial aid resources. 



2(K)4-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 




Student Affairs 



The Division of Student Affairs coordinates 
a variety of programs, services, and activities 
designed to enhance students' personal, 
social, and educational growth and develop- 
ment. This is accomplished through a variety 
of programs, offices, and staff 
including: 

• Career Development Center 

• Campus Ministry 

• Commuter Student Affairs 

• Counseling and Wellness Services 

• Greek Life 

• Health Services 

• International Student Advising 

• Intramural Sports, Recreation, 
and Leisure Time Activity 

• Judicial Affairs 

• Residence Life 

• Safety and Security 

• Student Activities and Leadership 
Development 

The Student Affairs staff view students as 
partners in the educational process and, 
therefore, expect that students will share 
responsibility for managing our educational 
community. 

Career Development Center 

The Career Development Center provides 
services which are designed to help students 
identify their abilities and interests, set 



realistic goals, and plan academic programs to 
meet these goals. Counseling for Lycoming 
students begins in the freshman year. 

Individual and group counseling focus on 
teaching students how they can learn about 
different career fields and present themselves to 
potential employers in a positive and effective 
manner. Helping students make appropriate 
and meaningful connections between college 
and career is a goal of the Career Development 
Center. The CDC is located on the 3rd Floor 
of Wertz Student Center. 
www.lycoming.edu/cdc 

Counseling & Wellness Services 

Counseling Services assist students to 
ensure that their college experience is 
prosperous and rewarding. Professional, 
confidential services are provided at no direct 
charge to Lycoming students. Counseling 
Services are designed to facilitate one's self- 
understanding as well as to provide support 
for students' adjustment and transition to 
college life. Counseling Services also provide 
advocacy to individual students and student 
organizations, and they conduct outreach 
programs for the entire college community. 

Health Services 

Lycoming College Health Services 
focuses on the holistic care of the individual, 
health maintenance, and wellness through 
health education and prevention of illness. 
Educational materials and instructional pro- 
grams are available through the Student Health 
Services. 

Routine medical care is provided without 
charge on a daily basis Monday-Friday 
8:30 a.m. -4:00 p.m. during the fall and spring 
semesters. The office is staffed by a full-time 
registered nurse with a physician available on 
a limited daily basis. 

Health Services' policies reflect the 
recommendations of the American College 
Health Association (ACHA), the Pennsylva- 
nia Department of Health, and the Centers 
for Disease Control (CDC). 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 



Community Service 

Community Service is an learning opportu- 
nity for students accomplished in conjunction 
with various agencies in the Williamsport area 
or college departments. This activity allows 
students to expand their knowledge about 
diverse individuals and communities. The 
outcome of such service promotes students' 
personal and social development as well as 
giving them an enhanced perspective of civic 
responsibility and social justice. 

The Community Service Center, located in 
Asbury Hall, coordinates many service 
opportunities available to students, faculty, 
and staff in the greater Williamsport area. A 
number of the community service projects 
include Big Brothers/Big Sisters, Habitat for 
Humanity, the Literacy Project, a school 
tutoring program. Best Buddies, Adopt-A- 
Highway, Bloodmobile, Shephard of the 
Streets, and the CROP Walk for World Hunger. 

Residence Life 

As a residential college, Lycoming offers 
students the opportunity to integrate academic 
and residential experiences. The Residence 
Life Office is committed to providing a living/ 
learning environment to help each resident 
grow as a person and as a student. Lycoming 
College requires all full-time students to live 
in college housing and participate in the 
college board plan each semester of the 
academic year that they are enrolled. Married 
students, students residing with their parents 
within a 40 mile radius, students living with 
their dependents, and students 23 years or 
older may request to be exempted from this 
policy. Such requests should be submitted in 
writing to the Dean of Student Affairs at least 
three weeks prior to the beginning of the 
semester that students are requesting permis- 
sion to live off campus. We do not provide 
housing for students who have dependent 
children living with them. 



Residence halls put students at the heart of 
College activity — offering greater opportunities 
for participation. Through programs, leadership 
opportunities, and peer interactions, residents 
gain a sense of belonging to the campus 
community, acquire new knowledge and skills, 
have easy access to College services, make 
informed choices, and assume responsibility 
for themselves and their community. 

The residence halls are staffed with 
upperclass students who serve as Resident 
Advisors (RAs) selected on the basis of 
leadership skills. RAs provide information, 
refer students to campus and local resources, 
help enforce College and community stan- 
dards, use helping skills for students in need, 
and facilitate educational and social programs. 
Most importantly, RAs assist residents in the 
development and maintenance of strong, 
positive residence hall communities. With the 
guidance and support of Residence Life staff, 
each resident is expected to become involved in 
promoting a positive learning environment in 
his or her community. 

Several different living options are 
available for students in our eight residence 
halls. Freshmen are housed together in a co- 
educational environment encouraging students 
to develop class identity and unity. The six 
upperclass halls offer opportunities for co- 
educational housing, an all female hall, 
fraternity and sorority chapter housing, a 
substance free area, and smoking environ- 
ments. College Apartments are available to 
sophomores, juniors and seniors who meet 
specific grade requirements and who are in 
good disciplinary standing with the College. 
Additional infonnation is sent to students 
following their acceptance by the College. 

Athletics 

Athletics is an important part of the 
Lycoming experience. As a member of the 
NCAA, Lycoming sponsors nineteen 
intercollegiate sports for both men and women 
student-athletes. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 

• 



Men can choose from football, soccer, 
cross country, wrestling, golf, basketball, 
lacrosse, swimming, tennis, and track and field. 
Women can compete in soccer, cross country, 
lacrosse, volleyball, basketball, swimming, 
Softball, tennis, and track and field. 

Lycoming is a member of the Middle 
Atlantic Conference, which is a Division III 
athletic conference. As a Division III school, 
Lycoming does not offer athletic scholarships. 

In addition, the College offers a very active 
intramural and recreation program that is open 
to all students. This program includes, among 
others, basketball, water polo, volleyball, flag 
football, and indoor soccer. 

Student Programs 

The Office of Student Programs offers 
assistance and resources for all campus 
activities and student organizations. Through 
the efforts of the student administered Campus 
Activities Board (CAB), extra-curricular 
programming is offered to the entire college 
community. CAB programming is designed 
to enhance the overall educational experience 
of students through the exposure to social, 
cultural, and recreational programs. Members 
of the staff in Student Activities also direct 
leadership training programs for the student 
government, the Interfratemity and 
Panhellenic Councils, the International 
Student Organization, the An-ow Yearbook, 
and all registered student organizations. 

Religious Life 

The United Campus Ministry, staffed by a 
Protestant minister and a Roman Catholic lay 
minister, provides a wide range of activities in 
support of the spiritual development and 
religious life of students. Ecumenical and 
inclusive in nature. Campus Ministry at 
Lycoming provides worship services, service 
projects, social occasions, retreats, study 
opportunities, and personal counseling. 
The campus ministers are an integral part of 
campus life and are available to students who 
may need support, counsel, or direction. 



Safety and Security 

The Department of Safety & Security 
strives to maintain an environment that is free 
of unnecessary hazards and disruptions. This 
responsibility includes the enforcement of 
Lycoming College rules, regulations, and 
policies. Security personnel are scheduled on 
an around-the-clock basis. An emergency 
telephone line is always monitored. Twenty- 
four hour a day telephone extensions are used 
to handle general security concerns. 

The department solicits the cooperation of ! 
the entire college community in reporting 
unsafe conditions and suspicious activity on 
the Lycoming College campus. 

Other services provided by the department 
are: First aid and ambulatory medical tran- 
sportation, emergency maintenance referral, 
an escort service, guest and parking registra- 
tion, and the dissemination of telephone 
numbers and general infonnation to the public 
when the College switchboard is closed. 

Standards of Conduct 

Lycoming College is committed to the 
creation and maintenance of a living-learning 
environment which fosters the intellectual, 
personal, social and ethical development of its 
students. Respect for the rights of others and 
self-discipline are essential to the fulfillment of 
these goals. Students are expected to adhere 
to the policies contained in the Student 
Handbook and other College publications. 
These policies, rules and regulations are part 
of the contractual agreement students enter 
into when they register at Lycoming College. 

Students who demonstrate an unwilling- 
ness to abide by these policies will be subject 
to disciplinary action which may include | 

suspension or expulsion from the College. I 
Students are encouraged to review the 
Student Handbook and Housing License in 
order to familiarize themselves with the 
policies governing student conduct. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMICPOLICIESANDREGULATIONS 




Academic Policies 
And Regulations 



Students are expected to familiarize 
themselves with the academic policies 
contained in this Catalog. Failure to do so 
does not excuse students from the require- 
ments and regulations described herein. 

THE UNIT 
COURSE SYSTEM 

Instruction at Lycoming College is orga- 
nized, with few exceptions, on a departmental 
basis. Most courses are unit courses, meaning 
that each course taken is considered to be 
equivalent to four semester hours of credit. 
Exceptions occur in applied music and theatre 
practicum courses, which are offered for either 
one-half or one semester hour of credit; in 
departments that have elected to offer certain 
courses for the equivalent of one. two or three 
semester hours of credit; and in physical 
activities courses which are zero credits. 
Furthermore, independent studies and intern- 



ships carrying two semester hours of credit 
may be designed. 

The nonnal student course load is four unit 
courses (16 semester hours) during the fall and 
spring semesters. Students who elect to attend 
the special sessions may enroll in one unit 
course (four semester hours) during the May 
term and one or two unit courses (four - eight 
semester hours) in each of the summer terms. 
A student is considered full time when enrolled 
for a minimum of three unit courses, or the 
equivalent, during the fall or spring semesters, 
one unit course, or the equivalent, for the May 
term, and two unit courses for each of the 
summer terms. 

Students may enroll in five unit courses 
(20 semester hours) during the fall and spring 
semesters if they are Lycoming scholars or were 
admitted to the Dean's List at the end of the 
previous semester. Exceptions may be granted 
by the Dean of the College. There will be an 
additional charge. (Seepage 13.) Overloads 
are not pemiitted during the May and summer 
terms. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



a 



LYCOMINGCOLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



ALTERNATIVE 
CREDIT SOURCES 
Transfer Credit 

Matriculated students who wish to study at 
other campuses must obtain prior written 
approval to do so from their advisor, the chair 
of the department in which the credit will be 
awarded, and the Lycoming College Registrar. 
Course work counting toward a major or minor 
must also be approved in advance by the chair- 
person of the department in which the major or 
minor is offered. Once a course is approved, 
the credit and grades for the course will be 
transferred to Lycoming and calculated in the 
student's grade point average as if the courses 
were taken here. This means that "D" and "F" 
grades will be transferred as well as all other 
grades. Unapproved courses will not transfer. 
Final determination of transfer credit will be 
made by the Registrar based on official 
transcripts only. 

Students are expected to complete their last 
eight unit courses (32 semester hours) and 1 6 
semester hours in their major at Lycoming. 
Requests for waivers of this regulation must be 
sent to the Committee on Academic Standards. 

Credit By Examination 

Students may earn credit or advanced 
placement through the standardized examina- 
tions listed below. A maximum of 50 percent 
of the course requirements for the Baccalaure- 
ate degree may be earned through these exam- 
inations. The appropriate academic department 
will determine which tests they will accept and 
the course equivalencies. A list of approved 
examinations is available in the Office of the 
Registrar. Although these examinations may 
be taken after matriculation, new students who 
are competent in a given area are encouraged to 
take the examination of their choice before 
entering Lycoming so that the college will 
have the test scores available for registration 
advising for the first semester of enrollment. 
Students applying to the college for the first 



time should inform the Admissions Office that 
they have completed these tests and provide 
the official scores as part of their application 
packet. Continuing students must send official 
test scores to the Office of the Registrar and 
inform their academic advisors when examina- 
tions have been taken. 

The College Entrance Examination Board 
Advanced Placement (CEEB AP) - In most 
cases, a score of four is required for credit. 

The International Baccalaureate - Students 
who have completed the full diploma and have 
scores of five or above on all of the higher 
level examinations will be granted 32 credit 
hours; specific courses will be based on the 
examinafions taken. Students who complete 
the full diploma but earn less than a score of 
five on all of the higher level examinations will 
be granted eight credits for each higher level 
examination completed with a grade of five or 
higher and four credits for a satisfactory or 
higher completion of the Theory of Knowledge 
requirement. Students who have completed the 
certificate will be granted credit based on the 
examinations taken. Standard level examina- 
tions will not be considered. 

The American College Testing Proficiency 
Examination Program (ACT PEP) - A score 
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required. 

College Level Examination Program 

(CLEP) - A score equivalent to a grade of "B" 
or above is required. 

Defense Activity for Non-Traditional 
Education Support (DANTES) - A score 
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required. 

STUDENT RECORDS 

The policy regarding student educational 
records is designed to protect the privacy of 
students against unwarranted intrusions and is 
consistent with Section 43B of the General 
Education Provision Act (commonly known as 
the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act 
of 1974, as amended). The details of the College 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^R 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



policy on student records and the procedures 
or gaining access to student records are 
:ontained in the current issue of the Student 
Haih/hook which is available in the library, 
inline, and in the Office of the Dean of Student 
\ftairs. 

REGISTRATION 

During the registration period, students 
select their courses for the next semester and 
•egister their course selections in the Office of 
he Registrar. Course selection is made in 
:onsultation with the student's faculty advisor 
n order to insure that the course schedule is 
;onsistent with College requirements and 
student goals. After the registration period, 
my change in the student's course schedule 
Tiust be approved by both the faculty advisor 
md Office of the Registrar. Students may not 
'eceive credit for courses in which they are not 
formally registered. 

During the first five days of classes, students 
nay drop any course without any record of 
5uch enrollment appearing on their permanent 
record, and they may add any course that is 
lot closed. The pemianent record will reflect 
the student's registration as of the conclusion 
3f the drop/add period. Students wishing to 
kvithdraw from a course between the fifth day 
and the 9th week of classes must process a 
withdrawal form in the Office of the Registrar. 
Withdrawal grades are not computed in the 
grade point average. Students may not 
withdraw from courses after the 9th week of a 
semester and the comparable period during the 
May and summer terms. Students who stop 
attending a course (or courses) but do not 
withdraw will receive a grade(s) of "F." 

In zero semester hour and two semester hour 
(1/2 unit) courses meeting only during the last 
half of any semester, students may drop/add for 
a period of five days, effective with the mid- 
temi date shown on the academic calendar. 
Withdrawal from zero-credit and half-semester 
courses with a withdrawal grade may occur 



within 4-1/2 weeks of the beginning of the 
course. It is understood that the period of 
time at the beginning of the semester will be 
identical, for example, a period of five days as 
indicated above. 

Cross Registration 

A special opportunity exists in the 
Williamsport area for students to take courses 
at the Pennsylvania College of Technology. 
Students may enroll for less than a full-time 
course load at Penn College while remaining 
enrolled in courses at Lycoming. 

Students must be enrolled full-time in a 
degree program and have earned no more than 
93 semester hours. Cross registration is 
available for the Fall and Spring Semesters, 
and Summer 1 and II. It is not available for 
May Terni. 

NON-DEGREE STUDENTS 

Students who do not wish to pursue a degree 
at Lycoming College may, if space permits, 
register for credit or audit courses on either a 
part-time or full-time basis. Students who 
register for less than 1 2 semester hours are 
considered to be enrolled part-time; students 
who register for 1 2 or more semester hours are 
considered to be enrolled full-time and must 
pay the $200 contingency fee. 

Anyone wishing to register as a non-degree 
student must fill out an application fonn in the 
Admissions Office, pay a one-fime application 
fee, and pay the tuition rate in effect at the time 
of each enrollment. After a non-degree student 
has attempted four unit courses ( 1 6 semester 
hours), the student must either matriculate or 
obtain permission from the Dean of the College 
to continue study on a non-degree basis. 

All non-degree students are subject to the 
general laws and regulations of the College as 
stated in the College Catalog and the Student 
Handbook. The College reserves the right to 
deny permission to register for individuals 
who do not meet the standards of the College. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Students who wish to change from a non- 
degree to a degree status must apply for 
admission as a degree candidate and satisfy all 
conditions for admission and registration in 
effect at that time. 

AUDITORS 

Any person may audit courses at Lycoming 
at one-fourth tuition per course. Members of 
the Lycoming College Scholar Program may 
audit a fifth unit course per semester at no 
additional charge. Laboratory and other 
special fees must be paid in full. Examina- 
tions, papers, and other evaluation devices are 
not required of auditors, but individual 
arrangements may be made to complete such 
exercises with consent of the instructor. The 
option to audit a course must be declared by 
the end of the drop/add period. Forms are 
available in the Registrar's Office. 

ATTENDANCE 

The academic program at Lycoming is 
based upon the assumption that there is value 
in class attendance for all students. Individual 
instructors have the prerogative of establishing 
reasonable absence regulations in any course. 
The student is responsible for learning and 
observing these regulations. 

WITHDRAWAL FROM 
THE COLLEGE 

A student who wishes to withdraw from 
the College during the semester should contact 
the Assistant Dean for Freshmen or the 
Assistant Dean for Sophomores. College 
personnel will explain the procedure to ensure 
that the student's financial and academic 
records are properly closed. 

A student who decides to discontinue study 
at the College as of the conclusion of the 
current semester must provide the Registrar 
with written notification of such plans in order 
to receive a refund of the contingency deposit. 
See page 14 for details. 



GRADING SYSTEM 

The evaluation of student performance in 
courses is indicated by the use of traditional i 
letter symbols. These symbols and their ^ 

definitions are as follows: 

A EXCELLENT - Signifies superior achieve- j 
ment through mastery of content or skills and i 
demonstration of creative and independent 
thinking. 

B GOOD - Signifies better-than-average 
achievement wherein the student reveals 
insight and understanding. 

C SATISFACTORY - Signifies satisfactory 
achievement wherein the student's work has 
beenof average quality and quantity. The 
student has demonstrated basic competence in 
the subject area and may enroll in additional 
course work. 

D PASSING - Signifies unsatisfactory 
achievement wherein the student met only the 
minimum requirements for passing the course 
and should not continue in the subject area 
without departmental advice. 

F FAILING — Signifies that the student has 
not met the minimum requirements for passing 
the course. 

I INCOMPLETE WORK — Assigned in 
accordance with the restrictions of established 
academic policy. 

R A REPEATED COURSE — Students shall 
have the option of repeating courses for which 
they already have received a passing grade in 
addition to those which they have failed. Credit 
is received only once for the course. The most 
recent course grade will count toward the GPA. 

P PASSING WORK, NO GRADE 
ASSIGNED — Converted from traditional 
grade of A through D-. 

X AUDIT — Work as an auditor for which 
no credit is earned. 

W WITHDRAWAL — Signifies withdrawal : 
from the course from the sixth day through the I 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



® 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



linth week of the semester. Students may not 
xceed 24 semester hours of unsuccessful 
curse attempts (grade of F and W) except in 
he case of withdrawal for documented 
nedical or psychological reasons. 
Pluses and minuses may be awarded (except 
or A+, F+, or F- ) at the discretion of the 
nstmctor. The cumulative grade point average 
GPA) is calcu- 
atedbymultiply- 
ng quality points 
)y credits and 
lividing the total 
juality points by 
he total credits. 
Equality point is 
he unit of 
neasurement of 
he quality of 
vork done by the 
;tudent. The 
cumulative GPA 
s not determined 
5y averaging 
semester GPA's. 

The grade point average for the major is 
:alculated in the same way as the cumulative 
^rade point average. A minimum of 2.00 is 
required for the cumulative grade point 
average in the major to meet the requirements 
for graduation. 

Pass/Fail 

Use of the pass/fail grading option is 
limited as follows: 

• Students may enroll on a P/F basis in no 
more that one unit course per semester 
and in no more than four unit courses 
during their undergraduate careers. 

• P/F courses completed after declaration of 
a major may not be used to satisfy a 
requirement of that major, including courses 
required by the major department which 
are offered by other departments. 
(Instructor-designated courses are excepted 
from this limitation.) 





Quality Points 




Earned for Each 


Grade 


Semester Hour 


A 


4.00 


A- 


3.67 


B+ 


3.33 


B 


3.00 


B- 


2.67 


C+ 


2.33 


C 


2.00 


C- 


1.67 


D+ 


1.33 


D 


1.00 


D- 


0.67 


F 


0.00 



• Courses for which a grade of P is recorded 
may not be used toward fulfillment of any 
distribution or "W" course requirement. 

• Students may not enroll in ENGL 106 on a 
P/F basis. 

• A course selected on a P/F basis from which 
a student subsequently withdraws will not 
count toward the four-course limit. 

• Instructor-designated courses may be 
offered during the May terni with the 
approval of the Dean of the College. Such 
courses are not counted toward the four- 
course limit. 

• P grades are not computed in the grade 
point average. 

• Students electing the P/F option may designate a 
minimum acceptance letter grade from A to 
B-. If the student earns the designated grade 
or better, the grade will be recorded in the 
permanent record and computed in the 
grade point average. If a student selects P/F 
(with no designated minimum acceptance 
grade) and earns a grade of A to D-, a P will 
be recorded in the permanent record but not 
computed in the grade point average. In all 
cases, if a student earns a grade of F, this 
grade will be recorded in the permanent 
record and computed in the student's grade 
point average. 

• Students must declare the P/F option before 
the drop/add deadline. 

• Instructors are not notified which of their 
students are enrolled on an P/F basis. 

• Students electing the P/F option are 
expected to perform the same work as those 
enrolled on a regular basis. 

Incomplete Grades 

Incomplete grades may be given if, for 
absolutely unavoidable reasons (usually 
medical in nature), the student has not been 
able to complete the work required in the 
course. An incomplete grade must be 
removed within six weeks of the next regular 
semester, otherwise the incomplete is converted 
to an "F." 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^n 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Repetition of Course 

Students shall have the option of repeating 
courses for which they already have received a 
passing grade in addition to those which they 
have failed. Recording of grades for all 
repeated courses shall be governed by the 
following conditions: 

• A course may be repeated only one time. 
Both attempts will be recorded on the 
student's transcript. 

• Credit for the course will be given only once. 

• The most recent grade will count toward the 
GPA with this exception: A "W" grade 
cannot replace another grade. 

Final Course Grade 
Appeal Process 

Assigning final course grades is a responsibil- 
ity that falls within the professional judgment 
and expertise of each faculty member. Grades 
assess as accurately as possible a student's 
performance according to clear criteria 
provided in the course such as academic 
performance, class attendance, and punctual- 
ity in submitting assignments. Student appeals 
of the final course grade must follow the 
three-step procedure outlined below. 

( 1 ) Within two weeks of the beginning of the 
semester following the conclusion of the 
course, the student should request an 
informal conference with the instructor to 
discuss the grade and attempt to resolve 
the concern. 

(2) If the outcome of the informal conference 
is not satisfactory to the student, or the 
instructor is not available, the student may 
submit a written request to meet with the 
department chairperson (or another faculty 
member in the department in instances 
involving the chairperson) within two 
weeks of meeting with the instructor. The 
student's request must include a written 
statement outlining the basis for the 
appeal. It is the fiinction of the chairperson 
to determine the relevant facts and to 
attempt to resolve the disagreement. The 
decision regarding the course grade in 



question will be made by the instructor in 
consultation with the chairperson (or his/ 
her stand-in). The student will receive 
from the department chairperson written 
notification of the decision within one 
week of the meeting with the chairperson. 
(3) If resolution has not been achieved at step 
two, the student or the instructor may 
make a written appeal to the Dean of the 
College within two weeks of the depart- 
ment chairperson's written notification. In 
order to resolve the disagreement, the 
Dean will confer with the student and the 
instructor in private sessions, and may call , 
additional witnesses. If the Dean is unable 
to accomplish a resolution, she/he will 
forward the case to the Committee on 
Academic Standards, which will make a 
final decision on the matter. The Dean will 
communicate in writing to the student and 
the instructor the final decision within 
three weeks of receiving the appeal. This is 
the final step in the appeal process. 

ACADEMIC LEVELS 

The following table is used to determine 
the academic grade level of degree candidates. 
See page 1 7 for related Financial Aid informa- 
tion. 

Year Semester Number of Semester 
Hours Earned 

Freshman 1 Fewer than 12 

2 At least 1 2 but fewer than 24 

Sophomore I At least 24 but fewer than 40 

2 At least 40 but fewer than 56 

Junior I At least 56 but fewer than 76 

2 At least 76 but fewer than 96 

Senior 1 At least 96 but fewer than 1 12 

2 More than 1 12 

ACADEMIC STANDING 

Good Academic Standing 

Students will be considered in good academic 
standing if they meet the following standard: 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES ANDREGULATIONS 



Minimum 
Semester Hours Completed Cumulative GPA 

fewer than or equal to 1 6 1 .85 

more than 16, fewer than or equal to 32 1 .95 
more than 32 2.00 

Probation 

Students who do not meet the standards for 
good academic standing and/or who have 
earned two or more failing grades at the end of 
any given semester, will be placed on academic 
probation for the next semester. 

Students on academic probation are required 
to pass ARC 100, Success Skills Workshop, if 
they have not already done so and are encour- 
aged to attend programs developed by the 
Freshman and Sophomore deans. 

Suspension 

Students are eligible for suspension from 
the College when: 

• their cumulative grade point average is 
below good standing for any two 
semesters, or 

• they earn a grade point average of 1 .50 
or under in any one semester. 

The period of suspension will be for a mini- 
mum of one full semester, not including May 
term or the summer sessions. 

^« After this time students may apply for 
readmission to the College. The decision 
for readmission will be made by the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 
Readmission is not guaranteed. 

• Students readmitted after suspension will 
be on academic probation. 

• Students readmitted after suspension who 
fail to meet the required standards may be 
dismissed. 

• Students may request pemiission to take 
courses at another institution. Courses not 
receiving prior approval will not be 
accepted for transfer. 

Dismissal 

Students will be subject to dismissal from the 
College when: 



• they exceed 24 semester hours of unsuc- 
cessful course attempts (grades of F and 
W) except in the case of withdrawal for 
documented medical or psychological 
reasons, or 

• they cannot reasonably complete all 
requirements for a degree. 

The standard length of dismissal will be for a 
period of two years. 

• After this time students may apply for 
readmission to the College. The decision 
for readmission will be made by the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 
Readmission is not guaranteed. 

• Students readmitted after dismissal will be 
on academic probation. 

• Students may request permission to take 
courses at another institution. Courses not 
receiving prior approval will not be 
accepted for transfer. 

Probation, suspension, and dismissal become 
effective at the end of the semester in which 
the student fails to meet the academic standards 
listed above. The student will be notified of 
such action via U.S. mail. Receipt of such 
notice is not a prerequisite to the student's 
being placed on probation, suspension, or 
dismissal. 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

The integrity of the academic process of 
the College requires honesty in all phases of 
the instructional program. The College 
assumes that students are committed to the 
principle of academic honesty. Students who 
fail to honor this commitment are subject to 
dismissal. Procedural guidelines and rules for 
the adjudication of cases of academic dishon- 
esty are printed in The Student Handbook. 

ACADEMIC HONORS 

Dean's List 

Students are admitted to the Dean's List at 
the end of the fall and spring semesters if they 
meet all of the following conditions: 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS • THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• complete at least 1 2 semester hours for the 
semester 

• earn a minimum grade point average of 3.50 
for the semester 

• do not incur grades of F 

• do not incur grades of P (except in those 
courses graded only as P/F) 

• do not repeat any courses (except those 
which may be repeated for credit) 

Graduation Honors 

Students are awarded the Bachelor of Arts 
degree or the Bachelor of Science degree with 
honors when they have earned the following 
grade point averages based on all courses 
attempted at Lycoming, with a minimum of 64 
semester hours (16 units) required for a student 
to be eligible for honors: 

summa cum laiide exactly 3.90-4.00 

magna cum laude exactly 3.67-3.89 

cum laude exactly 3.33-3.66 

Academic Honor Awards, Prizes, and 
Societies - Superior academic achievement is 
recognized through the conferring of awards 
and prizes at the annual Honors Convocation 
and Commencement and through election to 
membership in honor societies. 

SOCIETIES 

Biology Beta Beta Beta 

Business Delta Mu Delta 

Chemistry Gamma Sigma Epsilon 

Communication Alpha Epsilon Rho 

Criminal Justice Alpha Phi Sigma 

Economics Omicron Delta Epsilon 

Education Kappa Delta Pi 

English Sigma Tau Delta 

Foreign Language Phi Sigma Iota 

General Academic Phi Kappa Phi 

History Phi Alpha Theta 

Philosophy Phi Sigma Tau 

Physics Sigma Pi Sigma 

Political Science Pi Sigma Alpha 

Psychology PsiChi 

Social Science Pi Gamma Mu 

Theatre Alpha Psi Omega 



The Academic 
Program 



Lycoming College awards two different 
degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) and Bach- 
elor of Science (B.S.). For students wishing to 
do so, multiple degrees are possible. Candi- 
dates for multiple degrees must satisfy all 
requirements for each degree and earn a 
minimum of 40 units ( 1 60 semester hours). 
Students who have completed fewer than 40 
units but more than 32 units (128 semester 
hours), and who have completed all other 
requirements for two baccalaureate degrees 
from Lycoming College will receive only one 
baccalaureate degree. They must choose the 
degree to be conferred. Completed majors 
will be posted to the transcript. 

Freshmen entering the College during the 
2004-2005 academic year are subject to the 
requirements which appear on the following 
pages. Continuing students are subject to the 
Catalog in effect at the time of their entry 
unless they elect to complete the current 
curriculum. Students who transfer to the 
College with advanced standing will be subject 
to the requirements imposed upon 
other students at the College who have 
attained the same academic level. 

Students already possessing a baccalaureate 
degree who are returning for a second degree 
will be reviewed on an individiual basis by the 
Registrar and major department. Post- 
baccalaureate students will be subject to the 
current catalog, must complete all major 
requirements and related prerequisites, and 
may be required to complete the distribution 
requirements. This does not apply to non- 
degree students in certificate-only programs. 

Students must complete the final 32 
semester hours of the degree program at 
Lycoming College. At least 16 semester 
hours in the major program must be taken at 
Lycoming. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^» 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



If a Student interrupts his or her education 
but returns to the College after no more than 
one academic year has passed, he/she will 
retain the same requirements in effect at the 
initial date of entrance. A student who 
withdraws from the College for more than one 
year will, upon return, be required to complete 
the requirements currently imposed upon other 
students of the same academic level. 

Lycoming College certifies five official 
graduation dates per calendar year. Diplomas 
are awarded when all materials confimiing the 
completion of the graduation requirements 
have been received and approved by the 
Registrar's Office at least five days prior to the 
date of graduation. Degrees are awarded at 
the following times: January 1 for those who 
complete requirements between September 1 
and the end of the Fall semester; May Com- 
mencenient date for those who complete 
requirements between January 1 and the end of 
the Spring semester; May term for those who 
complete requirements during May tenn; 
Summer I for those who compleete require- 
ments during Summer I; Summer 11 for those 
who complete requirements during Summer II. 

Lycoming's Commencement ceremony 
occurs in May. Students will be permitted to 
participate in the ceremony when (a) they 
have finished all degree requirements as of the 
preceding January 1 , have finished all require- 
ments as of the May date, or have a plan 
approved by the Registrar for finishing during 
May term or the Summer sessions; and (b) 
they are in good academic standing at the 
conclusion of their last semester prior to the 
ceremony. 

The College will graduate any student who 
has completed the distribution program, 
fiilfilled the requirements for one major, earned 
a minimum of 32 units (128 semester hours) 
and met all other requirements for graduation. 

Exceptions to or waivers of any requirements 
and/or policies listed in this Catalog must 
be made by the Committee on Academic 
Standards. 



THE BACCALAUREATE 
DEGREE 

Lycoming College is committed to the 
principle that a liberal arts education is the 
ideal foundation for an informed and produc- 
tive life. The liberal arts - including the fine 
arts, the humanities, mathematics, the natural 
and social sciences - have created the social, 
political, economic and intellectual systems 
which help define contemporary existence. 
Therefore, it is essential that students grasp the 
modes of inquiry and knowledge associated 
with these disciplines. 

Consequently, the Baccalaureate degree 
(Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science) is 
conferred upon the student who has completed 
an educational program incorporating the two 
principles of the liberal arts known as distribu- 
tion and concentration. The objective of the 
distribution principle is to insure that the 
student achieves breadth in learning through 
the study of the major dimensions of human 
inquiry: the humanities, the social sciences, 
and the natural sciences. The objective of the 
concentration principle is to provide depth of 
learning through completion of a program of 
study in a given discipline or subject area 
known as the major. The effect of both 
principles is to impart knowledge, inspire 
inquiry, and encourage creative thought. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
ARTS DEGREE 

Requirements For Graduation 

Every B.A. degree candidate is expected to 
meet the following requirements in order to 
quality for graduation: 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete the Writing Across the 
Cuiriculum Program requirements. 

• Complete one year of Physical Activities, 
Wellness, or Community Service. Military 
Science 1 1 , 02 1 , 03 1 , or 04 1 may satisfy this 
requirement. 



20(W-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^« 



LYCOMINGCOLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• Complete a major consisting of at least eight 
unit courses (32 semester hours). Students 
must pass every course required for the 
major and have a minimum major grade 
point average of 2.00. 

• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade 
point average of 2.00. Additional credits 
beyond 128 semester hours may be completed 
provided that the minimum 2.00 cumulative 
average is maintained. 

• Complete in residence the final eight courses 
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree at 
Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE DEGREE 

The Bachelor of Science degree is available 
to students majoring in Biology, Chemistry, 
Computer Science, or Psychology. Students 
may elect either the B.A. or the B.S. degree in 
these majors. The B.S. degree is appropriate 
for students planning further education in a 
graduate or professional school. 

Requirements For Graduation 

Every B.S. degree candidate is expected to 
meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the B.S. major in either Biology, 
Chemistiy, Computer Science, or Psychology. 
Students must pass every course required 
for the major and have a minimum major 
grade point average of 2.00. 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete the Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program requirements. 

• Complete one year of Physical Acfivities, 
Wellness, or Community Service. Military 
Science 01 1,021, 031 or 041 may satisfy this 
requirement. 

• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) with a minimum grade point average 
of 2.00. Additional credits beyond 128 



semester hours may be completed provided 
that the minimum 2.00 cumulative average is] 
maintained. 

• Complete in residence the final eight courses 
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree at 
Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

THE DISTRIBUTION 
PROGRAM 

The Distribution Program for 
the B.A. and B.S. Degrees 

A course can be used to satisfy only one 
distribution requirement (except in the Cultural 
Diversity area). Courses for which a grade of 
"P" is recorded may not be used toward the 
fulfillment of the distribution requirements. 
(Refer to page 28 for an explanation of the 
grading system.) No more than two courses 
used to satisfy the distribution requirements 
may be selected from the same department, 
except for ENGL 106 or 107 and Foreign 
Language courses numbered below 222. This 
means that in English, Foreign Languages 
literatures, and Theatre care must be taken to 
comply with this rule. 

A course in any of the following distributioi 
requirements refers to a full-unit course (four 
semester hours) taken at Lycoming, any 
appropriate combination of fractional unit 
courses taken at Lycoming which accumulate 
to four semester hours, any appropriate course 
which is taken by cross-registration, any 
appropriate course which is part of an ap- 
proved off-campus program (such as those 
listed in the catalog sections titled COOPERA- 
TIVE PROGRAMS, SPECIAL ACADEMIC 
OPPORTUNITIES, and STUDY ABROAD 
PROGRAMS), or any approved course 
transferred from another institution. 

Special distribution requirements which 
apply to students in the Lycoming Scholar 
Program appear on page 43. For infomiation 
regarding CLEP and AP credit see page 26. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



A. English - Students are required to pass 
ENGL 106 or 107 during their freshman year. 

B. Fine Arts - Students are required to pass 
two courses (or the equivalent) from Art, 
Creative Writing, Literature, Music, and/or 
THEA 100, 114, 135-136, 137-138, 145, 148, 
201, 212, 235-236, 332, 333, 335. 

C. Foreign Language - Students are required 
to pass a course in French, German, Greek, 
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 101, unless 
3xempted on the basis of placement, and a 
:ourse numbered above 101 in the same 
language. Placement at the appropriate course 
level will be determined by the faculty of the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. 

D. Humanities - Students are required to pass 
four courses from History, Literature (English, 
Foreign Languages and THEA 335), Philoso- 
phy, and/or Religion. At least one course must 
be successfully completed in 3 of the 4 
disciplines. 

E. Mathematics - Students are required to 
demonstrate competence in basic algebra and 
to pass one course selected from CPTR 108, 
MATH 106, 109, 112, 123, 128. 129, 130. 
214, or 2 16. The requirement of competence 
in basic algebra must be met before the end of 
the fourth semester or within one year of 
sntry, whichever is later. Students that have 
not met this competency requirement before 
the tlnal semester of the applicable time period 
must register for MATH 100 in that semester. 

New students take the mathematics 
placement examination detemiined by the 
Department of Mathematical Sciences at a 
new-student orientation session. Those who 
do not pass this exam may take home a 
computerized study guide and take another 
exam at a specified time. 

After beginning classes at Lycoming 
College, a student may satisfy the basic algebra 
competence requirement by successful 
completion of MATH 100 at Lycoming, or of 
an approved course transferred from another 
college, or by passing a competence examina- 



tion administered by the Department of 
Mathematical Sciences. Enrolled students may 
take this examination only once during a 
semester and may be subject to a testing fee. 
No student will be pennitted to take this 
examination while enrolled in MATH 1 00. 

F. Natural Sciences - Students are required to 
pass two laboratory courses chosen from 
Astronomy/Physics, Biology, and/or Chemisty. 

G. Social Sciences - Students are required to 
pass two courses from Criminal Justice, 
Economics, Political Science, Psychology, or 
Sociology- Anthropology. 

H. Cultural Diversity - Students are required 
to pass one designated course which intro- 
duces students to Cultural Diversity which are 
distinct from the predominant Anglo-American 
culUire. The course selected to fulfill this 
requirement may also be used to satisfy one of 
the other general education requirements in the 
liberal arts. Students also may fulfill the 
cultural diversity requirement by successfiilly 
completing at least one fiill-time semester ( 1 2 
semester hours) in a college-accepted study 
abroad program. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses and 
will be offered as such. Students must check 
semester class schedules to detennine which 
courses are offered as "D" (cultural diversity) 
courses for that semester. 



ART 


ART 222, 339 


BUSINESS 


BUS 244, 319 


ENGLISH 


ENGL 332, 334 


FRENCH 


FRN3I1 


GERMAN 


GERM 221, 222 


HISTORY 


HIST 120, 140,220 




230, 240 


MUSIC 


MUS 116, 128,234 


POLITICAL SCIENCE 


PSCI221,327, 347 


PSYCHOLOGY 


PSY 341 


RELIGION 


REL 110,224, 




225, 226, 228 


SOCIOLOGY- 


SOC 229, 331,334, 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH 
THEATRE 

WOMEN'S STUDIES 



335,336,337 
SPAN 221, 222, 311 
THEA 114,212, 
332,333,335,410 
WMST 200 



Writing Across The 
Curriculum Program 

I. Purpose 

The Lycoming College Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program has been developed in 
response to the conviction that writing skills 
promote intellectual growth and are a hall- 
mark of the educated person. The program 
has therefore been designed to achieve two 
major, interrelated objectives: 

1 ) to enhance student learning in general 
and subject mastery in particular, and 

2) to develop students' abilities to commu- 
nicate clearly. In this program, students 
are given opportunities to write in a 
variety of contexts and in a substantial 
number of courses, in which they receive 
faculty guidance and reinforcement. 

II. Program Requirements 

Students must successfully complete the 
following writing requirements: 

1) ENGL 106 (Composition) or ENGL 
107 (Honors Composition). 

2) A writing component in all distribution 
courses completed at Lycoming. 

3) Three courses designated as writing- 
intensive, or "W" courses. 

The following policies apply: 

• Successful completion of ENGL 106 
or 107 is a prerequisite for enrollment 
in writing-intensive courses. 

• All courses designated "W" are 
numbered 200 or above. 

• One of the student's "W" courses must 
be in his/her major (or one of the 
majors) or with departmental approval 
from a related department. All 
three cannot carry the same course- 
number prefix (ex. PHIL, ENGL, 
ACCT, etc.). 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



III. Approved Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 

ACCOUNTING ACCT 223, 442 

ARCHAEOLOGY/CULTURE OF ANCIENT 
NEAR EAST ART 222 

ART ART222, 223, 331, 

333, 334, 336, 339 
ASTR 230 
BIO 200, 222, 224 
BUS 342,344,410] 
441 

CHEM330,33I,332] 
COMM 21 1,326, 
332, 440 

COMPUTER SCIENCE CPTR 246, 346, 
448 



ASTRONOMY 
BIOLOGY 

BUSINESS 

CHEMISTRY 
COMMUNICATION 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

ECONOMICS 

EDUCATION 

ENGLISH 

FRENCH 

GERMAN 

HISTORY 



INTERNATIONAL 

STUDIES 
MATHEMATICS 
MUSIC 
PHILOSOPHY 



PHYSICS 



CJ447 

ECON 236, 337, 440 

EDUC 239, 343, 

344, 447 

ENGL 218, 225, 331,' 

334, 336, 338 

FRN222,412 

GERM 441 

HIST218, 230, 247,1 

328, 330, 332, 335, 

449 

INST 449 

MATH 234 
MUS 336 

PHIL2I6, 217, 218 
219,301,332,333, 
334, 335, 336, 340 
PHYS 338, 447 



POLITICAL SCIENCE PSCI 2 1 0, 334, 400, 
439 



^p 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



PSYCHOLOGY 

RELIGION 
SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH 

THEATRE 



PSY225, 324, 431, 
432, 436 

REL 230, 331,337 
SOC229, 331 

SPAN 323, 418, 
424, 426 
THEA2I2, 332, 333 



Physical Activities, Wellness, and 
Community Service Program 

I. Purpose 

This program is designed to promote 
students' physical welfare, health awareness, 
and to encourage a sense of civic responsibility. 

II. Program Requirements 

Students must pass any combination of two 
semesters of zero credit course work selected 
from the following: 

1 . Designated physical activities courses, 

2. Designated varsity athletics, 

3 . Designated wellness courses, 

4. Designated community service projects, 

5. Designated military science courses. 

CONCENTRATION 

The Major 

Students are required to complete a series 
of courses in one departmental or interdiscipli- 
nary (established or individual) major. Specific 
course requirements for each major offered by 
the College are listed in the curriculum section 
of this catalog. Students must earn a 2.00 or 
higher cumulative grade point average in the 
major. Students must declare a major by the 
beginning of their junior year. Departmental 
and established interdisciplinary majors are 
declared in the Office of the Registrar, whereas 
individual interdisciplinary majors must be 
approved by the Committee on Curriculum 
Development. Students may complete more 
than one major, each of which will be recorded 
on the transcript. Students may be removed 
from major status if they are not making 



satisfactory progress in their major. This action 
is taken by the Dean of the College upon the 
recommendation of the department, coordinat- 
ing committee (for established interdisciplinary 
majors), or Curriculum Development Commit- 
tee (for individual interdisciplinary majors). 
The decision of the Dean of the College may be 
appealed to the Committee on Academic 
Standards by the student involved or by the 
recommending department or committee. 
Students pursuing majors in two different 
degrees are subject to the policy for dual 
degrees on page 32. 

Departmental Majors — The following 

Departmental majors are available: 

Bachelor of Arts Degree: 

Accounting 

Art History 

Art Studio 

Astronomy 

Biology 

Business Administration 

Chemistry 

Communication 

Computer Science 

CriminalJustice 

Economics 

English 

French 

German 

History 

Mathematics 

Music 

Philosophy 

Physics 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Religion 

Sociology- Anthropology 

Spanish 

Theatre 

Bachelor of Science Degree: 

Biology 

Chemistry 

Computer Science 

Psychology 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Established Interdisciplinary Majors — 

The following established Bachelor of Arts 
degree interdisciplinary majors include course 
work in two or more departments: 

Accounting-Mathematical Sciences 

Actuarial Mathematics 

American Studies 

Archaeology and Culture of the Ancient Near East 

International Studies 

Literature 

Individual Interdisciplinary Majors — 

Students may design majors which are unique 
to their needs and objectives and which combine 
course work in more than one department. 
These majors are developed in consultation 
with students' faculty advisors and with a 
panel of faculty members from each of the 
sponsoring departments. The applications are 
acted upon by the Curriculum Development 
Committee. The major normally consists of at 
least 10 courses, at least six of which are at the 
300 or 400 level. No more than two courses 
used to satisfy distribution requirements may be 
included in the major. Examples of individual 
interdisciplinary majors are: Legal Studies, 
Women and the Legal System, and Religion 
and Marketing. Applications are available in 
the Office of the Registrar. 

The Minor 

The College awards two kinds of minors, 
departmental and interdisciplinary, in recog- 
nition of concentrated course work in an area 
other than the student's major. All minors are 
subject to the following limitations: 

• A minor must include at least two unit 
courses which are not counted in the 
student's major. 

• A student may receive at most two minors. 

• Students with two majors may receive only 
one minor; students with three majors may 
not receive a minor. 

• Students may not receive a minor in their 
major discipline unless their major discipline 



is Actuarial Mathematics and the minor is 
Mathematics (three courses must be taken 
outside of the major), their major is Art and 
the minor is Art History, their major is 
Biology and the minor is Environmental 
Science, their major is Religion and the 
minor is Biblical Languages. 

A discipline is any course of study in 
which a student can major. Tracks within 
majors are not separate disciplines. 

• A student may not receive a minor unless 
his/her average in the courses which count 
for his/her minor is a minimum of 2.00. 

• Courses taken P/F may not be counted 
toward a minor. 

Students must declare their intention to 
minor by signing a fonn available in the , 

Registrar's Office, obtaining required faculty 1 
signatures, and returning the completed fonn t 
the Office of the Registrar. Students must mee 
the requirements for the minor which are in 
effect at the time they declare a minor or which 
are in effect subsequent to that time before the> 
graduate. 

When students complete a minor, the title ■ 
will be indicated on their official transcript. * 
Minor requirements must be completed at the 
time of graduation. A 

Departmental Minors — Requirements for a 
departmental minor vary from department to 
department. Students interested in pursuing a 
departmental minor should consult that depart- 
ment for its policy regarding minors. 

Departmental minors are available in the 

following areas: 

ACCOUNTING 

ART 

Art History 
Commercial Design 
Painting 
Photography 
Sculpture 
ASTRONOMY 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



BIOLOGY 

Biology 

Environmental Science 
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
CHEMISTRY 
COMMUNICATION 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 
ECONOMICS 
ENGLISH 

Literature 

Writing 
FOREIGN LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURES 

French 

Gennan 

Spanish 
HISTORY 

American History 

European History 

History 
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Computer Science 

Mathematics 
PHILOSOPHY 

Philosophy 

Philosophy and Law 

Philosophy and Science 

Ethics 
PHYSICS 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Political Science 

American Politics 

World Politics 

Legal Studies 
PSYCHOLOGY 
RELIGION 

SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 
THEATRE 

Perfonnance 

Technical Theatre 

Theatre History and Literature 

Interdisciplinary Minors — Interdisciplinary 
minors include course work in two or more 
departments. Students interested in interdisci- 
plinary minors should consult the faculty 
coordinator of that minor. Interdisciplinary 
minors are available in the following areas: 

2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE 
ANCIENT NEAR EAST, BIBLICAL LAN- 
GUAGES, and WOMEN'S STUDIES 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL 

PROGRAMS (also see "Pre-Professional 
Advising" in The Advising Program section) 

Preparation for Educational Professions — 

Lycoming College believes that the liberal arts 
provide the best preparation for fiature teachers. 
Thus, all education students complete a liberal 
arts major in addition to the Lycoming College 
Teacher Education Certificate requirements. 
Students can be certified in elementary, 
secondary (biology, chemistry, citizenship, 
general science, mathematics, physics, social 
sciences), K-I2 (art, foreign languages, music), 
and special education (cognitive, behavior and 
physical/health disabilities). All teacher 
education programs are approved by the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education. 
Pennsylvania certificates are recognized in most 
other states either through reciprocal agree- 
ments or by transcript evaluation. For more 
detailed infonnation, see the Education Depart- 
ment listing on page 99. 

Preparation for Health Professions — The 

program of pre-professional education for the 
health professions (allopathic, dental, osteopathic, 
podiatric and veterinary medicine; optometry, 
and phannacy) is organized around a sound 
foundation in biology, chemistry, mathematics, 
and physics and a wide range of subject matter 
from the humanities, social sciences, and fine 
arts. At least three years of undergraduate 
study is recommended before entry into a 
professional school; the normal procedure is to 
complete the Bachelor of Arts degree. 

Students interested in one of the health 
professions or in an allied health career should 
make their intentions known to the Admissions 
Office when applying and to the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC), Dr. 
Edward Gabriel, Chair, during their first 
semester (see page 46). 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Preparation for Legal Professions — 

Lycoming offers a strong preparation for 
students interested in law as a profession. 
Admission to law school is not predicated 
upon a particular major or area of study; 
rather, a student is encouraged to design a 
course of study (traditional or interdisciplinary 
major) which is of personal interest and 
significance. While no specific major is 
recommended, there are certain skills of 
particular relevance to the pre-law student: 
clear writing, analytical thinking, and reading 
comprehension. These skills should be 
developed during the undergraduate years. 

Pre-law students should register with the 
Legal Professions Advisory Committee (LP AC), 
Dr. John Whelan, Chair, during their first 
semester (see page 47). 

Preparation for Theological Professions — 

Students preparing to attend a theological 
seminary should examine the suggestions set 
down by the Association of Theological 
Schools. It is recommended that students 
pursue a broad program in the liberal arts with 
a major in one of the humanities (English, 
history, languages, literature, philosophy, 
religion) or one of the social sciences (Ameri- 
can studies, criminal justice, economics, 
international studies, political science, psychol- 
ogy, sociology-anthropology). Students 
preparing for a career in religious education 
should major in religion and elect five or six 
courses in psychology, education and sociol- 
ogy. This program of study will qualify 
students to work as educational assistants or 
directors of religious education after graduate 
study in a theological seminary. 

Students should register with the Theologi- 
cal Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC), 
Dr. Steven Johnson, Chair, during their first 
semester. TPAC acts as a "center" for 
students, faculty, and clergy to discuss the 
needs of students who want to prepare 
themselves for the ministry, religious educa- 
tion, advanced training in religion, or related 
vocations (see page 47). 

LYCOMINGCOLLEGE 



COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS 

Lycoming has developed several coopera- 
tive programs to provide students with opport- 
unities to extend their knowledge, abilities, and 
talents in selected areas through access to the 
specialized academic programs and facilities of 
other colleges, universities, academies and 
hospitals. Although thorough advising and 
curricular planning are provided for each of 
the cooperative programs, admission to 
Lycoming and registration in the program of 
choice do not guarantee admission to the coop- 
erating institution. The prerogative of admitting 
students to the cooperative aspect of the 
program rests with the cooperating institution. 
Students who are interested in a cooperative 
program should contact the coordinator during 
the first week of the first semester of their 
enrollment at Lycoming. This is necessary to 
plan their course programs in a manner that 
will ensure completion of required courses 
according to the schedule stipulated for the 
program. All cooperative programs require 
special coordination of course scheduling at 
Lycoming. 

Engineering — Combining the advantages of a 
liberal arts education and the technical training 
of an engineering curriculum, students com- 
plete three years of study at Lycoming and two 
years at a cooperating university. Upon 
satisfactory completion of the first year of 
engineering studies, Lycoming awards a 
Bachelor of Arts degree. When students 
successfully complete the second year of 
engineering studies, the cooperating university 
awards a Bachelor of Science degree in 
engineering. 

At Lycoming, students complete the dis- 
tribution program and courses in physics, 
mathematics, and chemistry. The cooperating 
Universities offer aerospace, agricultural, 
ceramic, chemical, civil, computer, electrical, 
engineering science, industrial, mechanical, 
mining and nuclear engineering. Faculty 
advisor: Dr. David Wolfe. 



o 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



porestry or Environmental Studies — 

.ycoming College offers a cooperative 
irogram with Duke University in environ- 
nental management and forestry. Qualified 
tudents can earn the baccalaureate and master 
legrees in five years, spending three years at 
.ycoming and two years at Duke. All 
.ycoming distribution and major requirements 
nust be completed by the end of the junior 
'ear. At the end of the first year at Duke, a 
)accalaureate degree will be awarded by 
.ycoming. Duke will award the professional 
legree of Master of Forestry or Master of 
environmental Management to qualified 
;andidates at the end of the second year. 

The major program emphases at Duke are 
-"orest Resource Management, Resource Eco- 
lomics and Policy, and Resource Ecology. 

The program is flexible enough, however, 
accommodate a variety of individual designs. 
Vn undergraduate major in one of the natural 
;ciences, social sciences, or business may 
)rovide good preparation for the programs at 
)uke, but a student with any undergraduate 
;oncentration will be considered for admission. 
W\ students need at least two courses each in 
)iology, mathematics, and economics. 

Students begin the program at Duke in July 
ifter their junior year at Lycoming with a one- 
nonth session of field work in natural resource 
nanagement. They must complete a total of 
18 units which generally takes four semesters. 

Some students prefer to complete the 
)accalaureate degree before undertaking grad- 
late study at Duke. The master degree 
equirements for these students are the same as 
br those students entering after the junior 
fear, but the 48-unit requirement may be 
educed for completed relevant undergraduate 
vork of satisfactory quality. All credit 
eductions are determined individually and 
jonsider the students' educational background 
md objectives. Faculty advisor: Dr. Melvin 
Zimmerman. 



Medical Technology - Students desiring a 
career in medical technology may cither 
complete a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of 
Science program followed by a clinical 
internship at any hospital accredited by the 
American Medical Association, or they may 
complete the cooperative program. Students 
electing the cooperative program normally 
study for three years at Lycoming, during 
which time they complete 24 unit courses, 
including the College distribution requirements, 
a major, and requirements of the National 
Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory 
Sciences (NAACLS). The current requirements 
of the NAACLS are: four courses in chemis- 
try (one of which must be either organic or 
biochemistry); four courses in biology (includ- 
ing courses in microbiology and immunology), 
and one course in mathematics. 

Students in the cooperative program usually 
major in biology, following a modified major of 
six unit courses that exempts them from 
Ecology (BIO 224) and Plant Sciences (BIO 
225). Students must take either Microbiology 
(BIO 32 1 ) or Microbiology for the Health 
Sciences (BIO 226), and either Human Physiol- 
ogy (BIO 323) or Cell Biology (BIO 435). The 
cooperative program requires successful 
completion of a one-year internship at a hospital 
accredited by the American Medical Associa- 
tion. Lycoming is affiliated with the following 
accredited hospitals: Williamsport, Robert 
Packer, Lancaster, Graduate, and Abington. 
Students in the cooperative program receive 
credit at Lycoming for each of eight courses in 
biology and chemistry successfully completed 
during the clinical internship. Successful 
completion of the Registry Examination is not 
considered a graduation requirement at 
Lycoming College. 

Students entering a clinical internship for 
one year after graduation from Lycoming must 
complete all of the requirements of the 
cooperative program, but are not eligible for 
the biology major exemptions indicated above. 



1004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Upon graduation, such students may apply for 
admission to a clinical program at any hospital. 
Faculty Advisor: Dr. Joseph Lipar. 

Optometry — Through the Accelerated 
Optometry Education Curriculum Program, 
students interested in a career in optometry 
may qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania 
College of Optometry after only three years at 
Lycoming College. 

After four years at the Pennsylvania College 
of Optometry, a student will earn a Doctor of 
Optometry degree. Selection of candidates for 
the professional segment of the program is 
completed by the admissions committee of the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry during the 
student's third year at Lycoming. (This is one 
of two routes that students may choose. Any 
student, of course, may follow the regular 
application procedures for admission to the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry or another 
college of optometry to matriculate following 
completion of his or her baccalaureate program.) 
During the three years at Lycoming College, 
the student will complete 24 unit courses, 
including all distribution requirements, and will 
prepare for his or her professional training by 
obtaining a solid foundation in biology, chemis- 
try, physics, and mathematics. During the first 
year of study at the Pennsylvania College of 
Optometry, the student will take 39 semester 
hours of basic science courses in addition to 
introductions to optometry and health care. 
Successllil completion of the first year of 
professional training will complete the course 
requirements for the B. A. degree at Lycoming 
College. 

Most students will find it convenient to 
major in biology in order to satisfy the 
requirements of Lycoming College and the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry. Such 
students are allowed to complete a modified 
biology major which will exempt them from 
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and 
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). (This modified 
major requires the successful completion of the 



initial year at the Pennsylvania College of 
Optometry.) Students desiring other majors 
must coordinate their plans with the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee in order to 
ensure that they have satisfied all requirements. 
Faculty Advisor: Dr. Edward Gabriel. 

Podiatry — Students interested in podiatry 
may either seek admission to a college of 
podiatric medicine upon completion of the 
Bachelor of Arts degree or through the Accel- 
erated Podiatric Medical Education Curricu- 
lum Program (APMEC). The latter program 
provides an opportunity for students to qualif 
for admission to the Pennsylvania College of 
Podiatric Medicine (PCPM) or the Ohio 
College of Podiatric Medicine (OCPM) after 
three years of study at Lycoming. At 
Lycoming, students in the APMEC program 
must successfiilly complete 24 unit courses, 
including the distribution requirements and a 
basic foundation in biology, chemistry, physics 
and mathematics. During the first 
year of study at PCPM or OCPM, students 
must successfully complete a program of basic 
science courses and an introduction to podiatry 
Successfijl completion of the first year of 
professional training will contribute toward the 
fulfillment ofthe course requirements for a 
Bachelor of Arts degree at Lycoming. 

Students in the cooperative program who 
major in biology will be allowed to complete { 
modified major which will exempt them from 
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and 
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). This modified 
major requires the successful completion of 
the initial year at PCPM or OCPM. 

Students interested in a career in podiatric 
medicine should indicate their intentions to the 
Health Professions Advisory Committee. 
Faculty Advisor: Dr. Edward Gabriel. 

U.S. Army Reserve Officers Training Corps 
Program (R.O.T.C.) — The program 
provides an opportunity for Lycoming students 
to enroll in Anny R.O.T.C. Lycoming notes 
enrollment in and successful completion ofthe 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



urogram on student transcripts. Military 
science is a four-year program divided into a 
jasic course given during the freshman and 
jophomore years and an advanced course 
'iven during the junior and senior years. 
Students who have not completed the basic 
;ourse may qualify for the advanced course by 
completing summer camp between the 
sophomore and junior years. Students enrolled 
n the advanced course receive a monthly, non- 
;axable stipend of $ 1 ,000. One course each in 
tvritten communication, computer proficiency, 
md military history will fulfill the professional 
nilitary education requirements. 

Students successfiilly completing the 
idvanced course and advanced summer camp 
jetween the junior and senior years will qualify 
for a commission as a Second Lieutenant in 
;he United States Arniy upon graduation, and 
ivill incur a service obligation in the active 
^rmy or Anny Reserves. 

THE HONORS PROGRAM 

The Scholar Program 

The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a 
special program designed to meet the needs and 
aspirations of highly motivated students 
3f superior intellectual ability. Lycoming 
Scholars satisfy the College's distribution 
requirements with more challenging courses 
than students not in the Scholar Program are 
required to complete. (Substitutions to the 
Scholar Distribution Requirements can be made 
only by successful application to the Scholar's 
Council. ) Lycoming Scholars also participate in 
special interdisciplinary seminars and in an 
independent study culminating in a senior 
presentation. Scholars may audit a fifth course 
each semester at no additional cost. In addition. 
Scholars may be exempted from the usual 
limitations on independent studies by the 
Individual Studies Committee. 

Students are admitted to the program by 
invitation of the Scholar Council, the group 
which oversees the program. The council 
consists of a director and four other faculty 
selected by the Dean of the College, and four 
students elected by current scholars. The 



guidelines governing selection of new scholars 
are flexible; academic excellence, intellectual 
curiosity, and creativity are all taken into 
account. Students who desire to participate in 
the Scholar Program but are not invited may 
petition the Scholar Council for consideration. 
Petitioning students should provide the Scholar 
Council with letters of recommendation from 
Lycoming faculty and a transcript to be sent to 
the director of the Scholar Program. 

To remain in the program, students must main- 
tain a cumulative average of 3 .00 or better. Stu- 
dents who drop below this average will be placed 
on Scholar probation for one semester. After one 
semester, they will be asked to leave the program 
if their GPA has not returned to 3.00 or higher. 
To graduate as a Scholar, a student must have at 
least a 3.00 cumulative average. Scholars must 
successfully complete five Lycoming Scholars 
Seminars, as well as the non-credit Senior Scholar 
Seminar in which they present the results of 
their independent studies. In addition, the 
following distribution requirements must be 
met. 

Scholar Distribution Requirements for 
Students in B.A. and B.S. Programs 

A. English - Scholars must complete ENGL 
106 or ENGL 107. The Scholar Council 
strongly recommends that qualified scholars 
enroll in ENGL 107 if scheduling permits. 
ENGL 106 or 107 must be taken during the 
freshman year. 

B. Fine Arts - Scholars are required to pass 
two courses (or the equivalent) from the 
following: Art: ART 1 1 1, 115, 220 or higher; 
Music: MUS 117, 160 or higher; Theatre: 
THEA 114 or higher, excluding THE A 135- 
136, 137-138, or 148; Creadve Writing: 
ENGL 240, 322, 342, 4 1 1 , 4 1 2, 44 1 or 442; 
Literature: Any English Literature course 
(except ENGL 215) and the literature courses 
of the Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures (French, Gemian, or Spanish). 

C. Foreign Language - Scholars are required 
to pass a course in French, German, Greek, 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMINGCOLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 1 1 1 or higher. 
Placement at the appropriate course level will 
be determined by the faculty of the Department 
of Foreign Languages and Literatures. Scholars 
who have completed two or more years of a 
given language in high school are not admitted 
for credit to the elementary course in the same 
foreign language except by written permission 
of the chairman of the department. 

D. Humanities - Scholars are required to pass 
four courses from three of the following 
disciplines: History: any course numbered 
200 or higher; Literature: any English 
literature course (except ENGL 215) and the 
literature courses of the Department of 
Foreign Languages and Literatures (French, 
German, or Spanish); Philosophy: any course 
numbered 200 or higher; Religion: any course 
numbered 222 or higher. 

E. Mathematics - Scholars must earn at least 
a grade of B (3.00) in one of MATH 106, 109, 
1 12, 123 or CPTR 108; or successfully 
complete one of MATH 128, 129, 130, 214 or 
216. 

F. Natural Sciences - Scholars are required 
to pass two laboratory courses from the 
following: Astronomy/Physics: any course 
numbered 1 1 1 or higher; Biology: any course 
numbered 110 or higher; Chemistry: any 
course numbered 1 1 or higher. 

G. Social Sciences - Scholars are required to 
pass two courses from the following: Eco- 
nomics: any course numbered 1 10 or higher; 
Political Science: any course numbered 106 or 
higher; Psychology: PSY 1 10 or any other 
PSY course numbered 225 or higher. Sociol- 
ogy-Anthropology: any course from 1 1 0, 220, 
229, 300 or higher. 

H. Cultural Diversity - Scholars are required 
to pass one designated course which intro- 
duces students to Cultural Diversity which is 
distinct from the dominant western culture. 
Approaches to study may be artistic, historical, 
sociological, anthropological, international. 



psychological, or issues oriented. The course 
selected to fiilfiU this requirement may also be 
used to satisfy one of the other general educatioii 
requirements in the liberal arts. i 

I. Writing Across the Curriculum. This 
requirement is the same as that stipulated by i 
the College for all students. i 

J. Physical Activities, Wellness and Commu- 
nity Service. This requirement is the same as 
that stipulated by the College for all students. 

K. Lycoming Scholar Seminars — Team- 
taught interdisciplinary seminars are held every 
semester under the direction of the Lycoming 
Scholar Council. They meet for one hour each 
week (Tuesdays at noon) and carry one hour of 
credit. Grades are "A/F" and are based on 
students' performance. Lycoming Scholars are 
required to successfiilly complete five seminars 
and they are permitted to register for as many as 
eight. Topics for each academic year will be 
selected by the Scholar Council and announced 
before spring registration of the previous year. 
Students must be accepted into the Scholar 
Program before they enroll in a Scholar Seminar. 
Scholars are strongly urged to register for a 
least one seminar during the freshman year. 

L. Senior Project — In the senior year, 
scholars must successfully complete an 
independent studies or departmental honors 
project which has been approved in advance b> 
the Independent Studies Committee and the 
Scholar Council. This project must be 
presented orally as part of the Senior Scholar 
Seminar and be accepted by the Scholar 
Council. 

M. Major — Scholars must complete a majoi 
and 32 units (128 semester hours), exclusive ol 
the Senior Scholar Seminar. 

Note to Transfer Students — In the case of 
transfer students and those who seek to enter 
the program after their freshman year and in 
other cases deemed by the Scholar Council to 
involve special or extraordinary circumstances, 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



he Council shall make adjustments to the 
cholar distribution requirements provided that 
n all cases such exceptions and adjustments 
vould still satisfy the regular College distribu- 
ion requirements. 

Vlanagement Scholars 
Program of the Institute for 
Vlanagement Studies 

The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars 
*rogram for academically talented students in 
he three IMS departments. To join the 
Management Scholars Program, a student must 
atisfy the following criteria: 

a) Have a declared major or minor in one or 
more of the IMS departments. However, 
the IMS Director may invite or permit 
other students to join the Management 
Scholars Program who do not meet this 
criteria, such as freshmen who have not 
yet declared a major or minor. 

b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher, or 
exhibit strong academic potential if the 
student is a first-semester freshman. 

To graduate as a Management Scholar, a 
itudent must meet the following criteria: 

a) Successfiilly complete two semester- 
hours of Management Scholar Seminars. 

b) Successfijlly complete a major or minor in 
one of the three IMS departments. 

c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher in 
both overall college work, and within an 
IMS major and/or minor. 

d) Successfiilly complete an appropriate 
internship, practicum or independent 
study, or complete a special project 
approved by the IMS Director. 

At least one Management Scholar Seminar is 
aught per academic year on an interdisciplinary 
:opic of relevance to students in all three IMS 
departments. The seminars are offered as one 
>emester-hour courses and do not result in 
overload charges for fiill-time students. 



Students who are currently Lycoming 
College Scholars may also become Manage- 
ment Scholars and participate in both programs. 

Departmental Honors 

Honors projects are normally undertaken 
only in a student's major, and are available 
only to exceptionally well-qualified students 
who have a solid background in the area of the 
project and are capable of considerable self- 
direction and have a GPA of at least 3.00. 
The prerequisites for registration in an honors 
program are as follows: 

• A faculty member from the department(s) 
in which the honors project is to be under- 
taken must agree to be the director and must 
secure departmental approval of the project. 

• The director, in consultation with the 
student, must convene a committee consist- 
ing of two faculty members from the 
department in which the project is to be 
undertaken, one of whom is the director of 
the project, and one faculty member from 
each of two other departments related to the 
subject matter of the study. 

• The Honors Committee must then certify by 
their signatures on the application that the 
project in question is academically legiti- 
mate and worthy of pursuit as an honors 
project, and that the student in question is 
qualified to pursue the project. 

• The project must be approved by the 
Committee on Individual Studies. 

Students successfully complete honors 
projects by satisfying the following conditions 
in accordance with guidelines established by 
the Committee on Individual Studies: 

• The student must produce a substantial 
research paper, critical study, or creative 
project. If the end product is a creative 
project, a critical paper analyzing the 
techniques and principles employed and the 
nature of the achievement represented in the 
project shall be also submitted. 



J004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• The student must successfully explain and 
defend the work in a final oral examination 
given by the honors committee. 

• The Honors Committee must certify that the 
student has successfijlly defended the 
project, and that the student's achievement 
is clearly superior to that which would ordi- 
narily be required to earn a grade of "A" in 
a regular independent studies course. 

• The Committee on Individual Studies must 
certify that the student has satisfied all of 
the conditions mentioned above. 

Except in unusual circumstances, honors 
projects are expected to involve independent 
study in two consecutive unit courses. 
Successful completion of the honors project 
will cause the designation of honors in that 
department to be placed upon the permanent 
record. Acceptable theses are deposited in the 
College library. In the event that the study is 
not completed successfully or is not deemed 
worthy of honors, the student shall be re- 
registered in independent studies and 
given a final grade for the course. 

THE ADVISING PROGRAM 

Academic Advising 

One advantage of a small college is the 
direct, personal contact between a student 
and the College faculty who care about that 
student's personal, academic, and profes- 
sional aspirations. The student can draw 
upon their years of experience to resolve 
questions about social adjustment, workload, 
study skills, tutoring and more. Perhaps the 
member of the faculty with the most impact 
on a student is the academic advisor. 

The freshman advisor, whom the student 
meets at summer orientation, assists with 
course selection by providing accurate 
information about requirements, programs 
and career options. Advisors help students to 
identify other campus resources. Health 
Services can supply counseling support for 
students with personal adjustment issues. 



During the sophomore year, the student i 
must choose a major and select an advisor frod 
the major department. The new advisor, while 
serving as a resource, can best advise that 
student about course selection and career 
opportunities. 

Advisors at Lycoming endeavor to contrib- 
ute to students' development in yet another 
way. They insist that students assume full 
responsibility for their decisions and academic 
progress. By doing so, they help to prepare 
them for the harder choices and responsibilities 
of the professional world. 

Also, Lycoming provides special advising 
programs for careers in medicine, law and 
religion. Interested students should register 
with the appropriate advisory committee 
immediately after deciding to enter one of 
these professions. 

Pre-Professional Advising 

(also see "Pre-Professional Programs" in the 
Concentration section) 

Preparation for Educational Professions — 

Students interested in obtaining teacher cert- 
ification should consult with a member of the 
Education Department as early as possible. 
See the Education Department listing on 
page 99. 

Preparation for Health Professions — 

Students interested in one of the health 
professions or in an allied health career should 
make their intentions know to the Admissions 
Office when applying and to the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee (HP AC) 
during their first semester. This committee , 
advises students concerning preparation for | 
and application to health-professions schools. 
All pre-health professions students are invited 
to join the student Pre-Health Professions 
Association. Also see descriptions of the 
cooperative programs in podiatric medicine, 
optometry, and medical technology. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



reparation for Legal Professions — 

udcnts interested in pre-law should register 
ith the Legal Professions Advisory Committee 
,PAC) during their first semester and should 
in the Pre-Law Society on campus. LP AC 
isists the pre-law student through advising, 
mipilation of recommendations, and dissemina- 
)n of information and materials about law and 
e legal profession. The Pre-Law Society 
)onsors films, speakers, and field trips 
eluding visits to law school campuses. 

reparation for Theological Professions — 

:udents who plan to investigate the religious 
)cations should register with the Theological 
■ofessions Advisory Committee (TPAC) during 
eir first semester. TPAC acts as a "center" 
ir students, faculty, and clergy to discuss the 
;eds of students who want to prepare 
emselves for the ministry, religious educa- 
Dn, advanced training in religion, or related 
jcations. Also, it may help coordinate 
[temships for students who desire practical 
cperience in the parish ministry or related 
eas. 

lCADEMIC 
UPPORT SERVICES 
Lcademic Resource Center (ARC) 

aniel Hartsock, Director 
ine Keller, Assistant Director 
■WW. lycoming.edu/arc 

The Academic Resource Center, located on 
le third floor of the Snowden Library, 
rovides a variety of free services to the 
mipus community. 

Tutoring in Writing — Working one-on- 
one. Writing Consultants use questioning 
techniques to help writers improve papers 
while developing confidence and indepen- 
dence as writers. Writers may use the 
Writer's Room, a quiet place for writing, to 
work on papers while consulting with tutors 
about development, organization, grammar, 
documentation, and any other writing 



concern. Writing Consultants offer 35 
hours of scheduled tutoring weekly. 

Tutoring in the Content Areas — The ARC 

offers one-on-one tutoring support in almost 
every course. Tutors assist students with 
homework assignments and test prepara- 
tion. A list of tutors is available on the ARC 
website or by contacting the ARC directly. 

Study Skills Support — The ARC provides 
support through individualized instruction 
and through small group workshops upon 
request. Topics vary depending on the 
needs of students. Also, the ARC offers a 
more fomial option for study skills support: 
ARC 100, Success Skills Workshop. 

ARC 100 Success Skills Workshop 

A seven-week course, the workshop 
introduces students to a variety of topics 
important to student success. Among 
these are time management, learning 
styles, motivation, highlighting text, 
note-taking. Topics will be selected to 
meet students' needs. ARC 100 is highly 
recommended for students who, in consul- 
tation with their academic advisors, choose 
to improve their academic skills. This 
non-credit course will be graded on a 
pass/fail basis. 

Disability Support — The Coordinator of 
Services for Students with Disabilities 
assists students in arranging for classroom 
accommodations, meeting requirements, 
and developing appropriate study practices. 

Office of the Assistant 
Dean for Freshmen 

Lycoming College believes a student's 
freshman year needs structure and support. 
This office serves as a focal point for the 
freshman and his or her family. 

Freshman Orientation — The purpose of 
this required program is to acquaint new 
students and their families more fully with 
the College so that they can begin their 



)04-()5 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Lycoming experience under the most 
favorable circumstances. Students sit for 
placement tests, confer with their academic 
advisors, preregister for fall classes, and 
become acquainted with their classmates. 
1st Weekend — Begins the day freshmen 
arrive with New Student Convocation. The 
weekend activities include academic success, 
career and library workshops along with 
social events. 

Information and Support — Students 
and their families find the Office of the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen an accessible 
resource to resolving problems, developing 
solutions, coordinating services and enabling 
student success. Student and family 
newsletters are provided during the year. 

Office of the Assistant 
Dean for Sophomores 

The College continues to provide academic 
counseling and support as students move into 
the sophomore year. The Assistant Dean for 
Sophomores meets individually with second 
year students and, in cooperation with the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen, conducts small 
group retreats and other meetings. These 
efforts are designed to alert students to their 
circumstances, to help them explore options, 
to motivate them to achieve their academic 
aspirations, and to provide them with useful 
strategies and resources for success. 

In addition, the Sophomore Dean consults 
with students on a variety of personal, social, 
residential, financial, and other concerns. 

Early Assessment 

During the sixth week of the semester 
classroom instructors prepare Early Assess- 
ment Progress Reports for freshmen, new 
transfer students, students on academic 
probation, and students with cumulative GPAs 
less than 2. 1 0. In week seven, academic 
advisors, students, parents, deans, and coaches 
receive these progress reports and can counsel 
students having difficulty regarding adjustment 
strategies. Progress grades are not recorded 
on the student's permanent record. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SPECIAL ACADEMIC 
OPPORTUNITIES 



I 



First-Year Seminar - Every fall, Lycoming 
College offers a number of first-year seminars 
small classes that investigate topics in various 
disciplines. Students receive a letter from the 
Director of the First Year Seminar in the 
spring before their freshman year telling them 
what seminars will be available. 

May Term — This four-week voluntary 
session is designed to provide students with 
courses listed in the catalog and experimental; 
and special courses that are not normally 
available during the fall and spring semesters 
and summer sessions. Some courses are 
offered on campus, others involve travel. In ! 
addition to the courses themselves, attractionji 
include less fonnal classes and reduced tuitionj 
rates. On campus courses have included 
Chemistry in Context, Field Geology, Field 
Ornithology, Energy Economics, Writer's 
Seminar, American Detective Fiction, The 
American Hard-Boiled Mystery, Organized 
Crime in America, and Internet Marketing am 
Advertising. Travel courses have included • 
Painting at the Outer Banks, Art History and 
Photography in France and Spain, Cross- 
Cultural Psychology in France and Spain, and 
Tropical Marine Biology in Jamaica. Student? 
may take a maximum of 4 semester hours. 

Summer Sessions I and II — These two sue 
cessive five-week academic terms offer the 
opportunity for students to complete intern- 
ships, independent studies and semester 
courses. Students may take a maximum of 8 
semester hours. 

Independent Studies — Independent studies 
are available to any qualified student who 
wishes to engage in and receive academic 
credit for any academically legitimate course 
of study for which he or she could not other- 
wise receive credit. It may be pursued at any 
level (introductory, intermediate, or advanced) 
and in any department, whether or not the 
student is a major in that department. An inde 
pendent studies project may either duplicate a 



o 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALO< 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



atalogue course or be completely different 
rom any catalog course. In order for a student 
a be registered in any independent study course, 
tie following conditions must be satisfied: 
) An appropriate member of the faculty must 
agree to supervise the project and must 
certify by signing the application form that 
the project involves an amount of legiti- 
mate academic work appropriate for the 
amount of academic credit requested and 
that the student in question is qualified to 
pursue the project. 
;) The studies project must be approved by 
the chair of the department in which the 
studies project is to be undertaken. In the 
case of catalog courses, all department 
members must approve offering the catalog 
course as an independent studies course. 
) After the project is approved by the 
instructor and the chair of the appropriate 
department, the studies project must be 
approved by the Committee on Individual 
Studies. 



Participation in independent studies 
irojects which do not duplicate catalog 
curses is subject to the following: 
Students undertaking independent studies 
projects must have a GPA of at least 2.50. 
Students may not engage in more than one 
independent studies project during any 
given semester. 

Students may not engage in more than two 
independent studies projects during their 
academic careers at Lycoming College. 
The Individual Studies Committee may 
exempt members of the Lycoming College 
Scholar Program from these two limitations. 

As with other academic policies, any other 
xceptions to these two rules must be approved 
>y the Committee on Academic Standards. 

nternship Program — An internship is a 
oursc jointly sponsored by the College and a 
(ublic or private agency or subdivision of the 
[College in which a student is able to earn 
ollege credit by participating in some active 
;apacity as an assistant, aide, or apprentice. 



For a one unit (4 semester hour) internship, 
at least ten hours per week must be spent in 
agency duties. Academic requirements include 
a daily log or journal, a research paper of 
approximately ten pages or its equivalent, and 
a reading list of approximately five books or 
the equivalent. The student and academic 
supervisor meet weekly during the term of the 
internship. 

The objectives of the internship program 
are: 

1) to further the development of a central 
core of values, awarenesses, strategies, 
skills, and infonnation through experi 
ences outside the classroom or other 
campus situations, and 

2) to facilitate the integration of theory and 
practice by encouraging students to relate 
their on-campus academic experiences 
more directly to society in general and to 
possible career and other post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives in particular. 

Any junior or senior student in good acad- 
emic standing may petition the Committee on 
Individual Studies for approval to serve as an 
intern. A maximum of 1 6 credits can be 
earned through internships, practica, and/or 
student teaching. Guidelines for program 
development, assignment of tasks and 
academic requirements, such as exams, 
papers, reports, grades, etc., are established in 
consultation with a faculty director at 
Lycoming and an agency supervisor at the 
place of internship. 

Students with diverse majors have partici- 
pated in a wide variety of internships, 
including ones with NBC Television in New 
York City, the Allenwood Federal Prison 
Camp, Pennsylvania State Department of 
Environmental Resources, Lycoming County 
Historical Society, the American Cancer 
Society, business and accounting firms, law 
offices, hospitals, social service agencies, 
banks and Congressional offices. 

Practica — Practica are offered in Account- 
ing, Art, Biology, Business, Communication, 
Criminal Justice, Economics, Education, IMS, 



004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



and Psychology. These courses require 10 to 
12 hours of work per week in a business, 
agency, or organization in addition to class- 
room time. A maximum of 16 credits can be 
earned through practica, internships, and/or 
student teaching. 

Teacher Intern Program — The purpose of 
the Teacher Intern Program is to provide 
individuals who have completed a baccalaure- 
ate degree with the opportunity to become 
certified teachers through on-the-job training. 
Interns can earn a Lycoming College Teacher 
Education Certificate and be certified by the 
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in elementary, 
secondary (biology, chemistry, citizenship, 
general science, mathematics, physics, social 
sciences), K-12 (art, foreign languages, 
music), and special education (cognitive, 
behavior and physical/health disabilities). 

Interested individuals should file a formal 
application with the Education Department for 
admission to the Intern Program. Upon 
completion of the application process, interns 
receive a letter of Intern Candidacy from the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education which 
the candidate then uses to apply for a teaching 
position. Necessary professional coursework 
can be completed prior to the teaching 
experience when individuals obtain teaching 
position. See Education Department on page 
99 for more information. 

The Philadelphia Urban Semester — A full 
semester liberal arts program for professional 
development and field study is available to 
Lycoming students. The program is open to 
juniors majoring in any discipline or program. 
The Philadelphia Urban Semester is sponsored 
and administered by the Great Lakes Colleges 
Association. 

Washington Semester — With the consent 
of the Department of Political Science and the 
Registrar, selected students are permitted to 
study in Washington, D.C., at The American 
University for one semester. They may choose 



from seven different programs: Washington 
Semester, Urban Semester, Foreign Policy 
Semester, International Development Semester, 
Economic Policy Semester, Science and 
Technology Semester, or American Studies 
Semester. 

United Nations Semester — With the 
consent of either the Department of History 
or Political Science and the Registrar, selected 
students may enroll at Drew University in 
Madison, New Jersey, in the United Nations 
Semester, which is designed to provide a first- 
hand acquaintance with the world organiza- 
tion. Students with special interests in world 
history, international relations, law, and 
politics are eligible to participate. 

Capitol Semester Internship Program — 

This program is available to eligible students 
on a competitive basis. The program is co- 
sponsored by Pennsylvania's Office of 
Administration and Department of Education. 
Paid internships are available to students in 
most majors. Interested students should 
contact the Career Development Center for 
additional information. 

STUDY ABROAD 
PROGRAMS 

Students are encouraged to participate in a 
variety of study abroad programs sponsored by 
affiliates or other institutions. Students who 
intend to study abroad must have a cumulative 
grade point average of 2.50 or higher. Study 
abroad opportunities range from summer 
sessions to a full semester or academic year 
overseas. All overseas programs require prior 
approval from the students' major depart- 
ments, the Study Abroad Coordinator, and the 
Registrar. Applications may be obtained from 
the Study Abroad Coordinator. 

Before embarking on an overseas learning 
experience, students should review the study 
abroad materials in the Career Development 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



renter (2nd floor, Wertz Center). With the 
lelp of the Study Abroad Coordinator, they 
nust identify any additional program require- 
nents such as fluency in a foreign language. 

A limited number of competitive grants for 
itudy abroad at our affiliate institutions are 
ivailable. Application forms are posted on the 
lollege's home page under Academic Pro- 
grams, Study Abroad. For more details, 
;ontact the Study Abroad Coordinator. 
..ycoming aid is not part of the Study Abroad 
)ackage. 

Affiliate Programs — Lycoming has coop- 
jrative arrangements with seven institutions 
)verseas: Anglia Polytechnic University 
Cambridge, England), CUEF Universite 
5tendhal-Grenoble3 (Grenoble, France), 
^studio Sampere (Spain), Lancaster Univer- 
;ity (Lake District, England), Oxford-Brookes 
Jniversity (Oxford, England) Regent's 
ZoUege (London, England), and Tandem 
iscuela Intemacional (Madrid, Spain). 
I!ourse offerings vary at each institution, 
contact the Study Abroad Coordinator for 
letails. Students interested in the programs at 
jrenoble, Sampere, and Tandem should 
contact the Department of Foreign Languages 
ind Literatures. 

Programs Sponsored by Other Institutions 

..ycoming students have taken advantage of 
)pportunities offered by other institutions in 
countries such as Australia, the Czech 
Republic, France, Germany, Ireland, Mexico, 
Mew Zealand, and Sweden. Information 
•egarding these and other programs are 
ivailable in the Career Development Center, 
he Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures, and from the Study Abroad 
coordinator. 

!»tudent Teaching Abroad — Lycoming 
College has established a cooperative program 
kVith Moorhead State University enabling 
;eachcr education students to do all or part of 
:heir student teaching in a foreign country. 



,"1 ■ ... ~ ■ ■■•*^' 




This program offers exceptional students 
the opportunity to student teach in nearly any 
country in the world. Students are placed in 
independent international schools where 
English is the instructional language. An 
effort is made to assign students to geographi- 
cal areas that will enrich their backgrounds, 
serve their special interests and expand their 
cultural horizons. 

NOTE: Lycoming College cannot assume 
responsibility for the health, safety, or welfare 
of students engaged in or en route to or from 
any off-campus studies or activities which are 
not under its exclusive jurisdiction. 



>004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CURRICULUM 




Curriculum 



Numbers 100-149 Introductory courses and 

Freshman level courses 

Numbers 200-249 Intennediate courses and 

Sophomore level courses 

Numbers 300-349 Intermediate courses and 

Junior level courses 

Numbers 400-449 Advanced courses and 

Senior level courses 

Numbers N50-N59* Non-catalog courses 

offered on a limited basis 

Numbers 160-169 Applied Music, Theatre 

Practicums and other fractional credit courses 

Numbers 470-479 Internships 



Numbers N80-N89* Independent Study 

Numbers 490-491 Independent Study for 

Departmental Honors 

*N = course level 1, 2, 3 or 4 as determined 

by department 

Courses not in sequence are listed separately, 

as: 

Drawing ART 1 1 1 

Color Theory ART 212 
Courses which imply a sequence are indicated 
with a dash between, meaning that the first 
semester must be taken prior to the second, as: 

Intermediate French 

FRN 111-112 
Except for academic reasons, all students 
have the right of access to all courses. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACCOUNTING 



ACCOUNTING (AccT) 

Associate Professor: Kuhns 
Assistant Professors: Slocum (Chairperson), 
Wienecke 
Part-time Instructor: Kremer 

The purpose of the accounting major is to 
lielp prepare the student for a career within the 
accounting profession. In order to satisfy the 
needs of an extremely diverse profession, the 
major in accounting consists of two separate 
tracks. Track I is a 150 semester hour 
program designed to meet the 1 50 hour 
requirement of the American Institute of 
Certified Public Accounts for those students 
whose goal is to become a member of the 
AICPA in Pennsylvania or any other state. 
Track II is a 128 semester hour program and is 
designed to meet the requirements of the 
Pennsylvania State Board of Accountancy for 
those students whose goal is to become 
Certified Public Accountants in Pennsylvania. 

Students planning to sit for the Uniform 
Certified Public Accounting Examination are 
advised to check with their State Board of 
Accounting to assure that they have completed 
all courses required for C.P.A. licensure. 

The Department of Accounting is a 
member of the Institute for Management 
Studies. Seepage 120. 

Core courses required of all majors: 

ACCT 1 10, 223, 344, 345, 436, 440, 441, 
443; BUS 128, 210, 211, 223, 235, 244, 338, 
441;ECON 1 10 or 1 1 1; MATH 123. All 
accounting majors are required to take and 
pass a standardized accounting achievement 
exam during their final semester. Students 
who fail may retake the exam or take an 
independent study in the area(s) that were 
tested unsatisfactorily. 




Track requirements: 

1. Accounting-150 hours: 

ACCT 320, 442, 447, and either 449 or 
470-479; BUS 236; ECON 1 1 and 1 1 1 ; 
one course from SOC or PSY 

2. Accounting-128 hours: 

One course from ACCT 320, 442, 449, 
470-479, or BUS 345 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ACCT 223 and 442. 

Minor 

A minor in the Department of Accounting 
consists of ACCT 1 10 and four higher 
numbered accounting courses as determined 
by the student's interests. 

100 

PERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNING 

This course prepares students to make 
better informed financial decisions in a 
complicated world. A practical, relatively non- 
technical course designed to help the student 
identify and plan to meet their financial goals. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING 



110 

ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING THEORY 

An introductory course in recording, 
classifying, summarizing, and interpreting the 
basic business transaction. Problems of 
classification and interpretation of accounts 
and preparation of financial statements are 
studied. 

130 

ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERIAL 
DECISION-MAKING 

An introduction to the various components 
of managerial accounting. Emphasis is placed 
on managerial problem-solving techniques and 
the analysis of the results. Accounting 
systems, costing procedures, cost-volume 
profit relationships, managerial control 
processes and the use of computers as aids to 
decision-making are studied. Students will 
gain hands-on experience with various 
computer applications of managerial account- 
ing. Prerequisite: A CCT 110. 

112> 

COST AND BUDGETARY 

ACCOUNTING THEORY 

Methods of accounting for material, labor 
and factory overhead expenses consumed in 
manufacturing using job order, process, and 
standard costing techniques. Prerequisite: 
ACCTllO. 

320 

ACCOUNTING INFORMATION 
SYSTEMS/FUND ACCOUNTING 

An introduction to design and use of 
accounting infonnation systems (AIS) and 
design and implementation of control systems 
in AIS. An introduction to the theory and 
practice of fund accounting. Prerequisite: 
ACCTllO. Co-requisite: BUS 211 (in the 
first half of the semester) 



344 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY I 

An in-depth examination of the environ- 
ment within which financial accounting theory 
exists. An examination of the basic postulates 
that underlie financial statements and a 
critique of what financial reporting means. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 223 or consent of 
instructor. 

345 

INTERMEDIATE 

ACCOUNTING THEORY II 

An examination of the various accounting 
and reporting issues affecting assets. Prereq- 
uisite: ACCT 344. 

436 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY III 

An examination of the various accounting 
and reporting issues affecting liabilities, 
stockholder equity, earnings per share, cash 
flows and accounting changes. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 345 with a minimum grade ofC, or 
consent of instructor. 

440 

AUDITING THEORY 

A study of the science or art of verifying, 
analyzing, and interpreting accounts and 
reports. The goal of the course is to empha- 
size concepts which will enable students to 
understand the philosophy and environment of 
auditing. Special attention is given to the 
public accounting profession, studying 
auditing standards, professional ethics, the 
legal liability inherent in the attest function, 
the study and evaluation of internal control, 
the nature of evidence, the growing use of 
statistical sampling, the impact of electronic 
data processing, and the basic approach to 
planning an audit. Finally, various audit 
reports expressing independent expert 



LYCOMINGCOLLEGE 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACCOUNTING 

• 



opinions on the fairness of financial statements 
are studied. Prerequisites: ACCT 344, 
MA TH 123. BUS 21 1, and senior status: or 
consent of instructor. 

441 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX 

Analysis of the provisions of the Internal 
Revenue Code relating to income, deductions, 
inventories, and accounting methods. Practical 
problems involving detemiination of income 
and deductions, capital gains and losses, 
computation and payment of taxes through 
withholding at the source and through declara- 
!tion are considered. Planning transactions so 
that a minimum amount of tax will result is 
emphasized. Prerequisite: ACCT 1 10 or 
consent of instructor. 

442 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX 

ADMINISTRATION AND PLANNING 

An analysis of the provisions of the Internal 
Revenue Code relating to partnerships, estates, 
trusts, and corporations. An extensive series 
of problems is considered, and effective tax 
planning is emphasized. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 110, or consent of 
instructor. 

443 

ACCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS 
COMBINATIONS 

Certain areas of advanced accounting 
theory, including business combinations and 
consolidated financial statements. Prerequi- 
site: ACCT 345. One-half unit of credit. 

447 

ADVANCED ACCOUNTING 

An intensive study of partnerships, install- 
ment and consignment sales, branch account- 
ing, foreign currency transactions, and 
segment interim reporting. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 443. One-half unit of credit. 



449 

PRACTICUM IN ACCOUNTING 

An introduction to the real world of 
accounting. Students are placed in Managerial 
and Public Accounting positions in order to 
effect a synthesis of the students' academic 
course work and its practical applications. 
Specifics of the course work to be worked out 
in conjunction with department, student and 
sponsor. May he repeated for credit with 
consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in accounting typically work off 
campus under the supervision of a public or 
private accountant. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Typical examples of recent studies in 
accounting are: computer program to 
generate financial statements, educational core 
for public accountants, inventory control, and 
church taxation. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING-MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS 




ACCOUNTING - 

MATHEMATICAL 

SCIENCES 

Associate Professor: Kuhns (Coordinator) 

The accounting-mathematical sciences 
interdisciplinary major is designed to offer, 
within a liberal arts framework, courses which 
will aid in constructing mathematical models 
for business decision-making. Students 
obtain the necessary substantial background in 
both mathematical sciences and accounting. 

Required accounting courses are: ACCT 
110,223,320,344,345,441,442. In 
mathematical sciences, required courses are: 
CPTR 125, 321 and MATH 1 12, 128, 129, 
338 and either 123 or 332. Recommended 
courses include: MATH 130, 238, 333; 
BUS 223, 235, 236, 338, 339; CPTR 108, 
246; ECON 1 10, 1 1 1; PSY 224, 225; and 
SOC 110. 



ACTUARIAL 
MATHEMATICS 

Associate Professor: Sprechini (Coordinator) 

The Actuarial Mathematics major is 
designed to offer, within a liberal arts frame- 
work, coursework to prepare for an actuarial | 
career. Students obtain the necessary i 

mathematical background for the first actu- 
arial exam and two or three exams beyond the 
first one. Students also obtain some back- 
ground in accounting, economics, and 
business which is needed for an actuarial 
career. At the time of completion of all major 
requirements, or shortly thereafter, a student 
should be prepared to sit for up to four of the 
examinations of the Society of Actuaries. 

The Actuarial Mathematics major consists 
of 14 unit courses and two semesters of non- 
credit colloquia. In Mathematical Sciences, 
required courses are CPTR 125, MATH 128, 

129, 130, 234, 238, 321, 332, 333, and 338. 
Also required are ACCT 1 10, ECON 1 10; one 
of MATH 214 or ECON 230; one of ACCT 

130, ACCT 441, BUS 338, ECON 331 or 
441; two semesters of MATH 339 or 449 
taken during the junior and/or senior years 
with at least one semester for a letter grade. 

Recommended courses include: ACCT 
223, 224, 226, 344; BUS 339, 342; CPTR 
108; ECON 220, 229, 332, 337; MATH 106, 
23 1 , 432, 434. It is also strongly recom- 
mended that the student complete as many of 
the actuarial examinations as possible prior to 
graduation. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^» 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



AMERICAN STUDIES 

• 




AMERICAN 
STUDIES (AMST) 

[rofessor: Piper (Coordinator) 

I The American Studies major offers a com- 

rehensive program in American civilization 

;/hich introduces students to the complexities 

Underlying the development of America and 

:s contemporary life. Thirteen courses are 

icluded. 

^our Course Requirements 

The primary integrating units of the major, 
tiese courses — some team-taught — will 
ncourage students to consider ideas from 
lifferent points of view and help them to 
orrelate information and methods from 
'arious disciplines: 

. AMST 200 — America as a Civilization 
(First semester of major 
study) 
;. AMST 220 — American Tradition in the 

Arts and Literature 
1. HIST 449 or SOC 447 — Research and 

Methodology (junior or senior year) 
k Internship or Independent Study (junior 

or senior year) 

Concentration Areas 

Six courses in one option and three in the 
)ther are needed. Six primary concentration- 
)ption courses in American Arts or American 
society build around the insights gained in the 
:orc courses. They focus particular attention 
)n areas most germane to academic and 
/ocational interests. The three additional 



courses from the other option give further 
breadth to an understanding of America. 
Students also will be encouraged to take 
elective courses relating to other cultures. 
Students should design their American 
Studies major in consultation with the 
program coordinator. 

American Arts Concentration Option 

ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century 
ENGL 222 — American Literature I 
ENGL 223 — American Literature II 
MUS 128 — American Music 
MUS N 80 — Studies in American Music 
THEA N 80 — Studies in American Theatre 

American Society Concentration Option 

ECON 224 — Urban Problems 

PSCI 33 1 — Civil Rights and Liberties 

PSCI 335 — Law and Society 

SOC 334 — Racial and Cultural Minorities 

Students interested in teacher certification 

should refer to the Department of Education 

on page 99. 

200 

AMERICA AS A CIVILIZATION 

An analysis of the historical, sociocultural, 
economic, and political perspectives of Ameri- 
can civilization with special attention to the 
interrelationships between these various 
orientations. May be taken for either one-half 
unit (Section 200A) or full unit (Section B); 
declared majors and prospective majors should 
take the full-unit course, 200B. Alternate years. 

220 

AMERICAN TRADITION IN 

THE ARTS AND LITERATURE 

The relationship of the arts and literature to 
the various historical periods of American life. 

470-479 INTERNSHIP (See Index) 

N80-N89 INDEPENDENT STUDY 
(See Index) 

490-491 INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 
(See Index) 



004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST 




ARCHAEOLOGY 
AND CULTURE OF 
THE ANCIENT 
NEAR EAST 

Instructor: Knauth (Coordinator) 

The interdisciplinary major in Archaeology 
and Culture of the Ancient Near East is 
designed to acquaint students with the "cradle 
of Western civilization." The major requires 
completion often courses relevant to the study 
of the ancient Mediterranean and Near Eastern 
worlds from the following courses, which are 
described in their departmental sections: 

1 . Two courses in archaeology: 

REL 226 Biblical Archaeology 

and one course from: 
REL 40 1 Field Archaeology (based 

on an excavation trip) 
REL 42 1 Archaeological Field 

Supervision 
REL/HIST/ART 470-479 

Internship (in archaeology 

or museum work) 
REL/HIST/ART N80-89 

Independent Study (project 

in archaeology) 
2. Four courses in culture from: 

ART 222 Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non- Western 

Art 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HIST 210 Ancient History 
REL 113 or 114 

Old or New Testament Fait 

and History (not both) 
REL 223 Backgrounds of Early 

Christianity 
REL 224 Judaism and Islam 

REL 228 History and Culture of the 

Ancient Near East 

3. Two semesters of foreign language from: 
HEBR 1 1 - 1 02 Old Testament Grammar 

and Readings 
GRK 101-102 New Testament Grammar 

and Readings 
(Modem Hebrew, Arabic, Classical Greek, 
or Latin may be substituted) 

4. Two courses from related disciplines, 
subject to advance approval by the 
supervisory committee. These courses 
may be taken from the fields of anthropol- 
ogy, art, economics, geology, history, 
literature, philosophy, political science, or 
religion (or other related fields); they can 
be taken as independent study projects. 
Topics should be relevant to some aspect 
of ancient or modem Near Eastem or 
Greco-Roman study. Additional "culture" 
courses as listed above are allowed in this 
category. Although not included in the 
major, the study of German and/or French 
is highly recommended for those planning 
to pursue graduate studies in the field. 

Minor 

An interdisciplinary minor in Archaeology 
and Culture of the Ancient Near East requires 
completion of one archaeology course from 
REL 226 or 40 1 , and four courses at least 
three of which must be numbered 200 or 
higher from ASTR 102 or 1 12, ART 222, 
HIST 210, REL 1 13 or 1 14, 223, 224, 226, 
228, 401, 421, SOC 1 14, and 229. At least 
two of these courses must be from outside the 
Religion Department. 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 



1 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^L 


'^jj^^Hp ^:;. 


1 ^Ay 


r '^^{^^^^^ ' 


^^^^^^K/ 


d^^H. '^ '"# 


^, iiiMA^.'ci(fc 



VRT (ART) 



rofessor: Golahny (Chairperson), Shipley 
Lssociate Professor: Estomin 
assistant Professor: Tran 
'art-time Instructors: Bastian, Gorg, Kaufinan, 
Rhone, States, Stemgold, Johnson 

The Art Department offers two majors in 
le B.A. Degree — Studio Art and Art History. 

rHE B.A. DEGREE - 
JTUDIO ART 

To complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree 
/ith a major in studio art, students must 
iomplete the seven-course foundation program 
ind the requirements for an area of spccializa- 
ion. successfully complete each semester's 
ioUoquium (while a declared major), and 
Successfully complete the senior exhibition. 
xceptioii to participation in the colloquium 
nay he made by the art faculty. 

Placement into ART 227, Introduction to 
'holography, will be based on the experience 
f the student and determined by the faculty of 



the Art Department. Students who place out 
of ART 227 will take ART 337, Photography 
II, to fulfill the foundation requirement in 
photography. In addition, students placed into 
ART 337 who are specializing in Track IV, 
Commercial Design, will be required to take 
both ART 344, Computer Graphics for 
Electronic Media, and ART 430, Interactive 
Multi-Media and Web Design. Students 
specializing in Track VI, Photography/ 
Electronic Art, will be required to take ART 
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media; 
ART 43 1 , Advanced Digital Imaging; or an 
approved independent study. 

Foundation Program 

ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I 

ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 

ART 1 16 — Figure Modeling* 

ART 2 12 — Color Theory 

ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient Medieval 

and Non-Western Art 
ART 223 — Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non-Western Art 
ART 227 — Introduction to Photography 
ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium 

* Students planning to follow the Art 
Generalist track are not required to take ART 
1 16 as part of the foundation program. 

Areas of Specialization 

I. Painting 

ART 220 — Painting 1 

ART 221— Drawing II 

ART 330 — Painting II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 

II. Printmaking 

ART 221 —Drawing II 

ART 228 — Printmaking 1 

ART 338 — Printmaking II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 



004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^p 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



III. Sculpture 

ART 225— Sculpture I 

ART 226 — Figure Modeling II 

ART 335— Sculpture II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 

IV. Commercial Design 

ART 221— Drawing II 

ART 337— Photography II 

ART 343 — Introduction to Computer 

Art 
ART 344 — Computer Graphics for 

Electronic Media, OR 
ART 430 — Interactive Multi-Media and 
Web Design. (Commercial 
Design majors are strongly 
encouraged to take both.) 
ART 442 — Special Projects with 

Commercial Design 
ART 470— Internship OR 
ART 449 — Art Practicum 

A student is encouraged to take the 
following courses: ART 43 1 , Advanced 
Digital Imaging; BUS 332, Advertising; BUS 
344, Electronic Commerce and Internet 
Marketing; COMM 323, Feature Writing for 
Special Audiences; COMM 1 1 0, Principles of 
com-munication; and PSY 224, Social 
Psychology. 

V. Generalist Art Major 

To be taken by those students who are seeking 

teaching certification in Art. In addition, this 

area of specialization is recommended for 

those students also majoring or minoring in 

Psychology with a possible future career in art 

therapy. 

ART 119 — Ceramics I 

ART 220 — Painting 

ART 225 — Sculpture I 

ART 228 — PrintmakingI 

ART 343 — Introduction to Computer 

Art 
and two art history courses numbered 300 or 
above. 



Students planning to complete the K-12 an 
certification program must also fulfill the i 
following requirements: ; 

ART 310 — History and Practice of Art 

Education 
EDUC 200 — Introduction to the Study of 

Education 
EDUC 239 — Middle and Secondary 

School Curriculum and ! 

Instruction 
PSY 138 — Educational Psychology 
EDUC 446, 447, 448, and 449 — 

Professional Semester 
Students are also encouraged to take ART 1 1 ( 
and EDUC 232. 

VI. Photography/Electronic Art 

ART 337— Photography II 

ART 342 — Color and Medium Format 

Photography 
ART 343 — Introduction to Computer 

Art 
ART 43 1 — Advanced Digital Imaging OR 
ART 432 — Large Format Photography 
Two Art History courses numbered 300 or 
above. 

Students are also encouraged to take ART 
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media, 
and ART 430, Interactive Multi-Media and 
Web Design. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: ART 222 and 339. The 
following courses, when scheduled as W \ 

courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ART 222, 223, 331, 333, 334, 
336, and 339. 

THE B.A. DEGREE - 
ART HISTORY 

To complete a Bachelor of Arts degree 
with a major in art history, a student must take 
courses in art history, studio art, and history 
and/or religion. A student majoring in art 
history is advised to take a foreign language. 
Art History majors (once declared) are 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG] 



ART 



equired to participate in each semester's art 

olloquium. 

Required of all students: 

VRT 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non-Western Art 

\RT 223 — Survey of Art: From the 
Renaissance through the 
Modem Age 

^RT 447 — Art History Research 

\RT 148, 248, 348, 448 Art Colloquium 

Choose four of the following: 

^RT 310 — History /Practice Art Education 
^RT 33 1 — Recent Developments in Art 
*lRT 333 — 19th Century European and 

American Art 
\RT 334 — Art of the Renaissance 
\.KT 336 — Art of the Baroque 
UlT 339 — Women in Art 

rhoose two of the following: 

\RT 1 1 1 — Drawing I 

\.RT 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 

\KT 116 — Figure Modeling I 

\RT 227 — Introduction to Photography 

fwo Additional Courses Outside the Art 
)epartment: 

Students must take at least two additional 
;ourses in the areas of History, Literature, 
[heater or Religion. Students should select 
hese courses with their advisors. 

The following courses have been approved 
o be offered as writing intensive courses and 
nay be offered as such: ART 222, 223, 33 1 , 
533, 334, 336 and 339. Students must check 
;emcster class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
lemester. 

Minors 

Five minors are offered by the Art Department, 
■lequirements for each follow: Commercial 
Design: ART 111,115,212, 223, 227 and 343; 
Painting: ART 111,115, 220, 330 and 22 1 or 
>23; Photography: ART 1 1 1, 212, 223, 227, 
337 and 342; Sculpture: ART 1 16,225,226, 
535, and 1 11, 1 19 or 445; Art History: ART 
222, 223 and two advanced art history courses. 

2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Art majors who minor in art history must take 
two additional upper level courses beyond the 
two required for the minor intended for 
students who major in other disciplines (i.e., 
ART 222, 223 and four upper level courses). 

Ill 

DRAWING I 

Study of the human figure with gesture and 
proportion stressed. Student is made familiar 
with different drawing techniques and media. 
Some drawings from nature. 

115 

TWO-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN 

The basic fundamentals found in the two- 
dimensional arts: line, shape, form, space, 
color, and composition are taught in relation- 
ship to the other two-dimensional arts. 
Perceptual theories and their relationships to 
what and why we see what we see in art are 
discussed with each problem. 

116 

FIGURE MODELING I 

Understanding the figure will be approached 
through learning the basic structures and pro- 
portions of the figure. The course is conceived 
as a three-dimensional drawing class. At least 
one figure will be cast by each student. 

119 

CERAMICS 1 

Emphasis placed on pottery design as it 
relates to function of vessels and the design 
parameters imposed by the characteristics of 
clay. The techniques of ceramics are taught to 
encourage expression rather than to dispense 
merely a technical body of infonnation. 

212 

COLOR THEORY 

A study of the physical and emotional 
aspects of color. Emphasis will be placed on 
the study of color as an aesthetic agent for the 
artist. The color theories of Johannes Itten 
will form the base for this course with some 
study of the theories of Albert Munsell, Faber 
Birren. and Wilhelm Ostwald. 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



220 

PAINTING I 

An introduction of painting techniques and 
materials. Coordination of color, value, and 
design within the painting is taught. Some 
painting from the figure. No limitations as to 
painting media, subject matter, or style. 
Prerequisite: ART 1 15 or consent of instructor. 

221 

DRAWING II 

Continued study of the human figure. 
Emphasis is placed on realism and figure- 
ground coordination with the use of value and 
design. Prerequisite: ART 111. 

Ill 

SURVEY OF ART: ANCIENT, 

MEDIEVAL, AND NON-WESTERN ART 

A survey of the major developments in the 
visual arts of the Ancient, Medieval, and Non- 
western fields. Emphasis is on the interrelation 
of fonn and content, the function and meaning 
of the visual arts within their respective 
cultures, and the importance of visual literacy. 

223 

SURVEY OF ART: FROM THE 
RENAISSANCE THROUGH 
THE MODERN AGE 

A survey of Western architecture, sculp- 
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the 
interrelation of fomi and content and on the 
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural 
environment: 14th-20th centuries. 

225 
SCULPTURE I 

An introduction to the techniques, materi- 
als, and ideas of sculpture. Clay, plaster, wax, 
wood, and other materials will be used. The 
course will be concerned with ideas about 
sculpture as expression, and with giving 
material forni to ideas. 

226 

FIGURE MODELING II 

Will exploit the structures and understand- 
ings learned in Figure Modeling I to produce 
larger, more complex figurative works. There 

LYCOMlNGCOLLEGE 



will be a requirement to cast one of the works' 
in plaster. Prerequisite: ART 116 and consenl 
of instructor. 

Ill I 

INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY ' 

Objectives of the course are to develop 
technical skills in the use of photographic j 
equipment (cameras, films, darkroom, 
printmaker) and to develop sensitivity in the | 
areas of composition, fonn, light, picture I 
qua:lity, etc. Each student must own (or have I 
access to) a 35mm camera capable of full- | 
manual operation. I 

228 ^ 

PRINTMAKING I 

Introduction to the techniques of 
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype and lithography 
printing. One edition of at least six prints mus 
be completed in each area. Prerequisite: ART 
1 1 1 or 115: or consent of instructor. 

119 
CERAMICS II 

Continuation of Ceramics I. Emphasis on 
use of the wheel and technical aspects such as 
glaze making and kiln firing. Prerequisite: 
ART 119. 

310 

HISTORY AND PRACTICE 
OF ART EDUCATION 

This course concerns the teaching of art, 
from the distant past to the present. Topics 
include Discipline-Based Art Education: its 
philosophy, history, and context; lesson 
planning; and teaching methods. Course work 
includes observation of art classes in elemen- 
tary and secondary schools in the greater 
Williamsport area. Required of art majors in 
the K-12 certification program. 

330 

PAINTING II 

Continuation of Painting I (ART 220). 
Emphasis is placed on individual style and 
technique. Artists and movements in art are 
studied. No limitations as to painting media, 
subject matter, or style. Prerequisite: ART 220. 



^» 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 

• 



i 

31 

£CENT DEVELOPMENTS IN ART 

Recent developments, taking into account 
lobal issues, historical reference, and news 
ledia. 

33 

9TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 

lND AMERICAN ART 

The art of Western Europe and the United 
tates from 1 780-1900, with emphasis on 
ainting in France. Those artists to be studied 
iclude David, Goya, Delacroix, Courbet, the 
Tipressionists, Turner, Homer, Cole and Eakins. 

34 

lrt of the renaissance 

The art of Italy and Northern Europe from 
300 to 1530, with emphasis on the painters 
jiotto, Masaccio, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, 
'itian. Van Eyck, and Durer, the sculptors 
ihiberti, Donatello and Michelangelo, and the 
rchitects Brunelleschi and Alberti. 

35 
ICULPTURE II 

A continuation of Sculpmre I (Art 225). 
emphasis is on advanced technical process, 
lasting of bronze and aluminum sculpture will 
le done in the school foundry. Prerequisite: 
[RT225. 

136 

\R1 OF THE BAROQUE 

Seventeenth-century painting and sculpture 
n Italy and The Netherlands with emphasis on 
kmini, Poussin, Rubens, and Rembrandt, with 
pecial attention given to the expressive, nar- 
ative, and painterly styles present in their art. 

137 
PHOTOGRAPHY II 

To extend the skills developed in Introduc- 
ion to Photography (ART 227) by continued 
growth in technical expertise including 
nstruction in photo art processes such as 
:ollage, multiple images, hand-coloring and/or 
oning. Emphasis is placed on conceptual and 



aesthetic aspects of photography. Prerequisite: 
ART 227. 

338 
PRINTMAKING II 

Continuation of Printmaking I (ART 228). 
Emphasis on multi-plate and viscosity printing. 
Prerequisite: ART 228. 

339 

WOMEN IN ART 

A survey of women artists from a variety of 
viewpoints — aesthetic, historical, social, 
political and economic — which seeks to 
understand and integrate the contributions of 
women artists into the mainstream of the 
history of art. 

342 

COLOR AND MEDIUM 
FORMAT PHOTOGRAPHY 

Study of techniques and aesthetics of color 
photography using color negatives and/or 
slides, traditional darkroom and/or digital 
printing techniques. Study of techniques and 
aesthetics of medium format photography. 
Integration of tools to students' own artistic 
process emphasized. A portfolio including 
examples of color, medium format, traditional 
darkroom printing and archival digital printing 
will be produced. Prerequisites: ART 227, 
337. and 343. 

343 

INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER ART 

Use of computers as an artist's and 
designer's tool. Concentrated, hands-on 
study of image manipulation, illustration and 
layout programs. Content of course includes 
funda-mentals of vector and raster imaging, 
typography, design, layout, color separation, 
and manipulating computer images obtained 
from scanners, video sources, and the stu- 
dents' own original production using comput- 
er paint software. Prerequisites: ART 227 
and either ART 1 1 1 or 115: or consent of 
instructor. 



!004-()5 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



L YCOM [NG COLLEGE 



ART 



344 

COMPUTER GRAPHICS 

FOR ELECTRONIC MEDIA 

Use of the computer as a tool to create, 
manipulate and edit video for artistic and 
commercial purposes. Content of course 
includes computer animation, multi-media 
program production and computer interfaced 
video production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 

430 

INTERACTIVE MULTI-MEDIA 
AND WEB DESIGN 

This course is a concentrated, hands-on 
study of interactive media for CD-ROM and 
the World Wide Web. It includes study of the 
history and design principles of interactive art, 
creation of 2-D computer animation, digital 
sound editing, Web design and CD-ROM 
production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or consent 
of instructor. 

431 

ADVANCED DIGITAL IMAGING 

This course continues the study of the 
computer as an artist and designer's tool. It is 
the capstone course for those Photography/ 
Electronic Media majors who wish to do the 
majority of their senior show work in the 
digital media. Students learn advanced 
imaging techniques, work with digital cam- 
eras, use scanners as "cameras," combine 
traditional and digital photography, and 
experiment with a variety of printing processes 
and substrates. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 

432 

LARGE FORMAT PHOTOGRAPHY 

Study of techniques and aesthetics of large 
format photography and alternative processes. 
Integration of tools to student's own artistic 
process emphasized. A final portfolio of large 
format photography and alternative process 
photography will be produced. Includes 
creation of work which may be incorporated 
in the senior group exhibition. This course will 
serve as the capstone course for traditional 



photographers in the Photography/Electronic 
Art Track. Prerequisites: ART 342. 

440 

PAINTING III 

Advanced study of painting techniques am 
materials. A personal painting direction is 
expected. There is some experimentation witl 
new painting techniques. Prerequisite: ART 
330. 

441 

DRAWING III 

Continued study of the human figure, 
individual style, and professional control of 
drawing techniques and media are emphasizec 
Prerequisite: ART 22] 

442 

SPECIAL PROJECT IN 
COMMERCIAL DESIGN 

Concentrated research, preparation and 
execution of a series of projects in commercial 
design utilizing computer graphics, page 
layout programs and paint, draw and image 
manipulation software that simulate traditional 
airbrush, water-based mediums, markers, 
colored pencils and ink pens. The following 
skills are involved: illustration, photography,' 
design, typesetting, lettering, layout, overlays' 
scanning color separation, matching and 
proofing and preparation of files for a service 
bureau or printer. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 

445 

SCULPTURE III 

In Sculpture III the student is expected to 
produce a series of sculptures that follow a 
conceptual and technical line of development. 
Prerequisites: ART 1 16, 225, and 335. 

446 

STUDIO RESEARCH 

Independent research and creation of new 
artwork in an elective studio area, conducted 
under the supervision of the appropriate 
faculty member. Includes creation of work, 
which may be incorporated in the senior group 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALCK 



I 



ART • ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



jxhibition. This course will serve as tiie 
:apstone studio experience for Art majors in 
the Painting, Printmaking and Sculpture 
Tacks. 

147 

\RT HISTORY RESEARCH 

Independent research, conducted under the 
supervision of the appropriate faculty member, 
ncludes the research and writing of a thesis, to 
)e presented to a committee of Art Department 
iaculty. This course may be repeated for credit. 

148, 248, 348 and 448 
\RT COLLOQUIUM 

A non-credit seminar in which faculty, 
itudents and invited professionals discuss and 
jritique specific art projects. Required of all 
'tudents majoring in art. Taken each semes- 
er. Meets 2-4 times each semester. Pass/Fail. 
Voii-credit seminar. 

149 

VRT PRACTICUM 

This course offers students internship 
ixperience in commercial design or commer- 
;ial photography with companies and organi- 
:ations. Students work at least 10 hours per 
veek for a sponsoring company and attend 
eminar sessions on issues relevant to their 
vork assignments. Students must apply 
lirectly to the Art Department to arrange job 
(lacement before pre-registration to be eligible 
or this course. Prerequisite: ART 442 or 
'onsent of instructor. 

m-419 

NTERNSHIP (See index) 

This course offers students internship 
xperience in commercial design or commer- 
ial photography with companies and organi- 
lations. Prerequisite: ART 430 or 442, or 
•onsent of instructor. Students must apply 
Hrectly to the Art Department to arrange job 
placement bejbre pre-registration to be 
ligible for this course. 

90-491 

NDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
)EPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




ASTRONOMY 
AND PHYSICS 

Associate Professors: Erickson (Chairperson), 

Fisher, Wolfe 
Visiting Professor: Simanek 

The department offers two majors. The 
major in astronomy is specifically designed to 
train students in the field of planetarium edu- 
cation; it also may serve as a basis for earning 
state certification as a secondary school teacher 
of general science. The major in physics can 
prepare students for graduate work in physics, 
astronomy, and related physical sciences, for the 
cooperative program in engineering, for state 
certification as secondary school teachers of 
physics, or for technical positions in industry. 

ASTRONOMY (ASTR) 

The major in astronomy requires courses in 
astronomy, physics, chemistry and mathematics. 
The required courses are ASTR 111, 448, and 
five additional courses numbered ASTR 1 12 or 
higher four of which must be numbered ASTR 
230 or higher; PHYS 225-226; two courses in 
chemistry to be selected from CHEM 110, 111, 
330, 331, or 439; and MATH 128-129. 
Astronomy majors are also required to register 
for four semesters of ASTR 349 and 449 (non- 
credit colloquia) 

The requirement for taking ASTR 448 can 
be satisfied by doing an individual studies or 
honors project where the results would be pre- 
sented at a departmental colloquium. A double 
major in astronomy and physics need only take 
the course once. Students participating in an 
engineering 3-2 program will be exempt from 



004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



taking ASTR 448. Students who have success- 
fully completed a summer REU, RUG, or 
equivalent research experience may request 
departmental approval to substitute that 
experience plus an additional advanced 
astronomy or physics course not already 
required by the major in place of ASTR 448. 

The following courses are recommended: 
PHIL 223 and 333, PHYS 333, and ART 227. 
Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 99. 

The following course, when scheduled as a 
W course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ASTR 230. 

Minor 

A minor in astronomy consists of a grade of 
C or better in both ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS 225 
plus any three additional courses selected from 
PHYS 226 or ASTR courses numbered 200 or 
higher. 

104 

FIELD GEOLOGY 

A methods course introducing the field 
techniques needed to study the geology 
of an area. May or summer term only. 

107 

OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY 

A methods course providing the opportunity 
to make a variety of astronomical observations, 
both visually and photographically, with and 
without telescopes. The planetarium is used to 
familiarize the student with the sky at various 
times during the year and from different 
locations on earth. May or summer term only. 

101 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY 

111 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY 

A summary of current concepts of the 
universe from the solar system to distant 
galaxies. Describes the techniques and 
instruments used in astronomical research. 
Presents not only what is reasonably well 
known about the universe, but also considers 
some of the major unsolved problems. 



ASTR 101 and 111 share the same three hour 
of lecture and two hours of laboratoiy each 
week. ASTR 111 has one additional hour each 
week for more advanced mathematical treat- 
ment of the material. Credit may not be 
earned for both 101 and HI. Corequisite for 
111: MATH 127 or consent of instructor. 

102 

PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY 

112 

PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY 

A study of the surface processes and intemj 
structure of the planet Earth. Shows how past 
events and lifeforms can be reconstmcted from 
preserved evidence to reveal the geologic historj 
of our planet from its origin to the present. 
Describes the ways geology influences our 
environment. ASTR 102 and 112 share the 
same three hours of lecture and two hours of 
laboratory each week. 112 has one additional 
hour each week for more advanced mathemati 
cal treatment of the material. Credit may not 
be earned for both 102 and 112. Corequisite 
for 112: MATH 127 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

114 

MANNED SPACE FLIGHT I 

Traces the beginnings of rocketry and spac« 
flight capability from Sputnik (1957) through 
the conclusion of the Apollo moon landings 
(1972). Extensive use of NASA video and 
other audio-visual aids. Examination of 
scientific, engineering and political motivations 
When taken in May term, must be scheduled 
with ASTR 115. Not for distribution. Alternati 
years. One-half unit of credit. 

115 

MANNED SPACE FLIGHT II 

Examines manned spaceflight from Skylab 
missions ( 1 973-74) through Apollo-Soyuz Test 
Project, early Space Shuttle missions, to current 
U.S. and Soviet space efforts. Extensive use of 
NASA video. Examination of scientific, 
engineering, and political motivations. When 
taken in May Term, must be scheduled with 
ASTR 114. Not for distribution. Alternate 
years. One-half unit of credit. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALO(] 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



230 

PLANETARIUM TECHNIQUES 

A methods course covering major aspects of 
planetarium programming, operation and 
maintenance. Students are required to prepare 
and present a planetarium show. Upon 
successfully completing the course, students 
are eligible to become planetarium assistants. 
Three hours of lecture and demonstration and 
three hours of practical training per week. 
Prerequisite: a grade ofC or better in ASTR 
101 or 111. Alternate years. 

243 

PLANETARY SCIENCE 

A comparative survey of the various classes 
of natural objects that orbit the sun, including 
the major planets, their satellites, the minor 
planets, and comets. Topics include meteoro- 
logical processes in atmospheres, geological 
processes that shape surface features, internal 
stmctures, the role of spacecraft in the 
exploration of the solar system, and clues to 
the origin and dynamic evolution of the solar 
system. Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisites: a grade ofC or better in 
ASTR III or 112. or PHYS 225. Alternate 
years. 

344 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special 
theory of relativity and an introduction to the 
general theory. Topics include: observational 
and experimental tests of relativity, four- 
vectors, tensors, space-time curvature, alterna- 
tive cosmological models, and the origin and 
future of the universe. Four hours of lecture per 
week. Prerequisites: ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS 225. 
Alternate years. Cross-listed as PHYS 344. 

445 

STELLAR EVOLUTION 

The physical principles governing the 
internal structure and external appearance of 
stars. Mechanisms of energy generation and 
transport within stars. The evolution of stars 
from initial formation to final stages. The 
creation of chemical elements by nucleosyn- 
thesis. Four hours of lecture per week. 



Prerequisites: ASTR 111 and PHYS 226. 
Alternate years. 

446 

STELLAR DYNAMICS AND 
GALACTIC STRUCTURE 

The motion of objects in gravitational fields. 
Introduction to the n-body problem. The 
relation between stellar motions and the galactic 
potential. The large-scale structure of galaxies 
in general and of the Milky Way Galaxy in 
particular. Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisites: ASTR 111 and PHYS 225. 
Alternate years. 

448 

RESEARCH TOPICS 

Students participate in a research project 
under the guidance of a faculty member in the 
department. In weekly meetings, they share 
reports from the literature and report on their 
own work. Topics will range from abstract 
theoretical to selected practical experimental 
investigations. Prereqidsite: Permission of the 
instructor Cross-listed as PHYS 448. May be 
taken a second time with departmental approval. 

349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for 
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy and 
physics offers students a chance to meet and 
hear active scientists in astronomy, physics, and 
related scientific areas talk about their own 
research or professional activities. In addition, 
majors in astronomy and physics must present 
two lectures, one given during the junior year 
and one given during the senior year, on the 
results of a literature survey or their individual 
research. Students majoring in this department 
are required to attend four semesters during the 
junior and senior years. A letter grade will be 
given when the student gives a lecture. Other- 
wise the grade will be P/F. Students in the 
Cooperative Program in Liberal Arts and 
Engineering are required to attend two semes- 
ters and present one lecture during their junior 
year. Non-credit course. One hour per week. 
Cross-listed as PHYS 349 & 449. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent studies may be undertaken in 
most areas of astronomy. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

PHYSICS (PHYS) 

The major in physics requires courses in 
physics, chemistry and mathematics. The 
required courses are PHYS 225, 226, 331, 
332, 448 and four additional courses numbered 
PHYS 333 or higher; two courses in chemistry 
to be selected from CHEM 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 330, 33 1 , 
or 439; and MATH 128-129. Physics majors 
are also required to register for four semesters 
of PHYS 349 and 449 (non-credit coUoquia). 

The requirement for taking PHYS 448 can 
be satisfied by doing an individual studies or 
honors project where the results would be 
presented at a departmental colloquium. A 
double major in astronomy and physics need 
only take the course once. Students participat- 
ing in an engineering 3-2 program will be 
exempt from taking PHYS 448. Students who 
have successfully completed a summer REU, 
RUG, or equivalent research experience may 
request departmental approval to substitute 
that experience plus an additional advanced 
astronomy or physics course not already 
required by the major in place of PHYS 448. 

Up to two courses chosen from ASTR 111, 
1 12, 243, 445 and 446 may substitute for two 
of the four physics electives. The following 
courses are recommended: MATH 23 1,238; 
CPTR 125 (all three required for the coopera- 
tive engineering program and by many 
graduate schools), and PHIL 223, 333. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 99. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: PHYS 338 and 447. 



Minor 

A minor in physics requires completion of 
the following courses with a C grade or better: 
PHYS 225-226, 331, 332, and one additional 
course selected from PHYS courses numbered 
300 or higher. 

106 

ENERGY ALTERNATIVES 

A physicist's definition of work, energy, and 
power. The various energy sources available for 
use, such as fossil fuels, nuclear fission and 
fusion, hydro, solar, wind, and geothermal. The 
advantages and disadvantages of each energy- 
conversion method, including availability, 
efficiency, and environmental effects. Present 
areas of energy research and possible fiiture 
developments. Projections of possible ftiture 
energy demands. Exercises and experiments in 
energy collection, conversion, and utilization. 
May or summer term only. 

108 

GREAT IDEAS OF THE 
PHYSICAL UNIVERSE 

An introduction to several major concepts 
of physics which have developed over the past 
several centuries, relating them to their broad 
implications. The emphasis is on a descriptive 
rather than a mathematical discussion of topics 
which range from early Greek concepts of 
science to present day methods and techniques 
used to describe the physical universe. Many 
distinctions and similarities between science 
and other areas of human endeavor will be 
studied to demonstrate the beauty, simplicity, 
harmony, and grandeur of some of the basic 
laws which govern the universe. Three hours 
of lecture and two hours of laboratory per 
week. A Iternate years. 

225-226 

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS I-II 

A mathematically rigorous introduction to 
physics designed for majors in physics, astro- 
nomy, chemistry and mathematics. Topics 
include mechanics, themiodynamics, electricity 
and magnetism, waves, optics, and modem 
physics. Five hours of lecture and recitation 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^R 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



and one three-hour laboratory^ per week. 
Corequisite: MATH 128 or 129. With consent 
of department, MATH 109 may substitute for 
MA TH 128 or 129 as a prerequisite. 

331 

CLASSICAL MECHANICS 

An analytical approach to classical mechan- 
ics. Topics include: kinematics and dynamics 
of single particles and systems of particles, 
gravitation and other central forces, moving 
reference frames, and Lagrangian and Hamilto- 
nian formulations of mechanics. Four hours of 
lecture and three hours of laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: MA TH 129 and a grade 
ofC or better in PHYS 225. 

332 
ELECTROMAGNETISM 

A theoretical treatment of classical electro- 
magnetism. Topics include: electrostatics, 
magnetostatics, electric and magnetic poten- 
tials, electric and magnetic properties of matter, 
MaxwelFs equations, the electromagnetic field, 
and the propagation of electromagnetic 
radiation. Four hours of lecture and three hours 
oflaboratoty per week. Prerequisites: MATH 
129 and a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226. 

333 
OPTICS 

Geometrical optics, optical systems, 
physical optics, interference, Fraunhofer 
and Fresnel diffraction, and coherence and 
lasers will be covered. Three hours of lecture 
and three hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MA TH 128: or 
consent of instructor. A Iternate years. 

336 

MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS 

Solution of ordinary linear differential 
equations using power series and Laplace 
transforms, nonlinear differential and coupled 
differential equations, Fourier analysis using 
both trigonometric and complex exponential 
functions, complex variables, eigenvalue 
problems, infinite dimensional vector spaces, 
partial differential equations, boundary value 
problem solutions to the wave equation, heat 



flow equation and Laplace's equation. Prereq- 
uisites: MATH 231 and 238. Alternate years. 

337 

THERMODYNAMICS AND 

STATISTICAL MECHANICS 

Classical thermodynamics will be pre- 
sented, showing that the macroscopic proper- 
des of a system can be specified without a 
knowledge of the microscopic properties of 
the constituents of the system. Then statistical 
mechanics will be developed, showing that 
these same macroscopic properties are 
determined by the microscopic properties. 
Four hours of lecture and recitation per week. 
Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MA TH 129. 
Alternate years. 

338 

MODERN PHYSICS 

Thorough investigation of changes in the 
classical understanding of space and time 
together with those of energy and matter that 
led to the time development of relativistic and 
quantum mechanical theories. Topics include: 
introduction to special relativity, blackbody 
radiation, the postulation of the photon and 
quantization, atomic spectra, interactions of 
matter and energy, Bohr model of the atom, 
concepts of symmetry, and development and 
applications of the Schrodinger equation. Four 
hours of lecture and one-three hour labora- 
tory per week. Prerequisites: MATH 129 and 
a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226. 

339 

CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS 

Structural topics include ordinary crystal- 
line structures, liquid crystals, quasi-crystals, 
and nanostructures. Property-related topics 
include periodic potentials, band structure, 
electromagnetic and thermal properties, 
superconductivity, superfluidity, aspects of 
surface physics, and aspects of polymer 
physics. Four hours of lecture and three 
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 
PHYS 332 and MA TH 129, or consent of 
instructor. A Iternate years. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



-•I 



344 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special theory 
of relativity and an introduction to the general 
theory. Topics include: observational and 
experimental tests of relativity, four vectors, 
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative 
cosmological models, and the origin and future 
of the universe. Four hows of lecture per week. 
Prerequisites: ASTRlllandPHYS225. 
A Iternate years. Cross-listed as ASTR 344. 

439 

INTRODUCTION TO 
QUANTUM MECHANICS 

Introduction to the basic concepts and 
principles of quantum theory. Solutions to the 
free particle, the simple hannonic oscillator, 
the hydrogen atom, and other central force 
problems are presented using the Schrodinger 
wave equation approach. Topics also include 
operator formalism, eigenstates, eigenvalues, 
the uncertainty principles, stationary states, 
representation of wave functions by eigenstate 
expansions, and the Heisenberg matrix 
approach. Four hours of lecture. Prerequi- 
sites: Either PHYS 226 or CHEM 331, and 
MA TH 231. Cross-listed as CHEM 439. 

447 

NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 

The course will consider properties of 
nuclei, nuclear models, radioactivity, nuclear 
reactions (including fission and fusion), and 
properties of elementary particles. The 
interactions of nuclear particles with matter 
and the detection of nuclear particles will be 
covered. It will be shown how observed 
phenomena lead to theories on the nature of 
ftindamental interactions, how these forces act 
at the smallest measurable distances, and what 
is expected to occur at even smaller distances. 
Four hours of lecture and recitation and three 
hours oflaboratoiyper week. Prerequisites: 
PHYS 226. MATH 129, and either PHYS 338 
or CHEM 110. Alternate years. 



448 

RESEARCH TOPICS 

Students participate in a research project 
under the guidance of a faculty member in the 
department. In weekly meetings, they share 
reports from the literature and report on their 
own work. Topics will range from abstract 
theoretical to selected practical experimental 
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of the 
instructor Cross-listed as ASTR 448. May be 
taken a second time with departmental ap- 
proval. 

349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 
COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for juniors 
and seniors majoring in astronomy and physics 
offers students a chance to meet and hear active 
scientists in astronomy, physics and related 
scientific areas talk about their own research or 
professional activities. In addition, majors in 
astronomy and physics must present two 
lectures, one given during the junior year and one 
given during the senior year, on the results of a 
literature survey ortheir individual research. j 
Students majoring in this department are required! 
to attend four semesters during the junior and ; 
senior years. A letter grade will be given when the' 
student gives a lecture. Otherwise the grade will 
be P/F. Students in the Cooperative Program in 
Liberal Arts and Engineering are required to { 
attend two semesters and present one lecture ! 
during theirjunior year. Non-credit course. One 
hour per week. Cross-listed as ASTR 349 & 449. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in physics work off campus under 
the supervision of professional physicists 
employed by local industries or hospitals. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent studies may be undertaken in 
most areas of physics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 

• 




BIOLOGY (BIO) 

Professor: ZimmenTian 
Associate Professor: Gabriel 
Assistant Professors: Briggs (Chairperson), 
Lipar, McGarvey, Morrison, Newman 

The Department of Biology offers both 
B.A. and B.S. degree programs, with minors 
available in Biology and Environmental 
Science. Consent of instructor may replace 
BIO 110-111 as a prerequisite for all upper 
level biology courses. 

The B.A. Degree 

To earn the B.A. degree students must 
complete the 13 course major which consists 
of BIO 110, 111,222, 224, 225, 321, 323 and 
one course in Biology numbered 328 or higher 
(excluding BIO 400, 401 or 470); one course 
from CHEM 1 1 5, 220, or 22 1 plus two 
additional units of Chemistry; two units of 
mathematical sciences chosen from CPTR 
108, 125 and/or MATH 109, 123, 127, 128 or 
above. In addition, juniors and seniors are 
required to successfully complete BIO 349/ 



449 (non-credit colloquium) for a maximum 
of four semesters and complete the capstone 
experiences described below. Enrollment in 
student teaching and/or other similar off- 
campus academic experiences will be accepted 
by the department in lieu of that semester's 
colloquium requirement. Only two courses 
numbered below 221 may count toward the 
major. Declared Biology majors may substi- 
tute BIO 106-107 for BIO 110-111 with 
written consent of the department chair. 

The B.S. Degree 

To earn the B.S. degree students must 
complete the 13 course major described for 
the B.A., meet the colloquium requirement, 
complete the capstone experiences described 
below, and pass three courses chosen in any 
combination from the following: BIO 328 or 
above (including BIO 400, 401 and/or 470), 
CHEM 200 or above, PHYS 200 or above, 
or MATH 127 or above. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 



Cooperative Programs 

Certain specific exceptions to the B.A. and 
B.S. degrees will be made for students in 
accelerated programs. The requirements for 
accelerated programs in Optometry, Forestry 
or Environmental Studies, Medical Technol- 
ogy, and Podiatry can be found in the 
Academic Program section of the catalog. 
Students interested in these programs should 
contact the program director before finalizing 
their individual programs. 

Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: BIO 200, 222 and 224. 

Capstone Experiences for Biology Majors 

In order to graduate, all biology majors 
must demonstrate to the Department their 
command of biology by meeting the following 
three criteria. 

1. Practical Experience: All students must 
complete at least one of the experiences 
in the following list: Internship, 
Practicum, Relevant Summer Experi- 
ence, Independent Studies, Honors, 
Medical Technology Internship, Teach- 
ing Semester, Biology Laboratory 
Assistant, Biology-related volunteer 
work. (Summer experiences. Biology- 
related volunteer work, or working as a 
lab assistant must be approved by the 
Department in order to be used to meet 
this requirement.) 

2. Research & Presentation Component: 

All junior and senior majors are 
required to successfully complete 
Biology Colloquia (BIO 349 and 449) 
during all their semesters on campus. 
During their final year, students will 
research a biological topic and make an 
oral presentation at the Biology Collo 
quium. This will provide the student 
with the basic level of information 
literacy in the biological science. 



3. Assessment: All majors are required to 
take at least one of the exams listed 
below or pass a Biology Department Exit 
Exam. GRE - Bio subject exam, MCAT, 
OAT, DAT, VCAT, or the Praxis. By the 
end of their first semester of their senior 
year, students must provide the Depart- 
ment official documentation of the scores 
they have earned on one of these exams. 
If one or more of these requirements 
have not been met by the end of their 
first semester of their senior year, the 
student must submit a plan signed by 
their advisor showing when and how 
these requirements will be completed. 

Certification in Secondary Education 

A Biology major interested in becoming 
certified at the secondary level to teach 
Biology and/or General Science should, as 
early as possible, consult the current Depart- 
ment of Education Teacher Education 
Handbook and should make their plans known 
to their advisor and the Chair of the Education 
Department so the required courses can be 
scheduled before the Professional Semester. 

a) To obtain certification in Secondary 
Biology a student must successfully 
complete a Biology major, EDUC 200, 
PSY 138, EDUC 239, the Pre-Student 
Teaching Participation, and the Profes- 
sional Semester (EDUC 446, 447 and 
449). Students may choose EDUC 232 
as an Education elective. 

b) Students interested in obtaining General 
Science/Biology certification must com- 
plete all the requirements for secondary 
Biology listed in (a) as well as PHYS 108 
or 225 and any two courses from ASTR 

1 1 1, 1 12 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly 
recommended as an additional course. 

Minors 

The Department of Biology offers two 
minors: Biology and Environmental Science. 

A minor in biology requires the completion 
of four courses numbered 200 or higher, with 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG! 



BIOLOGY 



heir appropriate prerequisites (i.e., two 
ntroductory biology courses). At least two of 
hese must be from the series of courses BIO 
522,224,225, 321, or 323. 

A minor in Environmental Science consists 
)f two introductory biology courses (one of 
vhich must be BIO 220), BIO 224, two 
idditional courses numbered 200 or higher, 
)ne course in economics (recommended 
iCON 225), and ASTR 102. 

Biology majors who minor in Envirormien- 
:al Science must complete all requirements of 
he biology major. In addition, they need to 
:omplete BIO 220, BIO 401, ECON 225, 
\STR 1 12, and one course selected from 
either ECON 240, SOC 229, or an advanced 
biology course (328 or higher). 

Clean Water Institute 

This institute is designed to provide a 
forum for the natural resource heritage of 
Sforth Central Pennsylvania, the Susquehanna 
River and its major tributaries (Pine, 
Loyalsock, Lycoming, and Muncy Creeks). 
The institute provides a service not only to 
Lycoming College students, through coordi- 
nation of Environmental internships, practica 
[BIO 401 ) and independent study/honors 
projects, but also the community. This may 
include seminars or workshops on environ- 
mental issues as well as monitoring assistance 
to watershed groups. 

106 

CELLS, GENES AND SOCIETY 

This course investigates the roles cellular 
phenomena, genes and biotechnology play in 
everyday life. The primary goal of this course 
is to improve recognition and understanding 
of the implications of biology in health care, 
agriculture, law, bioethics, and business. 
Credit may not be earned for both BIO 106 
and 110. BIO 106 is not a prerequisite for 
BIO 107. Three hours of lecture and one- 
three hour lab per week. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



107 

ANATOMY FOR HEALTH 
CARE CONSUMERS 

This course is a brief survey of human 
anatomy and physiology, which includes study 
of the complementary nature of form and 
function, as well as study of the levels of 
biological organization within the body. The 
objective is to provide students with a back- 
ground which will allow them to read, 
compre- hend, and appreciate current articles 
on this subject in the popular press. Students 
learn the names, structure, and general 
functions of the major organs of the body. 
Animal dissec-tion is optional. Credit may 
not be earned for both BIO 107 and III. 
BIO 106 is not a pre-requisite for BIO 107. 
Three hours of lecture and one-three hour 
laboratory per week. 

110-111 

INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY 

An introduction to the study of biology 
designed for students planning to major in the 
biological sciences. Major topics considered 
include the origin of life, cellular respiration 
and photosynthesis, genetics, development, 
anatomy and physiology, ecology, behavior, 
and evolution. Credit may not be earned for 
both BIO 106 and 110 or for both BIO 107 
and 111. Prerequisite for BIO HI: BIO 1 1 0. 
Three hours of lecture and one three-hour 
laboratoiy per week. 

200 

THE 4^" AND 5™ KINGDOMS 

While food, oxygen and medicines are all 
necessary for human existence, the importance 
of plants and fungi are often ignored by our 
society. Plants and fiingi play an essential role 
in our planet's ecology and are central in 
human cultural evolution. Topics covered by 
this course include the ways plants and fungi 
work, how humans have used plant and fungal 
products for their benefit and pleasure 
through-out history, and how different 
phytochemicals can influence human health. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 



We will also examine human impacts on plant 
and fungal biodiversity, how we have altered 
the environment in our quest for food and the 
perfect American lawn, and the impacts of 
genetic engineering. Three hours of lecture 
and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
This course does not count towards the 
biology major. 

213-214 

HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 

Using the organ-systems approach, the 
course is an introduction to the human body — 
its anatomy, physiology, and normal develop- 
ment — with particular attention to structure 
and function at all levels of its biological 
organization (molecular through organismal). 
Three hours of lecture, and one three-hour 
laboratoiy per week. Prerequisite for BIO 
213: CHEM 115 or 220, or consent of 
instructor. Prerequisite for BIO 214: BIO 2 13. 

220 

ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY 

This course provides an introduction to eco- 
logical principles and concepts with an examina- 
tion of the biological basis of contemporary 
environmental problems. The effects of human 
population on earth's resources are studied 
against a background of biological and health 
sciences. This course is designed primarily for 
students not planning to major in the biological 
sciences. Three hours of lecture and one three- 
hour laboratoiy per week. Prerequisite: BIO 
110. This course is not a substitute for BIO 111 
for majors. 

222 
GENETICS 

A general consideration of the principles 
governing inheritance, including treatment of 
classical, molecular, cytological, physiology, 
microbial, human, and population genetics. 
Three hours of lecture and two two-how 
laboratoiy periods per week. Prerequisites: 
BIO 110-111. 



ECOLOGY 

The study of the principles of ecology with 
emphasis on the role of chemical, physical, 
and biological factors affecting the distribution 
and succession of plant and animal popula- 
tions and communities. Included will be field 
studies of local habitats as well as laboratory 
experimentation. Three hours of lecture and 
one three-hour laboratory per week. Prereq- 1 
uisites: BIO 110-111. 

225 

PLANT SCIENCES 

A survey of the structure, development, 
function, classification, and use of plants and 
related organisms. The study will comprise 
four general topic areas: form, including 
morphology and anatomy of plants in growth 
and reproduction; function, concentrating on 
nutrition and metabolism peculiar to photo- 
synthetic organisms; classification systems and 
plant identification, and human uses of plants. I 
Three hours of lecture and one three hour 
lab-oratoiy per week. Prerequisites: BIO 
110-111. 

226 

MICROBIOLOGY FOR 
THE HEALTH SCIENCES 

A study of microorganisms with emphasis 
given to their taxonomy and their role in various 
aspects of human infectious disease. Mecha- 
nisms for treating and preventing infectious 
diseases will be presented. Laboratory to include' 
diagnostic culture procedures, antibiotic 
sensitivity testing, serology, anaerobic tech- 
niques and a study of hemolytic reactions. Three 
hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: One year of introductory 
level biology, one year ofchemistiy or consent oj 
instructor. Not open to students who have 
received creditfor BIO 321. 



LYCOMINGCOLLEGE 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 

• 



[ICROBIOLOGY 

A study of microorganisms. Emphasis is 
ven to the identification and physiology of 
licroorganisms as well as to tiieirrole in disease, 
leir economic importance, and industrial 
jplications. Three hours of lecture and two 
vo-hour lahoratoiy periods per week. Prereq- 
Isites: BIO 1 1 0-1 1 1. Not open to students who 
ive received credit for BIO 226. 

23 

UMAN PHYSIOLOGY 
The mechanisms and fianctions of systems, 
icluding the autonomic, endocrine, digestive, 
irdiovascular, respiratory, renal, nervous, 
id reproductive systems. Three hours of 
'dure and one three-hour laboratory per 
'eek. Prerequisites: BIO IIO-III. 

28 

.QUATIC BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course dealing with 
•eshwater ecosystems. Studies will include a 
iirvey of the plankton, benthos, and fish — as 
'ell as the physical and chemical characteris- 
es of water that influence their distribution, 
everal local field trips and an extended field 
ip to a field station will familiarize students 
nth the diver- sity of habitats and techniques 
flimnologists. Alternate years. Prerequi- 
ites: BIO 110-111. 

29 

■ROPICAL MARINE BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course where students 
tudy the creatures of the fringing reefs, 
•arrier reefs, lagoons, turtlegrass beds and 
langrove swamps at a tropical marine 
aboratory. Studies will include survey of 
ilankton, invertebrates, and fish as well as the 
ihysical and chemical characteristics that 
nfiuence their distribution. Prerequisites: 
MO 110-111. A Iternate May terms. 



333 

MEDICINAL AND POISONOUS PLANTS 

An overview of plants that produce 
physiologically active substances that are 
important to humans and animals. Major 
themes include: Mechanisms and symptoms of 
poisoning, and plant chemicals with useful 
physiological effects. Laboratory topics 
include plant classification and techniques for 
compound identification. Three hours of 
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10-1 1 1, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 

Comparative study of the invertebrate phyla 
with emphasis on phylogeny, physiology, 
morphology, and ecology. Two three-hour 
lecture/laboratory periods per week. Prereq- 
uisites: BIO 110-111. A Iternate years. 

338 

HUMAN ANATOMY 

An upper-division elective course which 
uses a combined organ-system and regional 
approach to the study of human anatomy. The 
course includes lecture, laboratory and 
individual and/or group mini-projects. Com- 
puter simulated dissection software packages 
are used extensively. Video presentations of 
cadaver dissections and a video disk of cross- 
sectional anatomy are available for study. 
Prerequisites: BIO 110 and 111. 

340 

PLANT ANIMAL INTERACTIONS 

An investigation of different herbivorous 
animals, plant defenses, and how herbivores 
influence plants. Topics include evolution of 
herbivores and plants, effects of herbivory on 
individuals and communities, and types of 
plant defenses. We will also discuss how 
animals deal with plant defenses, the advan- 
tages and disadvantages of monophagous and 
polyphagous lifestyles, diftcrent types of 
herbivores and herbivore damage, and 



004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 

• 



mutualisms between plants and their herbi- 
vores. Three hours of lecture and one three- 
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 
BIO 110-111, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

341 

VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY 

A study of the development of vertebrates 
from fertilization to the fully fonned fetus. 
Particular attention is given to the chick and 
human as representative organisms. Two 
three-hour lecture/laboratoiy periods per 
week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111. Alter- 
nate years. 

342 

ANIMAL BEHAVIOR 

A study of causation, function, evolution, 
and biological significance of animal behaviors 
in their normal environment and social 
contexts. Three hours of lecture and one 
four-hour laboratory each week. Prerequi- 
sites: BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 

346 

VIROLOGY 

An introduction to the study of viruses. 
The course will cover virus anatomy and 
reproduction, diseases caused by viruses, 
modem treatments of viral infections and viral 
vaccines produced by recombinant DNA and 
other technologies. Course content will also 
include a description of how viruses are used as 
tools for genetic engineering and for studying 
cellularprocesses like membrane signal 
transduction, regulation of genetic expression 
and oncogenesis (cancer). Four hours of 
lecture per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

347 
IMMUNOLOGY 

The course introduces concepts concerning 
how pathogens cause disease and host defense 
mechanisms against infectious diseases. 
Characterization of and relationships between 
antigens, haptens, and antibodies are presented. 



Serological assays will include: agglutination, 
precipitations, immunofluorescence, 
immunoeletrophoresis, and complement 
fixation. Other topics are: immediate and 
delayed hypersensitivities (i.e. allergies such ai 
hay fever and poison ivy), immunological rena 
diseases, immunohematology (blood groups, 
etc), hybridome technology, the chemistry and 
function of complement, autoimmunity, and 
organ graft rejection phenomena. Three hour$ 
of lecture, one three-hour laboratory, andon^ 
hour ofarranged work per week. Pr'crequi- 
sites: BIO 1 1 0-1 1 1. Alternate years. 

348 
ENDOCRINOLOGY 

This course begins with a survey of the 
role of the endocrine hormones in the Integra 
tion of body functions. This is followed by aj 
study of the control of hormone synthesis an(i 
release, and a consideration of the mecha- I 
nisms by which hormones accomplish their i 
effects on target organs. Two three-hour 
lectur-e/labor-atory periods per week. Prereq 
uisites: BIO I lO-III. Alternate years. , 

400 i 

BIOLOGY PRACTICUM 

A work-oriented experience for junior or 
senior biology majors jointly sponsored by th^ 
Department and a public or private agency. . 
The practicum is designed to integrate 
classroom theory with field or laboratory 
practice. In addition to attendance at a 
weekly seminar, students will spend 10-12 
hours per week at the sponsoring agency. 
Academic work will include, but is not limite( 
to: a log, readings, recitation and an assignee 
research paper related to the specific agency' 
activities. May be repeated once for credit 
with corisent of instructor. 

401 

ENVIRONMENTAL PRACTICUM 

A work-oriented experience for junior or 
senior students interested in environmental 
science. Students work on projects jointly 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2004-05 ACADEMIC C ATALOi 



r 



BIOLOGY 

• 



(onsored by the Clean Water Institute and a 
iblic or private agency. The practicum is 
jsigned to integrate classroom theory with 
2ld and/or laboratory practice. In addition to 
tendance at a weekly seminar, students 
»end 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring 
'ency or project. Academic work includes. 
It is not limited to a log, readings, recitation 
id an assigned research paper related to the 
)ecific agency or project activity. May he 
'peated once for credit with consent of 
structor. 

iO 

OMPARATIVE ANATOMY 
F VERTEBRATES 
Detailed examination of the origins, 
ructure, and functions of the principal 
•gans of the vertebrates. Special attention is 
iven to the progressive modification of 
■gans from lower to higher vertebrates. 
hree hours of lecture and one four-hour 
\boratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110- 
II. Alternate years. 

51 

ISTOLOGY 

A study of the basic body tissues and the 
licroscopic anatomy of the organs and 
ructures of the body which are formed from 
lem. Focus is on normal human histology. 
hree hours of lecture and one four-hour 
iboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 
10-111. Alternate years. 

35 

ELL BIOLOGY 

An intensive study of the cell as the basic unit 
flife. Topics will include: origins of cellular 
fe, biochemistry of the cell, enzymatic reac- 
ons, cellular membranes, intracellular commu- 
ication, the cell cycle, the cytoskeleton and cell 
lotility, protein sorting, distribution and 
jcretion. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10-1 1 1 and one 
miester of organic chemistry. Alternate years. 






)04-()5 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



436 
EVOLUTION 

The study of the origin and modification of 
life on earth. Topics discussed include 
molecular evolution, population genetics, gene 
flow, natural selection, sexual selection, kin 
selection, neutral theory, extinction, co- 
evolution, and the evolution of man. Four 
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: 
BIO 110-111, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

437 

MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 

An in-depth analysis of fundamental 
cellular infomiation flow processes with 
particular emphasis on how these processes 
have been harnessed in the laboratory, 
resulting in technologies such as DNA cloning 
and sequencing, the Polymerase Chain 
Reaction (PCR), genetic testing, gene therapy, 
genetic engineering, DNA forensics, and 
construction of gene libraries. Two hours of 
lecture, a one-hour lab and a three-hour lab 
per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 and 
one semester of organic chemistiy. 

439 

MEDICAL GENETICS 

This course is concerned with the relation- 
ships of heredity to disease. Discussions will 
focus on topics such as chromosomal abnor- 
malities, metabolic variation and disease, 
somatic cell genetics, genetic screening, and 
immunogenetics. Laboratory exercises will offer 
practical experiences in genetic diagnostic 
techniques. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111. 
May term only. 

440 

PARASITOLOGY AND 

MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY 

The biology of parasites and parasitism. 
Studies on the major groups of animal parasites 
and anthropod vectors of disease will involve 
taxonomy and life cycles. Emphasis will be 
made on parasites of medical and veterinary 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 

• 



importance. Three hours of lecture and one 
three-hour laboratotyper week. Prerequi- 
sites: BIO 1 10-1 11. Alternate years. 

444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
and biochemical control mechanisms, includ- 
ing allosteric control, induction, repression, 
signal transduction as well as the various 
types of inhibitive control mechanisms. Three 
hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory 
and one hour of arranged work per week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 221, or consent of 
instructor. Cross-listed as CHEM 444. 
Alternate years. 

445 

RADIATION BIOLOGY 

A study of the effects of ionizing and non- 
ionizing radiations on cells, tissues and 
organisms. Consideration will be given to 
repair mechanisms and how repair deficiencies 
elucidate the nature of radiation damage. 
Three hours of lecture and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 
110-111, one year of chemistry. Alternate 
years. 

446 

PLANT PHYSIOLOGICAL ECOLOGY 

A study of plant resource acquisition in the 
face of competing neighbors and the quickly 
changing global environment. The course will 
focus on how differences in the environment 
affect plant water use, carbon dioxide acquisi- 
tion, light capture and nutrient uptake. Three 
hours of lecture and one three-hour labora- 
tory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 
and 225. Alternate years. 



349 & 449 

BIOLOGY COLLOQUIUM 

This course offers the student a chance to 
become familiar with research in the biologica 
sciences using techniques such as meeting an 
talking with active researchers, reading a nd 
critically analyzing the current literature, and 
discussing the ideas and methods shaping 
biology. Students will be required to read and 
analyze specific papers, actively participate in' 
discussions. Biology majors with junior and 
senior standing are required to successfully 
complete coUoquim during all semesters on 
campus except for semesters when student 
teaching. The grade will be P/F. Non-credit 
course. One hour per week. Prerequisite: 
biology majors with junior or senior class 
standing. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent samples of internships in the 
department include ones with the Department 
of Environmental Resources, nuclear medicin 
or rehabilitative therapies at a local hospital. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Departmental studies are experimentally- 
oriented and may entail either lab or field 
work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Examples of recent honors projects have 
involved stream analysis, gypsy moth 
research, drug synthesis and testing. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



I 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 




BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

(BUS) 

\ssociate Professor: Weaver (Chairperson) 
\ssistant Professors: Kolb, Matus, 

Stemgold 
Part-time Instructors: Larrabee, 

Mosser-Wooley, Remoff 

This major is designed to educate students 
ibout business and management functions in 
30th commercial and non-commercial organi- 
zations. The program provides a well-balanced 
preparation for a wide variety of professions 
and careers, including banking, financial 
services, small business management, market- 
ing, sales, advertising, retailing, general 
management, supervision, investments, human 
resources management, and management 
information systems. The major is also 
appropriate for students who plan to attend 
graduate school in business or related fields, 
such as law or public administration. 

2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



The Department of Business Administra- 
tion is a member of the Institute for Manage- 
ment Studies. See page 120. 

All students majoring in Business Adminis- 
tration must complete the core courses and at 
least one of the four tracks listed below. 

Core courses required of all majors: 

ACCT 1 10, 130 or 223; BUS 128, 210, 21 1, 
223, 235, 244, 338, 441; ECON 110 and 111. 
Statistics is also required. It is recommended 
that students complete most of the core 
courses (except BUS 441) before starting their 
track requirements. 

Track requirements: 

1. General Management: 

Three courses from BUS 330, 344, 345, or 
449 

2. Financial Management: 

BUS 339; two courses from BUS 345, 
410, or ECON 220 

3. Marketing Management: 

BUS 429; two courses from BUS 319, 
332, 342, or 344 

4. International Business Management 
BUS 319, 330; and two higher-numbered 
language courses beyond those used to 
meet the distribution requirement. Majors 
in the International Management track are 
encouraged to minor in a foreign language. 

Minor 

A minor in Business Administration 
consists of ACCT 1 10; BUS 128, 244, 338; 
and one course from BUS 330, 339, or 429. 

Internships 

Through BUS 439, Business Practicum, the 
department facilitates a wide variety of 
internships with businesses, government 
agencies and nonprofit organizations. In 
addition, the department is a member of the 
Institute for Management Studies, which also 
facilitates internships, including fiill-time 
internships during the summer. 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



Diversity and Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: BUS 244 and 319. The 
following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: BUS 342, 344, 410 and 441 . 

128 

MARKETING PRINCIPLES 

A study of the methods used by business 
and nonprofit organizations to design, price, 
promote and distribute their products and 
services. Topics include new product 
development, advertising, retailing, consumer 
behavior, marketing strategy, ethical issues in 
marketing and others. 

210 

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 

A study of the recruitment, selection, 
development, compensation, retention, 
evaluation, and promotion of personnel within 
an organization. Emphasis is on 
understanding these major activities 
perfonned by Human Resource Management 
professionals as organizations deal with 
increased laws and regulations, the 
proliferation of lawsuits related to Human 
Resources, changes in work force 
characteristics, and an increasingly 
competitive work environment. One-half unit 
of credit. 

211 

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION 
SYSTEMS 

A study of computer infonnation systems 
and digital networks from the perspective of 
business managers and other end-users. 
Topics include the components and functions 
of management information systems, personal 
productivity applications, distributed networks 
and communication systems (including the 
Internet and World Wide Web), database 
management, electronic commerce and other 
emerging technologies and business 
applications. One-half unit of credit. 



223 

QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS 

A study of the quantitative approach to 
managerial decision-making. Using decisional 
models, students explore quantitative applica- 
tions to quality control, resource allocation, 
inventory control, decisional analysis, 
network scheduling, forecasting, and other 
topics. Prerequisite: Statistics, or consent oj 
instructor. 

235 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES I 

Lectures and analyses of cases on the 
nature, sources, and fundamentals of the law 
in general, and particularly as relating to 
contracts, agency, and negotiable instruments. 

236 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES II 

Lectures on the fundamentals and history 
of the law relating to legal association, real 
property, wills, and estates. 

244 I 

MANAGEMENT AND , 

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

A study of the complex character of 
organizational life and the discipline and 
process of management. Topics include the ^, 
evolution and scope of organizations and 
management, plan-ning, organizing, leading, 
and controlling. Emphasis is placed on the 
importance of man-aging in a global environ- 
ment, understanding the ethical implications of' 
managerial decisions, and appreciating work 
place diversity. 

319 I 

INTERNATIONAL MARKETING i 

An investigation of the challenges of 
marketing products in an increasingly global 
environment. Special emphasis is placed on 
the cultural and social diversity of interna- 
tional markets. Examines the marketing 
strategies of global firms, and the challenges 
of international pricing, distribution, promo- 



L YCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



t 

Ion and product development. Prerequisite: 
'US 128 or consent oj instructor. 

30 

NJTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT 

A study of the dynamic process of applying 
lanagement concepts and techniques in a 
lultinational environment. Topics include 
lobal strategy and competitiveness, the 
ultural context, intercultural communications, 
rganizational behavior and human resource 
lanagement, and ethics and social responsibil- 
y. Special emphasis is placed on managing 
rganizational cultures and diversity and the 
nvironment for international management. 
Prerequisite: BUS 244 or consent oj instructor 

32 

DVERTISING AND PROMOTION 
How businesses and other institutions 
romote their products to consumers. The 
)le of advertising and promotion in the 
larketing strategy of the firm is investigated, 
nd the effects of different promotional tools 
tid advertising techniques is discussed. 
Prerequisite: BUS 128 or consent ofinstruc- 
)r. 

38 

UNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL 

lANAGEMENT 

A study of the fundamental theory, tools, 
nd methods of financial management. Topics 
iclude the mathematics of finance, working 
apital management, capital budgeting, and 
lalysis of financial statements. Prerequisites: 
CCT no and statistics, or consent of 
istructor. 

39 

^TERMEDIATE FINANCIAL 

lANAGEMENT 

An intensive study of issues and applica- 
ons of financial management. Topics covered 
icludc international finance, ethics, capital 
:ructures, cost of capital, financial analysis 



and forecasting. Extensive use of directed and 
non-directed cases. Prerequisite: BUS 338 or 
consent of instructor. 

342 

MARKETING RESEARCH 

This is a study of the principles and prac- 
tices of marketing research. The focus is on 
the development and application of marketing 
research methods. Topics covered include 
selection of a research design, data collection, 
analysis and report writing. Both quantitative 
and qualitative methods will be covered. The 
class will focus on an applied project. Prereq- 
uisites: BUS 128 and statistics, or consent of 
instructor. 

344 

ELECTRONIC COMMERCE AND 
INTERNET MARKETING 

A study of Internet marketing, electronic 
commerce, and related business uses of the 
Internet and Web. Topics include the chal- 
lenges of developing, managing, and market- 
ing commercial web sites and online stores; 
the growing use of company intranets, 
extranets and virtual teams to improve 
communications, collaboration, and business 
performance; and the effects of electronic 
commerce on consumers, competition and 
marketing practices. Students also study 
social links to electronic commerce, such as 
the privacy and security concerns of online 
customers, and the challenges of electronic 
commerce to more traditional industries, 
occupations, and local business and communi- 
ties. Prerequisite: BUS 128 or consent of 
instructor. 

345 

FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS 

Deals with the analysis of financial statements 
as an aid to decision making. The theme of the 
course is understanding the financial data which 
are analyzed as well as the methods by which 



KM-OS ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



they are analyzed and interpreted. This course 
should prove of value to all who need a thor- 
ough understanding of the uses to which 
financial statements are put as well as to those 
who must know how to use them intelligently 
and effectively. This includes accountants, 
security analysts, lending officers, credit 
analysts, managers, and all others who make 
decisions on the basis of financial data. Prereq- 
uisite: ACCTllO. 

410 

INVESTMENTS 

An introduction to the financial sector of 
the economy and the structure and ftinctions 
of financial markets and the agencies involved; 
brokerage houses and stock exchanges; the 
various types of investments available. 
Techniques used to evaluate financial 
securities. Also covered are recent 
developments in investment theory. 
Prerequisite: BUS 338 or consent of instructor. 

429 

MARKETING STRATEGY 

A study of the methods used by business 
and nonprofit organizations to analyze and 
select target markets, and then to develop 
strategies for gaining and maintaining these 
customers. Topics include competitive 
strategy, market segmentation, product 
positioning, promotional design and market- 
ing-related financial analysis. Case studies, 
and the development of a detailed marketing 
plan are covered. Prerequisite: BUS 128 or 
consent of instructor. 

439 

BUSINESS PRACTICUM 

This course provides students with practi- 
cal work experience with local companies and 
organizations. Students work 10-12 hours per 
week for their sponsor organizations, in 
addition to attending a weekly seminar on 
management topics relevant to their work 
assignments. Since enrollment is limited by the 



available number of positions, students must 
apply directly to the business department befo: 
preregistration to be eligible for the course. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

441 

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT 

An intensive study using case analysis of th 
planning and control of business enterprises 
designed to build students' skills in conducting 
strategic analysis in a variety of industries and 
competitive situations. Through case studies, 
research, presentations, and discussions, 
students examine industry structure, flinctiona 
strategies, competitive challenges of a global 
marketplace, and sources of sustainable 
competitive advantage. This course is designe 
to integrate the knowledge and skills gained 
from previous coursework in business and 
related fields. Prerequisites: All core courses 
or consent of instructor. Seniors only. 

449 

SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 
AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP 

This course provides the student with the 
infonnation needed to develop a business plan 
for starting and operating a small business 
enterprise. The course focuses on the key 
elements of planning and the essential charac- 
teristics of small businesses. The discussion ai 
analysis of small business cases and the prob- , 
lems/opportunities facing small businesses are | 
used to reveal trends in the small business j 
community and the role of government. 
Prerequisite: BUS 244. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 







2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



p 



CHEMISTRY 




CHEMISTRY (chem) 

Professors: Franz, McDonald 
Associate Professor: Bendorf 
Assistant Professor: Mahler (Chairperson) 
Part-time Assistant Professor: Berkheimer 

The Department of Chemistry offers both 
B.A. and B.S. degree programs, and is 
approved by the American Chemical Society 
(ACS) to certify those students whose 
programs meet or exceed requirements 
established by the ACS. Students who wish to 
earn ACS certification must complete the 
requirements for the B.S. degree. Students 
who complete the ACS certified degree are 
also eligible for admission to the American 
Chemical Society following graduation. 

For students planning on graduate study in 
chemistry, German is the preferred foreign 
language option, and additional courses in 
advanced mathematics and computer science 
are also recommended. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: CHEM 330, 331, and 332. 



The B.A. degree 

To earn the B.A. degree a student must 
complete CHEM 110-111,220-221,330-331, 
332, 333; PHYS 225-226; MATH 128-129; 
and, as a Capstone experience, one of the 
following: CHEM 449, 470, 490 or the 
Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447, 449). 

The B.S. degree 

To earn the B.S. degree a student must 
complete the thirteen course major described 
above as well as CHEM 443, CHEM 444, and 
one additional full-credit course from the 
following list: any 400-level CHEM course; 
PHYS 33 1 or above; BIO 222 or above; 
MATH 123, 130, 214, 216, 231, 238, 332; or 
CPTR 125. 

Certification in Secondary Education 

A Chemistry major interested in becoming 
certified in secondary education in Chemistry 
and/or General Science/Chemistry should, as 
early as possible, consult the current Depart- 
ment of Education Teacher Education Hand- 
book and make their plans known to their 
advisor and the Chair of the Education 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CHEMISTRY 



Department so the required courses can be 
scheduled for the Professional Semester. A 
Chemistry major who successfully completes 
the Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447, 
449) has also satisfied the Chemistry Capstone 
experience. 

a) To be certified in secondary education 
in chemistry a student must: complete 
a chemistry major; pass two biology 
courses numbered 1 1 or higher, 

PSY 1 10 and 338, EDUC 200 and 239; 
complete the Pre-Student Teaching 
Participation and pass the Professional 
Semester (EDUC 446, 447, 449). 
The student may choose EDUC 232 
as an additional Education elective. 

b) A student interested in obtaining 
General Science/Chemistry certifica- 
tion must complete all the require- 
ments for secondary certification in 
chemistry shown in (a) and must also 
pass any two units from ASTR 111, 
112 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly 
recommended as an additional course. 

Minor 

A minor in chemistry requires completion 
of CHEM 110-111, 220-22 1 , and two CHEM 
courses numbered 300 or higher. 

100 

CHEMISTRY IN CONTEXT 

A science distribution course for the non- 
science major. The course will explore real- 
world societal issues that have important 
chemical components. Topics covered may 
include air and water quality, the ozone layer, 
global warming, energy, acid rain, nuclear 
power, pharmaceuticals and nutrition. The 
chemistry knowledge associated with the 
issues is built on a need-to-know basis. Three 
hours of lecture and one two-hour laboratory 
period each week. Not open for credit to stu- 
dents who have received credit for CHEM 1 10. 



110 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY I 

A quantitative introduction to the concepts 
and models of chemistry. Topics include 
stoichiometry, atomic and molecular structure, 
nomenclature, bonding, thermochemistry, 
gases, solutions, and chemical reactions. The 
laboratory introduces the student to methods 
of separation, purification, and identification 
of compounds according to their physical 
properties. This course is designed for 
students who plan to major in one of the 
sciences. Three hours lecture, one hour of 
discussion and one three-hour laboratory * 

period each week. Prerequisite: MATH 100 
or consent of department. 

Ill 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY II 

A continuation of CHEM 110, with emphasis 
placed on the foundations of analytical, inor- 
ganic, and physical chemistry. Topics include 
kinetics, general and ionic equilibria, acid-base 
theory, electrochemistry, thermodynamics, 
nuclear chemistry, coordination chemistry, and 
descriptive inorganic chemistry of selected 
elements. The laboratory treats aspects of 
quantitative and qualitative inorganic analysis. 
Three hours of lecture, one hour of discus- 
sion, and one three-hour laboratory period 
each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 1 10 or 
consent of department. 

115 

BRIEF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A descriptive study of the compounds of 
carbon. This course will illustrate the prin- 
ciples of organic chemistry with material 
relevant to students in medical technology, 
biology, forestry, education and the humani- 
ties. Topics include nomenclature, alkanes, 
arenes, functional derivatives, amino acids and 
proteins, carbohydrates and other naturally 
occurring compounds. This course is designed 
for students who require only one semester of 
organic chemistry, and is not intended for 
students planning to enroll in chemistry courses 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



p 



CHEMISTRY 



numbered 200 or above. Three hours of 
lecture, one hour of discussion, and one three- 
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite: 
CHEM 111. Not open for credit to students 
who have received credit for CHEM 220. 

220-221 

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A systematic study of the compounds of 
carbon, including both aliphatic and aromatic 
series. The laboratory work introduces the 
student to simple fundamental methods of 
organic synthesis, isolation, and analysis. 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour 
laboratoiy period each week. Prerequisite for 
CHEM 220: CHEM II L Prerequisite for 
CHEM 221: A grade ofC- or better in CHEM 
220. 

330-331 

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of energy, time and structure in 
chemistry and its reactions, including in-depth 
gas laws, thermodynamics, phases, equilib- 
rium, electrochemistry, kinetics, quantum 
mechanics and statistical mechanics. The 
laboratory work includes techniques in 
physiochemical measurements. Three hours of 
lecture and one four-hour laboratory^ period 
each week. Prerequisites: CHEM 1 1 1. 
MA TH 129. PHYS 225-226; or consent of 
instructor. 

332 

ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of the fundamental methods of 
gravimetric, volumetric and elementary 
instrumental analysis together with practice in 
lab-oratory techniques and calculations of these 
methods. Two hours of lecture and two three- 
hour laboratoiy periods each week. Prerequi- 
site: CHEM 111 or consent of instructor. 

333 

ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A study of modem theories of atomic and 
molecular structure and their relationship to 
the chemistry of selected elements and their 



compounds. Three hours of lecture and one 
four-hour laboratory period each week. Pre- 
requisites: CHEM 330, MATH 129, and one 
year of physics; or consent of instructor. 

439 

INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM 
MECHANICS 

Introduction to the basic concepts and 
principles of quantum theory. Solutions to the 
free particle, the simple harmonic oscillator, 
the hydrogen atom, and other central force 
problems are presented using the Schrodinger 
wave equation approach. Topics also include 
operator formalism, eigenstates, eigenvalues, 
the uncertainty principles, stationary states, 
representation of wave functions by eigenstate 
expansions, and the Heisenberg matrix 
approach. Four hours of lecture. Prerequi- 
sites: Either PHYS 226 or CHEM 331, and 
MA TH231. Cross-listed as PHYS 439. 

440 

ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

Theory and application of modem synthetic 
organic chemistry. Topics may include 
oxidation-reduction processes, carbon-carbon 
bond forming reactions, functional group 
transformations, and multi-step syntheses of 
natural products (antibiotics, antitumor agents, 
and antiviral agents). Three hours of lecture 
and one four-hour laboratory period. Pre- 
requisite: CHEM 221. 

442 

SPECTROSCOPY AND 
MOLECULAR STRUCTURE 

Theory and application of the identification of 
organic compounds. Special emphasis will be 
placed on the utilization of spectroscopic 
techniques (H-NMR, C-NMR, IR, UV-VIS, 
and MS). Three of hours lecture and one four- 
hour laboratoiy period each week. Prerequi- 
site: CHEM 221. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CHEMISTRY 



443 

ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of advanced analytical methods 
with emphasis on chromatographic, electro- 
chemical, and spectroscopic methods of 
instmmental analysis. Three hours lecture and 
one four-hour laboratoiy period each week. 
Prerequisites: CHEM 331 and 332, or consent 
of instructor. 

444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
andbiochemical control mechanisms, including 
allosteric control, induction, repression, signal 
transduction as well as the various types of 
inhibitive control mechanisms. Three hours of 
lecture, one three-hour laboratory' and one 
hour of arranged work per week. Prerecpd- 
site: CHEM 221, or consent of instructor. 
Cross-listed as BIO 444. 

446 

ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY 
An introduction to the chemistry of 
compounds containing metal-carbon bonds. 
Topics include structure and bonding, reac- 
tions and mechanisms, spectroscopy, and 
applications to organic synthesis. The use of 
organometallic compounds as catalysts in 
industrial processes will be emphasized. Three 
hours of lecture and one four-hour laboratory 
period each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 221. 

447 

POLYMER CHEMISTRY 

An introduction to the synthesis, characteri- 
zation, and applications of high molecular 
weight materials, i.e., macro-molecules. 
Special emphasis will be given to synthetic 
polymer systems. Three hours of lecture, one 
four-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 
221 and 330, or consent of instructor. 

348 & 448 

CHEMISTRY COLLOQUIUM 

A seminar in which faculty, students and 
invited professional chemists discuss their own 



research activities or those of others which 
have appeared in recent chemical literature. 
Prerequisite: Three semesters of non-credit 
Chemistry Colloquium taken during the junior 
and senior years. 

449 

CHEMISTRY RESEARCH METHODS 
This course focuses on the nature and 
practice of chemistry. Students will conduct 
research into a particular chemical problem 
with a faculty research advisor, and will 
explore different aspects of chemistry and 
discuss their research in a weekly seminar. A 
report on the research will be written. Majors 
are strongly encouraged to enroll in this course i 
in either their junior or senior year. Eight to 
ten hours of laboratory work and one hour 
seminar each week. Prerequisites: CHEM 
221 and consent of instructor; Corequisite: 
CHEM 330. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work under 
supervision in an industrial laboratory and 
submit a written report on the project. To 
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement, 
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM 
449 is required. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project and will write a 
thesis on the work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project with emphasis on 
showing initiative and making a scholarly 
contribution. A thesis will be written. To 
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement, 
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM 
449 is required. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



COMMUNICATION 



COMMUNICATION 

Assistant Professors: Koehn (Chairperson), 

Wild 
/isiting Instructor: Knapp 
*art-tiiTie Instructors: Ogurcak, Van Auken 

The major in Communication seeks to 
)rovide a foundation in communication theory 
ind media criticism as well as expertise in a 
)articular area of communication. All students 
najoring in Communication must complete the 
'ivc courses listed in the Core and eight 
idditional courses in one of the three areas of 
;oncentration listed below: four required 
;ourses and four elective courses. Sopho- 
nores, juniors, and seniors who have declared 
I major in Communication are required to 
mroll in and successfully complete the non- 
;redit Media Arts Colloquium during each 
lemester they are on campus or until they have 
luccessfully completed at least four semesters 
)f this noncredit course. All students in this 
najor should consider electing an internship 
)efore graduation. 

The major in Communication enables 
itudents to pursue employment and/or 
^aduate studies in a variety of fields including 
jorporate communication, public relations, 
ludio and video production, print and broad- 
;ast journalism, professional media writing, 
ind media research and analysis. 

All majors in Communication are encour- 
iged to take advanced courses in a foreign 
anguage and to consider the following liberal 
irts electives: MATH 123 and/or courses in 
I^omputer Science; ART 222 and 223; courses 
n contemporary American and/or international 
listory, economics, and political science; and 
courses in literature from the Departments of 
rheatre, English, and Foreign Languages and 
literatures. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
iV courses, count toward the writing intensive 
•equirement: COMM 21 1, 326, 332 and 440. 




Minor 

A minor in Communication consists of any 
five courses offered by the Communication 
Department (courses offered by other depart- 
ments count only toward the major in Commu- 
nication, not toward the minor). One of these 
five courses must be selected from COMM 
326, COMM 348, or COMM 440. 

CORE COURSES REQUIRED OF 
ALL MAJORS 

COMM 110 Communication Principles 

and Ethics 
COMM 2 1 1 Public Speaking: Research, 

Principles, and Practice 
COMM 326 Media Criticism and Cultural 

Studies: Literature, Film, and 

Television 

Senior Seminar 

Media Arts Colloquium 



COMM 440 
COMM 246 

346, 446 
THEA212 



:004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



Multicultural America on 
Screen 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATION 



Majors must concentrate in one of the 
following three areas of study. 

1. Corporate Communication 

Required for all students in this concentration: 
COMM 2 1 2 Group Communication and 

Conflict Resolution 
COMM 235 Writing and Speaking in 

Business and the Professions 
COMM 324 Public Relations Cases and 

Problem-Solving 
PSCl 436 Mass Media Law and Regulation 

Elective choices for students in this concen- 
tration must include at least one additional 
course in Communication as well as one course 
at the 300-level or above. Students may elect 
to take as many additional communication 
courses as they choose. Elective courses 
offered by other departments that may also be 
used to fulfill elective requirements in this 
concentration include the following: 
ART 227 Introduction to Photography 
ART 343 Introduction to Computer Art 
BUS 128 Marketing Principles 
BUS 244 Management and Organizational 

Behavior 
ENGL 2 1 8 Classical and Modem Rhetoric 
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The Creative 

Essay 
HIST 220 Women in History 
HIST 230 African American History 
PSCI 2 1 Communication and Society 
PSCI 3 1 6 Public Opinion and Polling 
PSY 225 Industrial and Organizational 

Psychology 
PSY 324 Social Psychology 
THEA114 Film Art: Motion Picture 

Masterpieces 

2. Electronic Media 

Required for all students in this concentration: 
COMM 2 1 8 Digital Audio Production 
COMM 223 Basic Digital Video Production 
COMM 348 Advanced Digital Video Production 
THEA 1 1 4 Film Art: Motion Picture 
Masterpieces 



Elective choices for students in this 
concentration must include at least one 
additional course in Communication as well as 
one course at the 300-level or above. Student 
may elect to take as many additional communi 
cation courses as they choose. Elective 
courses offered by other departments that may 
also be used to fulfill elective requirements in 
this concentration include the following: 
ART 227 Introduction to Photography 
ART 343 Introduction to Computer Art 
ART 344 Computer Graphics for Elec 

tronic Media 
BUS 128 Marketing Principles ' 

BUS 244 Management and Organizational 

Behavior 
ENGL 2 1 8 Classical and Modem Rhetoric 
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The 

Creative Essay 
HIST 220 Women in History 
HIST 230 African American History 
PSCI 210 Communication and Society 
PSCI 3 1 6 Public Opinion and Polling 
PSY 225 Industrial and Organizational 

Psychology 
PSY 324 Social Psychology 

3. Media Writing and Culture 

Required for all students in this concentration: 

COMM 2 1 7 Print Joumalism 

COMM 321 Screenwriting 

COMM 323 Feature Writing for Special 

Audiences 
COMM 329 Broadcast Joumalism 

Elective choices for students in this concentra- 
tion must include at least one additional course 
in Communication as well as one course at the 
300-level or above. Students may elect to take 
as many additional communication courses as 
they choose. Elective courses offered by otheij 
departments that may be used to fulfill elective 
requirements in this concentration include the 
following: 

ART 227 Introduction to Photography 
ART 343 Introduction to Computer Art 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



COMMUNICATION 

• 



Marketing Principles 

Management and Organizational 

Behavior 

Classical and Modem Rhetoric 

Advanced Writing: The Creative 

Essay 

Women in History 

African American History 

Communication and Society 

Public Opinion and Polling 

Industrial and Organizational 

Psychology 

Social Psychology 

Film Arts: Motion Picture 

Masterpieces 



BUS 128 
BUS 244 

ENGL 218 
ENGL 322 

HIST 220 
HIST 230 
PSCI210 
PSC1316 
PSY 225 

PSY 324 
THE A 114 

110 

COMMUNICATION PRINCIPLES 
AND ETHICS 

Introduction to the basic theories and 
principles of communication as they apply to 
the process of sending messages among 
individuals, small groups, and mass audiences. 
Consideration of the ethical issues involved in 
the communication process. Active learning 
through readings, case studies, simulations, 
oral reporting, and library research. 

120 

INTERPERSONAL AND 
[NTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION 

This is a workshop course in the theory and 
practice of communication between individuals 
in both formal as well as informal situations 
with particular attention given to the impact of 
culture upon communication between individu- 
als in international situations. Open to fresh- 
men or sophomores only. Alternate years. 

211 

PUBLIC SPEAKING: RESEARCH, 
PRINCIPLES, AND PRACTICE 

Speaking extemporaneously in a variety of 
situations to general as well as targeted 
audiences. Emphasis on researching and 
solving problems having to do with persuasion 
and informative speaking. Training in using 



rhetorical theory to prepare, deliver, and 
evaluate the student's own speeches. Prerequi- 
site: ENGL 106 or 107. 

lU 

GROUP COMMUNICATION 
AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION 

Readings, case studies, simulations, and 
practice in the methods of working in groups 
and in resolving conflicts within and between 
groups in various contexts, including education, 
industry, and professional situations. Contem- 
porary theory and methods for motivating and 
maintaining the productivity of groups will be 
examined in some detail. Prerequisites: ENGL 
106 or 107 and one other course in Communi- 
cation (211 recommended). Psychology, 
Education, or Business. 

211 

PRINT JOURNALISM 

This course studies and applies practical 
experience in the newsgathering process for 
print media. Emphasis is on beat reporting, 
copy editing, interviewing, reporting and 
writing as applied to a variety of fomis for both 
news and persuasive print media formats as 
well as on the ethical issues concerning 
reporting for the print media. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107. 

218 

DIGITAL AUDIO PRODUCTION 

This course studies the principles and 
techniques of audio production using both 
analog and digital technologies. Various 
program fonnats and the use of sound as an art 
form are also considered. 

223 

BASIC DIGITAL VIDEO PRODUCTION 

This course trains students in the fundamen- 
tals of pre-production, production, and 
postproduction for video using digital and 
analog formats. Emphasis is on mastering the 
basic styles of video production from concept 
to completion within as well as outside the studio. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMINGCOLLEGE 



COMMUNICATION 

• 



230 

DESKTOP PUBLISHING AND 
PHOTOJOURNALISM 

This interactive course teaches students to 
design, layout, and produce print media using 
electronic desktop publishing tools. Students 
will develop approaches that will be applied in 
this course. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107 

235 

WRITING AND SPEAKING IN BUSINESS 

AND THE PROFESSIONS 

Study of communication theory as applied 
to business and professional settings. Using 
writing, speaking, research, and the electronic 
media to solve a variety of communication 
problems that frequently occur in the world of 
work. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

312 

LEADERSHIP COMMUNICATION 

The theory and practice of leadership 
communication in diverse settings and con- 
texts. Classical leadership styles will be 
examined and researched in regard to how 
these relate to goal-setting and motivating 
individuals and groups. Field work on- and 
off-campus is a major component of this 
course. Prerequisites: ENGL 106 or 107; at 
least one of these: COMM 211, 212, or 235; 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

321 

SCREENWRITING 

This course trains students to analyze and 
write scripts for radio, film, and television. 
The development of the original screenplay is 
emphasized. Prerequisite: THEA 212, or 
consent of instructor. 

323 

FEATURE WRITING FOR SPECIAL 

AUDIENCES 

Practice in writing a variety of feature 
stories and editorials for different media and 
audiences. Study of the ways in which feature 
writing for magazines compares and contrasts 
with feature writing for newspapers and feature 



stories for television. Readings, peer review, 
and training in how to develop ideas using 
primary and secondary research. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107. 

324 

PUBLIC RELATIONS CASES AND 
PROBLEM SOLVING 

Training in methods of public relations 
research, program planning and evaluation, 
working with the media, writing for public 
relations and advertising, and conducting a 
public relations campaign to solve a problem or 
crisis. Emphasis on writing, speaking, and 
electronic communication. Prerequisites: 
ENGL 106 or 107 and COMM 235; or consent 
of instructor. 

326 

MEDIA CRITICISM AND CULTURAL STUD- 
IES: LITERATURE, FILM, AND TELEVISION 

Introduction to methods of analyzing 
popular culture and the arts using one or more 
of these approaches: textual criticism, content 
analysis, semiotics, auteur criticism, historical 
criticism, frame theory, and structural analysis. 
Comparison of the ways in which different 
media create values and portray individuals, 
social conflicts, and human aspirations. 
Prerequisite: One course from: THEA 212, 
ENGL 217 or 331 ; or consent of instructor. 

329 

BROADCAST JOURNALISM 

This course provides practical experiences 
in the newsgathering process for electronic 
media with an emphasis on covering the local 
story from the small-station perspective. 
Students in the course are responsible for 
writing, producing, editing, and broadcasting 
newscasts for radio as well as television. 
Major emphasis is placed on the ethical issues 
concerning reporting for the broadcast media. 
Prerequisite: COMM 217 or 323. Alternate 
years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



COMMUNICATION 



32 

OPICS IN MEDIA THEORY AND PRACTICE 
Study of communication theory as applied 
3 a special area or style of communication. 
Leadings, discussions, and practical experi- 
nces in creating materials for print and/or 
lectronic media. Possible topics include: 
ocudrama and investigative reporting, 
ommunicating in cyberspace, creative 
dvertising, instmctional television and video. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. May be 
epeated for credit with change oj topic. 

35 

1ED1A HISTORY AND THEORY 

This course reviews the recent history of 
le media with a major emphasis on the 
ultural theories that have been used to 
escribe and critique the media and its 
ifluence upon audiences. Prerequisite: 
^HEA 212. Alternate years. 

40 

lCTING and DIRECTING 
OR THE CAMERA 

This workshop course analyzes, rehearses, 
irects, and shoots scripted scenes for film and 
jlevision. The course studies classic screen 
cting and directing styles. All students act as 
r'ell as direct. Prerequisites: COMM 223 
nd THEA 145; or consent of instructor. 
.Iter nate years. 

48 

lDVANCED DIGITAL 

^DEO PRODUCTION 

advanced production of documentary, 

arrative and experimental video. Exploration 

fa variety of approaches to motivating talent 

nd directing for the camera. Prerequisites: 

:OMM223 and THEA 114, or advanced 

curse work in acting and directing, or 

onsent of instructor. 

46, 346, and 446 

4ED1A ARTS COLLOQUIUM 

A seminar in which students are expected 
D work in the field of communication on a 



regular basis. The areas of work can relate to 
campus media, campus public relations, 
admissions, non-profit organizations, and other 
communication-based organizations approved 
by the supervising faculty member. Students 
enrolled in the colloquium are required to keep a 
log and to work for a minimum of three hours 
each week in their approved work situation. 
Open only to majors. Non-credit and Pass/ 
Fad. Once the major is declared, students are 
required to enroll in the seminar each 
semester until they graduate or until they have 
successfully completed four semesters, 
whichever comes first. Only one colloquium 
may be taken per semester. 

400 

PRACTICUM 

An elective for junior and senior majors 
who wish to acquire additional experience in 
working with practicing professionals. Open 
only to majors and minors. 

440 

COMMUNICATION RESEARCH 
METHODOLOGY 

This course trains students in quantitative 
and qualitative communication research 
methodology. Students do intensive reading in 
an area related to their track and produce a 
research project which involves written as well 
as oral presentation. Prerequisites: COMM 
326 and Senior standing, or consent oj 
instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns usually work off-campus in a field 
related to their area of study. Prerequisite: 
junior or senior standing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Studies involve research related to the area 
of study of the student. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



X)4-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



COMPUTER 
SCIENCE 

(see Mathematical Sciences) 

CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE (cj) 

Associate Professor: Carter (Chairperson) 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Guttendorf 
Part-time Instructors: Anderson, Larrabee, 
Miele, Raup, Robbins, 

Criminal Justice is an interdisciplinary 
social science program. Course work leading 
to this baccalaureate degree will provide 
students with strong communication and 
analytical skills. This is accomplished through 
a critical and in-depth interdisciplinary analysis 
of the causes of crime, formal and informal 
efforts at preventing and controlling crime, and 
treatment of the field of criminal justice as an 
applied social science where students are 
taught to integrate theory construction with 
practical application. The Criminal Justice 
program offers opportunities for internship and 
practicum experiences in the field, and 
prepares students for careers in law enforce- 
ment, court services, institutional and commu- 
nity-based corrections, treatment and counsel- 
ing services, and for further education at the 
graduate level. The Criminal Justice program 
also prepares students for activist and leader- 
ship roles in their communities by exploring 
core issues related to quality of life, security 
and freedom. 

The major in Criminal Justice consists of 1 
courses, distributed as follows: 

A. Criminal Justice core courses (four courses): 
CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 
CJ 20 1 Policing and Society 
CJ 203 Correctional Systems 
CJ 447 Research Methods in Criminal 
Justice 



B. Courses in the social, psychological, 
philosophical, and political dimensions 
of crime, law and justice (six courses): 




PHIL 2 1 8 Issues in Criminal Justice 
PSY116 Abnormal Psychology 
SOC 300 Criminology 

Two courses from: 



PSCI331 


Civil Rights and Liberties 


PSCI 332 


Courts and the Criminal Justice 




System 


PSCI 335 


Law and Society 


One course 


from: 


CJ204 


Youth, Deviance and Social 




Control 


SOC 222 


Introduction to Human Services 


SOC 331 


Sociology of Gender 


SOC 334 


Racial and Cultural Minorities 



C. Criminal Justice Practicum (strongly 
recommended, but not required for the 
major) Majors should seek advice 
concerning course selection from their 
advisors or the criminal justice coordina- 
tor, and should note course prerequisites 
in planning their programs. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^» 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALC 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



linor in Criminal Justice 

A minor in criminal justice consists of five 
ourses: CJ 100, CJ 201, CJ 203, PSCI 332, 
nd SOC 300. A student may substitute another 
jlevant course for one of the required courses 
dth consent of the criminal justice coordinator. 

Vriting Intensive Courses 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
^ courses, count towards the writing intensive 
jquirement: CJ 447, PHIL 2 1 8, and SOC 
31. 

00 

VTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

This course explores the role of law 
nforcement, courts and corrections in the 
dministration of justice; the development of 
olice, courts and corrections; the scope and 
ature of crime in America; introduction to the 
tudies, literature and research in criminal 
istice; basic criminological theories; and 
areers in criminal justice. 

01 

OLICING AND SOCIETY 

Who are the police and what is policing? 
xploration of these questions provides a con- 
;xt for critical inquiry of contemporary law 
nforcement in the United States. Attention is 
iven to law enforcement purposes and strate- 
ies, the work force and work environment, and 
'hy sworn officers do what they do. Emphasis 
; also placed on being policed and policing the 
olice. Treatment of these issues enables 
xploration of basic and applied questions 
bout the projection of state power in commu- 
ity relations, including those related to home- 
ind security. Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

03 

:ORRECTIONAL SYSTEMS 

This course presents an overview of 
ffenders, punishment, correctional ideologies, 
nd societal reaction to crime. The historical 
nd philosophical development of the correc- 
onal system is examined. The primary 
mphasis is on critical analysis of contempo- 



rary correctional programming for adult and 
juvenile offenders in the United States. Other 
social issues and structures directly related to 
corrections are explored. Prerequisite: CJ 
100. 

204 

YOUTH, DEVIANCE AND 
SOCIAL CONTROL 

This course is designed to provide the 
student with a general understanding of 
juvenile deviance and state processes intended 
to interrupt youth deviance and juvenile 
delinquency, particularly in the juvenile justice 
system. Students will explore historical 
perspectives, deviant juvenile subculture, 
underlying philosophies, the formal processes 
and organization of juvenile justice systems, 
promising prevention/treatment approaches 
and juvenile probation practices. Students will 
be asked to think critically and offer solutions 
or strategies to a range of dilemmas confront- 
ing the juvenile justice system, including the 
transfer of juveniles to adult status and the 
movement to privatize juvenile justice services. 
Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of instructor. 

340 

PROBATION AND PAROLE 

This course provides an in-depth study of 
community-based corrections programs and 
their impact on the offender, the criminal 
justice system, and society. Particular attention 
is given to offender diagnostics and classifica- 
tion, treatment and supervision needs, pre- 
sentence and pre-parole investigations, 
casework planning, applicable laws, and 
corrections policies. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or 
consent of instructor. 

341 

CRIME PREVENTION 

Students examine crime prevention and 
control policies, programs, and procedures to 
determine what works and why. The focus is 
on social, situational, and environmental 
sources of crime. Crime prevention measures 



)04-()5 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

• 



focus on reducing crime by re-creating 
physical design, by empowering citizen 
organizations, through programs that build 
safe communities, and through programs in 
place among "at risk" populations in schools, 
neighborhoods, and homes. Prerequisite: CJ 
100 or consent of instructor. 

342 

ORGANIZATIONAL CRIME 

Three major areas of organizational crimes 
are covered, including traditional organized 
crime, crimes of the corporate world, and 
crimes committed under auspices of the 
government. Examples of topics include 
international organized crime cabals, drug 
trafficking and money laundering by the CIA, 
political bribe taking, government brutality and 
physical/economic coercion, civil rights 
violations, and crimes situated in the manufac- 
turing, pharmaceutical, and service trades. 
Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of instructor. 

345 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

This is a seminar for advanced students 
offered in response to student request and 
faculty interest. This course may be repeated 
for additional credit with approval of the 
criminal justice coordinator, but only when 
course content differs. Sample topics include 
the death penalty, hate crimes, civil liability! in 
criminal justice, justice in the media, environ- 
mental crime, etc. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or 
consent of instructor. 

447 

RESEARCH METHODS 

IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Students learn social science methods, 
research design and implementation, and 
evaluation of contemporary research in 
criminal justice. Topics covered include the 
logic of causal order, sampling theory, 
qualitative and quantitative design, data 
collection, and proper analysis of data. This 
course is a how-to-do research course that 



requires students to conduct original research 
projects under supervision. Students actively 
engage in content analysis, behavioral observa 
tion, survey and interview-based research, and 
limited quasi-experimental design studies. 
Emphasis is placed on conducting field 
research and communicating research in 
writing. Each student prepares a literature 
review and written research proposal that can 
be carried out while placed with a criminal 
justice agency on practicum (CJ 448). Prereq- 
uisites: CJ 100, CJ201, and CJ 203, or 
consent of instructor. 

448-449 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE PRACTICUM 

Students are placed with criminal justice 
agencies, providing opportunities to apply 
classroom knowledge in an organizational 
setting, encouraging development of profes- 
sional skills, helping students identify and 
clarify career interests, and providing opportu- 
nities to conduct hands-on field research. Each 
student completes an original research project 
under supervision of the instructor with input 
from the on-site agency representative. 
Students will prepare a comprehensive, fornial 
written research paper on an appropriate topic 
Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of criminal 
justice coordinator. 

470 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Students desiring an internship in criminal 
justice must get considerably advanced 
approval by the criminal justice coordinator. 
Criminal justice internships nomially will not 
be approved for semesters during which 
practicums are also available. Internships are 
intended as a four-credit-only course. How- 
ever, under unusual circumstances, up to 12 
credits may be approved by the criminal justice 
coordinator. An example of an appropriate 12- 
credit internship is the FBI Honors Internship 
Program, which requires relocation to Wash- 
ington, D.C., and participation in a full-time 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE* ECONOMICS 




program that runs the duration of the summer. 
Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

N80 

[N DEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

This course represents an opportunity to 
pursue specific interests and topics not usually 
covered in regular courses. Through a 
program of readings and tutorials, the student 
will have the opportunity to pursue these 
interests and topics in greater depth than is 
usually possible in a regular course. Prerequi- 
site: CJ 100 and consent of criminal justice 
coordinator. 

N90 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



ECONOMICS (EcoN) 

Professor: Madresehee (Chairperson) 
Associate Professor: Sprunger 
Assistant Professor: Gandhi 

The Department of Economics offers two 
tracks. Track I (Managerial Economics) 
develops students' capacity to analyze the 
economic environment in which an organization 
operates and to apply economic reasoning to an 
organization's internal decision making. These 
courses have more of a managerial emphasis 
than traditional economics courses. Track II 
(General Economics) is designed to provide a 
broad understanding of economic, social, and 
business problems. In addition to preparing 
students for a career in business or government, 
this track provides an excellent background for 
graduate or professional studies. 

Track I - Managerial Economics requires 
ECON 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 220, 332 and 44 1 ; ACCT 
1 10 and either BUS 223 or any accounting 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ECONOMICS 



course numbered 130 or higher; BUS 338; 
and two other economics courses numbered 
200 or above, excluding ECON 349. 

Track II - General Economics requires 
ECON 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 33 1 , 440, and 44 1 , and three 
other courses in economics. Depending on 
their academic and career interests, students 
are encouraged to select a minor in another 
department such as political science, philoso- 
phy, or history. 

In addition, the following courses are 
recommended: all majors - MATH 123 and 
BUS 223; majors planning graduate work - 
MATH 1 12 and 128; Track II majors - ACCT 
110 and either 130 or 344. 

The following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ECON 236, 337, and 440. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 99. 

Minor 

A minor in economics requires the comple- 
tion of ECON 1 1 0, 1 1 1 and three other eco- 
nomics courses numbered 200 or above, or any 
four economics courses numbered 200 or 
above. 

The Department of Economics is a member 
of the Institute for Management Studies. See 
page 120. 

102 

CONSUMER ECONOMICS 

A course in " family" or "practical" 
economics, designed to teach students how 
they and their families can be intelligent 
consumers; that is, how they can spend, save, 
and borrow so as to maximize the value they 
receive for the income they have. Treats 
subjects such as intelligent shopping; the uses 
and abuses of credit; investing, savings, 
buying insurance, automobiles and houses; 
medical care costs; estates and wills, etc. 



110 

PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS 

Macroeconomics deals with problems of the 
economic system as a whole. What influences 
the level of national income and employment? 
What is inflation and why do we have it? What 
is the role of government in a modem capitalis- 
tic system? How does business organize to 
produce the goods and services we demand? 
How are the American financial and banking 
systems organized? What is the nature of 
American unionism? What are the elements of 
government finance and fiscal policy? 

Ill 

PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS 

This course focuses upon microeconomics 
and selected current economic problems. It 
deals with the relatively small units of the 
economy such as the firm and the family. 
Analyzes demand and supply. Discusses how 
business firms decide what and how much to 
produce and how goods and services are 
priced in different types of markets. Also 
considers such problems as economic growth, 
international trade, poverty, discrimination, 
ecology, and alternative economic systems. 

220 

MONEY AND BANKING 

Covers business fluctuations and monetary 
and fiscal policy; the financial organization of 
society; the banking system; credit institutions; 
capital markets, and international financial 
relations. Prerequisite: ECON 110. 

114 

URBAN PROBLEMS 

The application of economic theory to the 
study of significant social, political, and 
economic problems associated with urbaniza- 
tion, including poverty, employment, educa- 
tion, crime, health, housing, land use and the 
environment, transportation, and public 
finance. Analysis of solutions offered. Prereq- 
uisite: ECON 1 10 or 1 1 1, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate vears. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



r 



ECONOMICS 



!25 

ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS 

A study of the relationship between 
snvironmental decay and economic growth, 
vith particular reference to failures of the price 
ind property-rights systems; application of 
;ost/benefit analysis, measures aimed at the 
;reation of an ecologically viable economy. 

!29 

BUSINESS CYCLES AND FORECASTING 
An introduction to the nature and histoiy of 
msiness fluctuations, the tools used in 
iggregate analysis, theories that seek to explain 
he cycle, and techniques used in forecasting 
jconomic activity. Prerequisite: ECON 110 
>r consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

!30 
iCONOMETRICS 

Econometric models provide one of the 
nost useful and necessary sets of tools for 
lecision-making. By using a variety of 
nodem statistical methods, econometrics helps 
IS to estimate economic relationships, test 
liffcrent economic behaviors, and forecast 
lifferent economic variables. Prerequisites: 
\4A TH 123, ECON 110 and 111: or consent 
)f instructor. Alternate years. 

236 

AMERICAN ECONOMIC HISTORY 

This course examines topics in American 
economic History from the post-Civil War era 
hrough World War 11. Topics covered 
nclude the causes of the rise of big business as 
he dominant means of production, the 
emergence of the union movement, the growth 
)f the U.S. economy to the largest in the 
vorld, and the changing role of government in 
he economic system. 

>40 

ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY 

An introduction to the theory and practice 
)f economic geography with emphasis upon 
he historical dynamics of local, regional, and 



global organization. This course considers the 
forces reshaping global economic geography 
including the factors that determine the competi- 
tive advantage of nations. These factors include 
resources such as food, energy, materials, and 
changing patterns of world population. Also 
included will be theoretical literature reparding 
locational decisions and choice, as well as the 
rapidly changing global economy in the context 
of trade theory and the shifting focus of 
international economics activity. 

327 

PUBLIC CHOICE 

This course focuses on the application of 
economics to the political processes of voting 
and bureaucratic behavior. A major theme will be 
the study of problems that can occur within the 
democratic process because the incentives given 
to public servants do not always match 
society's best interests. Policies and institutions 
that can improve such problems will be ex- 
plored. U.S. elections and campaigns will 
provide many of the applications for the class. 
Prerequisite: ECON 1 10 or 1 1 1, or consent of 
instructor. A Iternate years. 

330 

INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 

An advanced analysis of contemporary theory 
regarding consumer demand, production costs 
and theory, profit maximization, market struc- 
tures, and the determinants of returns to the 
factors of production. Prerequisite: ECON 110. 
Alternate years. 

331 

INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 

An advanced analysis of contemporary 
theory and practice with regard to business 
fluctuation, national income accounting, the 
determination of income and employment levels, 
and the use of monetary and fiscal policy. 
Prerequisite: ECON 1 10. Alternate years. 



004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ECONOMICS 

• 



332 

GOVERNMENT AND THE ECONOMY 

An analytical survey of government's 
efforts to maintain competition through 
antitrust legislation to supervise acceptable 
cases of private monopoly, through public 
utility regulation and via means of regulatory 
commissions, and to encourage or restrain 
various types of private economic activities. 
Prerequisites: ECON 110 and 111, or 
consent of instructor. 

335 

LABOR PROBLEMS 

The history of organized labor in the 
United States, including the structure of 
unions, employers' opposition to unions, the 
role of government in labor-management 
relations and the economic impact of unions. 
Alternate years. Prerequisite: ECON 110 or 
111, or consent ofinstnictor. 

337 

PUBLIC FINANCE 

An analysis of the fiscal economics of the 
public sector, including the development, 
concepts, and theories of public expenditures, 
taxation, and debt at all levels of American 
government. Also includes the use of fiscal 
policy as an economic control device. Prereq- 
uisites: ECON no and 111, or consent of 
instructor. A Iternate years. 

343 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE 

A study of the principles, theories, develop- 
ment, and policies concerning international 
economic relations, with particular reference to 
the United States. Subjects covered include: 
U.S. commercial policy and its development, 
international trade theory, tariffs and other 
protectionist devices, international monetary 
system and its problems, balance of payments 
issues. Alternate years. Prerequisites: ECON 
llOandlll. 



349 

MANAGEMENT PRACTICUM 

An apprentice-level work experience for 
junior or senior economics majors jointly 
sponsored by the department and a public or 
private agency (or a subdivision of the college 
itself) designed to better integrate classroom 
theory and workplace practice. In addition to 
attendance at a weekly seminar, students will 
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring 
agency per unit of credit. At least one-half of 
the effort expended will consist of academic 
work related to agency activities. 

440 

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT 

A discussion of the origins, development, 
and significance of the economic ideas embodiec 
in the works of Smith, Marx, Schumpeter, 
Keynes, and others. Prerequisite: ECON 110 
or consent of instructor. A Iternate years. 

441 

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS 

The application of economic theory and 
methodology to the solution of business 
problems. Subjects include: optimizing 
techniques, risk analysis, demand theory, 
production theory, cost theory, linear pro- 
gramming, capital budgeting, market struc- 
tures, and the theory of pricing. Prerequisites: 
ECON llOandlll. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically off-campus in business, banking, 
or government, supervised by assigned em- 
ployee of sponsoring organization. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Superior students may select independent 
study in various courses, particularly in 
preparation for graduate school. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



@ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



EDUCATION 

• 




EDUCATION (EDuc) 

Assistant Professors: Chamberlain, 
Hungerford (Chairperson), Jones 

Part-time Instructors: Franz-Fry, Gordon, 
Patterson, Rhinehart, Salvatori 

The Education department offers Pennsyl- 
/ania-approved teacher certification programs 
n elementary, secondary. Art (K-12), Foreign 
Language (K-12), Music (K-12), and Special 
Education (Cognitive, Behavior and Physical/ 
health Disabilities). Education is not a major 
it Lycoming College. All students wishing to 
)e certified in Elementary, Secondary Educa- 
ion areas, K-12 areas, or Special Education 
Tiust choose a major from any offered by the 
I^oUege. 

All students seeking teacher certification 
nust complete EDUC 200 with at least a B- 
)r consent of the department within the five 
('ears before applying for the professional 
>emester. All students must complete a 
ninimum of 30 hours of observations and 
3articipation with the assigned cooperating 
eacher during the semester prior to their 
professional semester. 

Students seeking elementary teacher 
certification must complete PSY 138, EDUC 
)00, 340, 341, 342, 343, and 344 prior to 
5eing accepted to the professional semester. 

Students seeking secondary teacher 
certification must complete PSY 1 38 and 
EDUC 239 prior to being accepted to the 

!0O4-O5 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



professional semester as well as the necessary 
subject area courses. Students may earn 
secondary certification in one or more of the 
following certification areas: biology, chemis- 
try, citizenship (economics, history, political 
science), general science (astronomy, physics, 
biology, chemistry), mathematics, physics, and 
social sciences (psychology, sociology- 
anthropology). 

Students seeking K-12 certification must 
complete PSY 138 and EDUC 239 and the 
necessary subject area courses prior to being 
accepted to the pro-fessional semester. 
Students may earn K-12 certification in one or 
more of the following areas: Art, Music, 
French, GeriTian, and Spanish. 

Students seeking Special Education certifica- 
tion must complete PSY 138, PSY 216, EDUC 
000, 230, 330, 331, 332, 344, and 430 prior to 
being accepted to the professional semester. 

Students interested in the teacher education 
program should refer to the Teacher Education 
Handbook, which specifies the current require- 
ments for certification. Early consultation with 
a member of the Education Department is 
strongly recommended. Application for the 
professional semester must be made during the 
fall semester of the junior year. 

The Department of Education admits to the 
professional semester applicants who have 

(a) completed the participation requirements, 

(b) paid the student teaching fee, (c) obtained a 
recommendation from the student's major 
department, (d) passed a screening and 
interview conducted by the Education Depart- 
ment, (e) passed the PPST Reading, Writing, 
and Math portions of the NTE exam, and 

(f) achieved an overall grade point average of 
3.00 or better. Major departments have 
different criteria for their recommendations; 
therefore, the student should consult with the 
chairperson of the major department about 
those requirements. The Pennsylvania state 
requirements override any contractual agree- 
ment the student teacher has with the college 
via the catalogue under which they were 
admitted. 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



EDUCATION 



Additional teacher intern program informa- 
tion can be found on page 50. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: EDUC 239, 343, 344, and 447. 

000 

SEMINAR IN ART, MUSIC, PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION, and MATH ACTIVITIES 

Each elementary student teacher attends a 
series of 24 seminars, conducted prior to 
student teaching, during the fall semester of 
the senior year. These seminars, conducted by 
certified public school personnel, emphasize 
activities and knowledge which are helpful in 
the self-contained elementary classroom. Non- 
credit course. 

200 

INTRODUCTION TO THE 
STUDY OF EDUCATION 

A study of teaching as a profession with 
emphasis on the economic, social, political, and 
religious conditions which influence American 
schools and teachers. Consideration is given to 
the school environment, the curriculum, and the 
children with the intention that students will 
examine more rationally their own motives for 
entering the profession. 

230 

INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL 
EDUCATION 

This course covers historical, philosophical, 
and legal perspectives related to exceptional 
students. All major areas of exceptionality are 
covered including those who are categorized 
as "gifted." A study of typical and atypical 
development of children provides the basis for 
an in-depth study of the characteristics and 
classifications of exceptional students. An 
emphasis is placed upon the ethical and 
professional behaviors of teachers of students 
with disabilities in special education and/or 
regular classrooms settings including multi- 
cultural and multilingual situations. Prerequi- 
site: EDUC 200 or consent of department. 



232 

INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 

AND COMMUNICATIONS 

A study of the value, design, construction, 
and application of the visual and auditory aids 
to learning. Practical experience in the handlinj 
of audio-visual equipment and materials is 
provided. Application of audio- visual tech- 
niques. Application of the visual and auditory 
aids to learning. Students will plan and carry 
out actual teaching assignments utilizing variou 
A-V devices. ■ 

239 

MIDDLE AND SECONDARY SCHOOL 
CURRICLUM AND INSTRUCTION 

An examination of the various curricula of 
the public schools and their relationship to 
current practices. Special attention will be 
given to development of the curriculum, state 
and national curriculum standards, and criteria 
for the evaluation of curricula and student pro- 
gress. A particular emphasis will be placed 
upon emerging issues and technology as they 
relate to curriculum. Emphasis will be placed 
upon the curriculum work within the teaching 
field of each individual. Prerequisites: PSY 138 
and EDUC 200, or consent of instructor. 

330 

READING FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS: 
ASSESSMENT AND INSTRUCTION 

This course provides students seeking 
certification in Special Education with a course 
that addresses the assessment tools and the 
teaching strategies for evaluating reading need; 
skills, and strengths and with specific teaching i 
strategies to help special needs students 
accomplish reading success. Prerequisite: 
EDUC 344 or consent of department. 

331 

CURRICULUM AND ASSESSMENT FOR 
STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES 

This course provides information and 
experiences in assessment strategies, curriculur 
requirements, and planning for students with 
disabilities. Legal and ethical issues are 
covered. Curriculum for early intervention, 
elementary and secondary education, and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOd 



EDUCATION 



transition planning for adult life are included. 
Prerequisite: EDUC 230. 

333 

PROGRAMS AND SERVICES FOR 
INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES 
j This course investigates community based- 
services, professional organizations, support 
programs for parents and students, assistive 
technologies, and related services such as 
occupational therapy and counseling. Theo- 
retical perspectives of emotional and behav- 
ioral disorders and educational approaches to 
behavioral issues are discussed. Group 
processes and communication are studied. 
Significant field experiences are required. 
Prerequisite or co-requisite: EDUC 331. 

340 

TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

This course is intended for prospective 
elemen- taiy and middle school teachers and is 
required for all those seeking elementary 
certification. Topics include number systems, 
computational algorithms, measurement, 
geometry, and children's development of 
mathematical concepts. Includes an emphasis 
on adapting instruction for diverse learners. 
Prerequisites: PSY 138, EDUC 200, and t\vo 
courses in mathematics; or consent of instnictor. 

341 

TEACHING THE SOCIAL STUDIES IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Studies and experiences to develop a basic 
understanding of the structure, concepts, and 
processes of anthropology, economics, 
geography, history, political science, and 
sociology as they relate to the elementary 
school social science curriculum. Practical 
applications, demonstrations of methods, and 
the development of integrated teaching units 
using tests, reference books, films, and other 
teaching materials. Obser\'ation and 
participation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY 
138, or consent of instructor. 



342 

TEACHING SCIENCE IN 

THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Science methods and materials interpreting 
children's science experiences and guiding the 
development of the scientific concepts. A study 
of the science content of the curriculum, its 
material and use. Observation and participation 
in Lycoming County elementary schools. 
Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY 138, or 
consent of instructor. 

343 

TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS AND 
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

A course designed to consider means of 
communication, oral and written, including 
both practical and creative uses. Attention will 
be given to listening, speaking, written 
expression, linguistics and grammar, and 
spelling. Stress will be placed upon the 
interrelatedness of the language arts. Chil- 
dren's literature will be explored as a vehicle 
for developing creative characteristics in 
children and for ensuring an appreciation of the 
creative writing of others. Observation and 
participation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY 
138, or consent of instructor. 

344 

TEACHING READING IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

A basic course in the philosophy and 
rationale for the implementation of an elemen- 
tary reading program fiom kindergarten through 
sixth grade. Emphasis is upon designing a 
reading instructional program which reflects 
the nature of the learning process and recog- 
nizes principles of child development through 
examination of the principles, problems, 
methods, and materials used in elementary 
reading programs. Prerequisite: EDUC 200 
or PSY 138, or consent of instructor. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



EDUCATION 



The Professional Semester 

Students are considered full time when 
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those 
students needing an additional course must 
comply with the standards stated in the 
College catalog. 

The Elementary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the Elemen- 
tary Professional Semester: 

EDUC 445 Methods of Teaching 

in the Elementary School 

EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 
American Education 

EDUC 448 Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School 

445 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

The course emphasizes the relationship 
between the theoretical studies of physical, 
social and cognitive development and the 
elementary classroom environment. Particular 
consideration will be given to the appropriate 
age and developmental level of the students 
with an emphasis upon selection and 
utilization of methods in all the elementary 
subject areas, including art and music. Spe- 
cific attention is given to the development of 
strategies for structuring lesson plans, for 
maintaining classroom control, and for overall 
classroom management. Direct application is 
made to the individual student teaching 
experience. Prerequisites: EDUC 000, 340, 
341, 342, 343, and 344, and pre- 
stitdent teaching participation. 

447 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
challenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
related to the student teaching experience. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



448 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the supervi- 
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in an 
elementary school. Student teachers are 
required to follow the calendar of the school 
district to which they are assigned. Two units 
maximum. 

The Secondary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the 
Secondary Professional Semester: 

EDUC 446 Methods ofTeaching in the Middle 
Level and Secondary Schools 

EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 
American Education 

EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the 
Secondary School 

The K-12 Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the K-12 

Professional Semester: 

EDUC 445 or 446 Elementary or Secondary 
Methods 

EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 

American Education 

EDUC 448 Student Teaching in the 

Elementary Schools 
(4 semester hours/6 weeks) 

EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the 

Secondary Schools 
(4 semester hours/6 weeks) 

446 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN MIDDLE 
LEVEL AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS 
(PART OF THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

A study of materials, methods, and 
techniques with emphasis on the student's 
major. Specific attention is given to structuring 
unit and lesson plans, maintaining 
classroom discipline, and to overall classroom 
management. Stress is placed on the selection 
and utilization of a variety of strategies, 
materials, and technologies to support learning 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



EDUCATION 



for a diverse student population. Students 
teach demonstration lessons in the presence of 
the instructor and members of the class and 
observe superior teachers in Lycoming County 
middle and secondary schools. Prerequisites: 
EDUC200, PSY 138, and pre-student 
teaching participation. 

447 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
challenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
related to the student teaching experience. 

449 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional laboratory experience under 
the supervision of a selected cooperating 
teacher in a secondary school. Student 
teachers are required to follow the calendar of 
the school district to which they are assigned. 
T\vo units maximum. 

The Special Education 
Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the Special 
Education Professional Semester: 



EDUC 430 
EDUC431 
EDUC 432 

EDUC 433 



Methods of Teaching 

Students with Special Needs 

Current Issues in Special 

Education 

Student Teaching in the 

Elementary School 

(4 semester hours/7 weeks) 

Student Teaching in the 

Secondary School 

(4 semester hours/7 weeks) 



\ 



430 

METHODS OF TEACHING STUDENTS 
WITH SPECIAL NEEDS (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

This course addresses planning and 
methods for teaching students with disabilities 
in all content areas. Integration of content and 
skill areas, least restrictive environment 
strategies including inclusion and resource 
room settings, and technology are stressed. 
Prerequisites or co-requisites: EDUC 330, 
331, 332, and 344. 

431 

CURRENT ISSUES IN SPECL\L EDUCATION 
(PART OF THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 
This capstone course for Special Education 
requires students to reflect upon their course 
of study, field experiences, and student 
teaching; to research and analyze current 
issues in the field; and to complete their 
professional portfolios. The content of the 
course will vary according to the needs of 
students, current events, and issues in Special 
Education. 

432 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL FOR 
SPECIAL EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the supervi- 
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in an 
elementary school. Student teachers are 
required to follow the calendar of the school 
district to which they are assigned. 

433 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL FOR 
SPECIAL EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the supervi- 
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in a 
secondary school. Student teachers are 
required to follow the calendar of the school 
district to which they are assigned. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMINGCOLLEGE 



ENGLISH 




ENGLISH (ENGL) 

Professors: Feinstein (Chairperson), Hawkes, 

Moses, Rife 
Associate Professors: Hafer, Lewes 
Visiting Professor: Stuart 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Preston 

Tlie department offers two programs 
leading to the major in Enghsh: 

Track I - English Major in Literature 

This track is designed for students who 
choose Enghsh as a hberal arts major that pre- 
pares them for a wide range of career options; 
for students who choose Enghsh as their subject 
area for elementary certification or who wish to 
earn secondary certification in English; for 
students who wish to improve their verbal and 
analytic ability in preparation for a specific 
career, such as technical writing, business, or 
law; and for students who intend to pursue 
graduate study in British or American literature. 

A minimum often courses is required for 
Track I. Required courses are ENGL 2 1 7; 220; 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



22 1 ; two courses selected from 222, 223, 227; 
two from 31 1,3 12, 3 13, 314, and 3 15; one 
from 335 and 336; two electives from among 
courses numbered 2 1 5 and above; and the 
Capstone Experience. 

Students who wish to earn secondary teacher 
certification must complete a minimum of 
twelve courses in English. Required courses 
are ENGL 2 1 7; 220; 22 1 ; 335; 336; 338; two 
courses from 222, 223, 227; three courses from 
3 11, 3 12, 3 13, 3 14, and 3 15; one elective from 
among courses numbered 2 1 5 and above; and 
the Capstone Experience. Required courses 
outside English are EDUC 200, 239, 446, 447, 
and 449; PSY 1 10 and 138; and THEA 100. 
Students who intend to pursue graduate 
study in British or American literature should 
^ complete the twelve English courses specified 
for secondary certification and, as part of that 
sequence, take ENGL 449, Advanced Criti- 
cism, as their English elective. 

Track II - English Major in Creative Writing 

This track is designed for students who 
aspire to careers as professional writers, as 
editors, and as publishers; for students who 
plan to continue studies in an M.F. A. or M. A. 
program; or for students who would like to 
discover their creative potential while pursuing 
a fundamental liberal arts education. 

A minimum often courses is required for 
Track IL Required courses are ENGL 240; 
two courses selected from 220, 221, 222, 223, 
225, and 227; two from 31 1, 312, 313, 314 
and 315; one from 331 or 332; one from 335 
and 336; two from 34 1 , 342, 44 1 , and 442 
(note prerequisites); and one from 411 or 412. 

Students who wish to earn secondary 
teacher certification must complete a minimum 
of twelve courses in English. Required 
courses are ENGL 240, 335, 336, 338; two 
courses selected from 220, 221, 222, 223, 225, 
and 227; two from 31 1, 312, 313, 314, and 
315; one from 331 and 332; two from 341, 
342, 441, 442 (note prerequisites); and one 
from 41 1 and 412; ENGL 217 recommended. 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC C ATALOC 



ENGLISH 



Required courses outside English are EDUC 
200, 446, 447, and 449; PSY 1 10 and 138; and 
THE A 100. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: ENGL 332 and 334. 
The following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ENGL 218, 225, 31 1, 334, 336, 
and 338. 

Capstone Experience 

Seniors in the literature track must hand in 
a portfolio of writing during the first week of 
their final semester. The portfolio must 
include four major papers from English 
courses and a self-assessment essay. Seniors 
in the creative writing track must successfully 
complete either ENGL 41 1 or ENGL 412. 

Minors 

The department offers two minors in 
English: 

Literature: Five courses in literature at the 
200 level or above, at least three of which 
must be numbered 300 or above. 

Writing: Five courses, four of which are 
chosen from ENGL 217, 218, 240, 322, and 
338; plus one writing-intensive course in 
literature at the 300 level. 

106 

COMPOSITION 

Extensive practice in analytical writing. 
Special emphasis on developing the composing 
skills needed to articulate and defend a 
position in various situations requiring the use 
of written English. Credit may not be earned 
for both 106 and 107. 

107 

HONORS COMPOSITION 

Extensive practice in analytical writing. 
Special emphasis on developing the writing 
skills of students who have the potential to 
benefit from advanced work. Placement by 
examination only. Credit may not be earned 
for both 106 and 107. 



215 

INTRODUCTION TO 
LITERARY INTERPRETATION 

Practice in the methods of close reading and 
formal analysis. Identification of primary elements 
and structures of literary representation. Literature 
chosen for study will vary. Prerequisite: ENGL 
1 06 or] 7, or consent qfinstnictor. 

Ill 

CRITICAL WRITING SEMINAR 

An introduction to writing critically about 
literary texts. Workshop setting offers intensive 
practice in the writing and critiquing of papers. 
Designed for beginning students of literature. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. Not open to Juniors or seniors 
except for newly declared majors or with 
consent of instructor. 

218 

CLASSICAL AND MODERN RHETORIC 
An exploration of the province, content, 
strategies, and techniques comprising ancient 
and modem discourse, with particular emphasis 
on written lines of argument. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

220 

BRITISH LITERATURE I 

A survey of literary fonns, dominate ideas, 
and major authors from the Anglo-Saxon period 
through the 1 8* century. Emphasis on such 
writers as Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, 
Milton, Swift, Pope, and Johnson; representa- 
tive works from Beowulf to Bumey's Evelina. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. 

221 

BRITISH LITERATURE II 

Literary movements and authors from the 
beginnings of Romanticism to the end of the 1 9th 
century. Particular emphasis on such writers as 
Wordsworth, Shelley, Keats, Tennyson, 
Browning, Carlyle, Arnold, Hardy, and Yeats. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMINGCOLLEGE 



ENGLISH 



222 

AMERICAN LITERATURE I 

Survey of American literature from the 
beginning to 1 865, with major emphasis on the 
writers of the Romantic period: Poe, Emerson, 
Thoreau, Hawthorne, Melville, Dickinson, and 
Whitman. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. 

223 

AMERICAN LITERATURE II 

Survey of American literature from 1865 
to 1 945 , emphasizing such authors as Twain, 
James, Crane, Hemingway, Faulkner, Frost, 
Eliot, Stevens, O'Neill, and Williams. Prerequi- 
site: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

225 

CLASSICAL LITERATURE 

A study, in translation, of Greek and Roman 
works that have influenced Western writers. 
Literary forms studied include epic, drama, 
satire, and love poetiy. Writers studied include 
Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, 
Virgil, Juvenal, Horace, Lucretius, and Ovid. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or J 07, or consent of 
instructor. 

Ill 

AMERICAN LITERATURE III 

Survey of American literature from 1945 to 
the present, focusing on such writers as Bellow, 
O'Connor, Updike, Roth, Morrison, Bishop, 
Lowell, Ginsberg, and Plath. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor 

240 

INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING 

Workshop discussions, stmctured exercises, 
and readings in contemporary literature to 
provide practice and basic instruction in the 
writing and evaluation of poetry and fiction. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. 

311 

MEDIEVAL LITERATURE 

Readings in Old and Middle English poetry 
and prose from Bede's Ecclesiastical History 
to Malory's Arthurian romance. Study of lyric. 



narrative, drama, and romance with emphasis 
on the cultural context from which these fornif 
emerge. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instirictor. Alternate years. 

312 

RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 

An examination of themes and literary 
forms of the Renaissance. Authors studied 
will include Donne, Marlowe, More, 
Shakespeare, Sidney, Spenser, and Surrey. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent o 
instructor. Alternate years. 

313 

RESTORATION AND 
18TH-CENTURY LITERATURE 

Consideration of selected themes, writers, 
or modes of Restoration and 1 8th-century 
literature ( 1 660- 1 800) with emphasis on the 
social, political, and intellectual life of that era. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent 
of instructor. Alternate years. 

314 

ROMANTIC LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, 
and themes of the Romantic period ( 1 789- 
1832) with emphasis on the social, political, 
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

315 

VICTORIAN LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, 
and themes of the Victorian period (1832- 
1901 ) with emphasis on the social, political, 
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

322 

ADVANCED WRITING: 

THE CREATIVE ESSAY 

A course in which students from all 
disciplines learn to explore and define them- 
selves through the essay, a fonn used to 
express the universal through the particular 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^0 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ENGLISH 



ind the personal. Readings will include 
essayists from Montaigne to Gould. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
ns true tor. Alternate years. 

BI 

VIODERN AND CONTEMPORARY FICTION 

Examination of the novels and short fiction 
)f such major writers as Conrad, Woolf, 
foyce, Faulkner, Fowles, and Nabokov, with 
;pecial emphasis on the relationship of their 
vorks to concepts of modernism. Prerequi- 
nte: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent oj inst)-uctor. 

$32 

V40DERN AND CONTEMPORARY POETRY 

Studies in the themes and visions of 
nodem and contemporary poets, beginning 
vith Yeats and the American Modernists, 
;overing a variety of central movements (such 
IS the Harlem Renaissance), and concluding 
vith a range of multi-cultural authors. Prereq- 
lisite: ENGL 106 or 107 or consent of 
nstructor. 

133 

[HE NOVEL 

An examination primarily of British and 
American works from the 1 8th century to the 
)resent, focusing on the novel's ability — since 
ts explosive inception — to redefine its own 
)0undaries. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, 
n- consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

134 

VOMEN AND LITERATURE 

An examination — literary, social, and 
listorical — of literature by women represent- 
ng diverse cultures. Each course will examine 
I particular theme significant to women writers 
"rom more than one cultural background. 
■Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
nstructor. A I tenia te years. 

135 

:haucer 

Concentrated study of The Canterbury 
^ales with emphasis on the variety of medieval 
larrative genres represented. Chaucer's Tales 



will be read in Middle English. The course 
includes a brief study of language development 
to Chaucer, a study of Middle English suffi- 
cient to comprehend Chaucer, and an examina- 
tion of the cultural traditions that inform 
Chaucer's works. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 
107. or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

336 

SHAKESPEARE 

A study of representative plays in the 
context of Shakespeare's life and times. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent 
of instructor. Alternate years. 

338 

LINGUISTICS 

An intensive look at the English language, 
focusing on three grammatical systems (tradi- 
tional, structural, transfomiational) to identify 
their strengths and weaknesses. Attention is 
also given to larger issues, including language 
change, the politics of language, the creation of 
meaning, language acquisition, and dialects. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. A Iternate years. 

341 

POETRY WORKSHOP I 

An intemiediate workshop focusing on the 
writing of poetry and methods of analysis. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL 
240, or consent of instructor. 

342 

FICTION WORKSHOP I 

An intemiediate course in the writing of short 
fiction in a workshop environment, where the 
student is trained to hear language at work. 
Emphasis on characterization and story. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL 
240. or consent of instructor. 

411 

FORM AND THEORY: POETRY 

Principles of meter, rhyme, fornial structure, 
and traditional and contemporary poetic forms 
will be studied through readings, discussion, 
and exercises. Designed to enhance skills in both 



004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^R 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGLISH 

• 



practical criticism and in creative writing, this 
course will pay particular attention to theories 
concerned with the relationship between fonn 
and content in poetry. Prerequisite: ENGL 341 
or consent oj instructor. Alternate years. 

412 

FORM AND THEORY: FICTION 

A course that examines philosophical and 
aesthetic theories of fiction, and the resulting 
fiction based on those theories. Authors will 
most likely include Aiistotle, Calvino, Gardner, 
Gass, and Nabokov. Prerequisite: ENGL 342 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

420 

SELECTED WRITERS 

An intensive study of no more than three 
writers, selected on the basis of student and 
faculty interest. Possible combinations 
include: Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner; 
O'Connor, Welty, and Porter; Spenser and 
Milton; Hawthorne, Melville, and Dickens; 
Woolf, Forster, and Lawrence; Joyce and 
Yeats. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

421 

TOPICS IN LITERATURE 

Examination of a literary theme, idea, or 
movement as it appears in one or more types 
of literature and as it cuts across various 
epochs. Possible topics include: American 
Novelists and Poets of the Jazz Age and 
Depression; The Bible and Literature; Gothic 
Tradition in American Literature; Mystery and 
Detective Fiction; The Hero in Literature. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent 
of instructor. Alternate years. 

441 

POETRY WORKSHOP 11 

An advanced workshop in the writing of 
poetry. Students will receive intensive anal- 
ysis of their own work and acquire experience 
in evaluating the work of their peers. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 341. 



442 

FICTION WORKSHOP II 

An advanced course in the writing of short 
fiction. Emphasis on the complexities of voice 
and tone. The student will be encouraged to 
develop and control his or her individual style 
and produce publishable fiction. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 342. 

449 

ADVANCED CRITICISM 

Reading and discussion in the theory and 
history of criticism. Examination of both 
traditional and contemporary ideas about the 
value and nature of literary expression and its 
place in human culture generally. Work in the 
course includes practical as well as theoretical 
use of the ideas and methods of critical 
inquiry. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. A Iternate years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The department provides internships in 
editing, legal work, publishing, and technical 
writing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include the role of Pennsyl- 
vania in the fiction of John O'Hara; the 
changing image of women in American art anc 
literature ( 1 890- 1 945 ); the hard-boiled 
detective novel; contemporary women writers 
and Milton's use of the Bible in Paradise Lost 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR j 

DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

Recent projects include "The Function of 
the Past in the Fiction of William Faulkner" \ 
and "Illusion, Order, and Art in the Novels of I 
Virginia Woolf" t 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^m 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALO 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



"^^b/^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H^^^^^H 'SHU 



FOREIGN 
LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURES 

Associate Professors: Buedel, Kingery 

Assistant Professors: Heysel (Chairperson), 

Lewis 

/isiting Assistant Professor: Cartal-Falk, 

/isiting Instructors: McNemey, Tira 

*art-time Instructor: Hunter 

Study of foreign languages and literatures 
)ffers opportunity to explore broadly the 
varieties of human experience and thought. It 
;ontributes both to personal and to interna- 
ional understanding by providing competence 
n a foreign language and a critical acquain- 
ance with the literature and culture of foreign 
)eoples. A major can serve as a gateway to 
:areers in business, government, publishing, 

004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



education, journalism, social agencies, translat- 
ing, and writing. It prepares for graduate work 
in literature or linguistics and the international 
fields of politics, business, law, health, and area 
studies. 

MAJOR FIELDS OF STUDY 

French, German, and Spanish are offered as 
major fields of study. The major consists of at 
least 32 semester hours of courses numbered 
1 1 1 and above. Students who intend to pursue 
graduate study in a foreign language should 
take additional 300- and 400-level courses. 
Majors seeking teacher certification are 
advised to begin the study of a second foreign 
language. 

The department encourages students to 
consider allied courses from related fields, a 
second major, or an interdisciplinary major 
such as International Studies. 

STUDY ABROAD AND INTERNSHIPS 

The department recommends that all 
language majors study abroad in a Lycoming 
College affiliate program or in a department- 
approved program. Students seeking teacher 
certification are required to study abroad for a 
minimum of eight weeks, although a semester- 
length program is recommended. Lycoming 
offers affiliate programs in France (Universite 
de Grenoble), Spain (Tandem Escuela 
Intemacional or Estudio Sampere) and 
Ecuador (Estudio Sampere). Approved 
programs in Austria, Germany, and Switzer- 
land include the Institute for International 
Education, the Goethe Institute, and 
Universitat Frieburg. Students who intend to 
study abroad should begin planning with their 
major advisor by the first week of the semester 
prior to departure. To qualify, students must 
have sophomore standing or higher, an overall 
GPA of 2.50, a GPA of 3.00 in language 
courses, and recommendation from faculty in 
the major. Overseas internships are offered 
through approved programs. They typically 
require substantial language skills and junior or 
senior standing. 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



CAPSTONE EXPERIENCE 

All foreign language majors are required to 
pass two semesters of FLL 449 (Junior-Senior 
Colloquium). In addition, all majors must 
complete at least two of the following six 
options: (1) appropriate study abroad for a 
minimum of 8 weeks; (2) an internship; 
(3) department-approved volunteer work or 
tutoring in the foreign language; (4) FRN 418, 
GERM 418, or SPAN 418 with a grade of C 
or better; (5) secondary teaching certification 
in French, German, or Spanish; (6) a Praxis 
test in French, German, or Spanish passed 
with a score approved by the department. 

If the colloquia and other two require- 
ments have not been met by the end of the 
first semester of the senior year, the student 
must submit to the chair of the department a 
plan signed by the advisor showing when and 
how these requirements will be completed. 

TEACHER CERTIFICATION 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 99. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURES (FLL) 

338 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE: 

SYSTEMS AND PROCESS 

Study of basic linguistic concepts as a tool for 
language learning and teaching. Discussion and 
application of language teaching techniques, 
including work in the language laboratory. 
Designed for future teachers of one or more 
languages and normally taken in the junior year. 
Students should arrange through the Department 
of Education to fijlfill the requirements of a 
participation experience in area schools in the 
same semester. Prerequisite: Consent of 
instructor. Taught in English. Does not count 
toward majors in French, German, and Spanish. 

449 

JUNIOR-SENIOR COLLOQUIUM 

This colloquium offers French, German, 
and Spanish majors the opportunity to meet 

LYCOMING COLLEGE ■ 



regularly with peers, professors, and invited 
guest speakers to discuss linguistic, literary, 
cultural, and pedagogical topics. Each student 
enrolled in 449 is required to deliver at least 
one oral presentation of approximately 20 
minutes in a language other than English in 
their second semester. Prerequisite: junior 
standing. The department recommends that, 
when possible, students take one semester of 
449 during their junior year and another 
semester during their senior year Taught in 
English. The Colloquium will meet a minimum 
of 6 times during the semester for 1 hour each 
session. After successful completion of two 
semesters of the Colloquium, a student may 
enroll for additional semesters on a pass-fail 
basis and no orcd presentation will be re- 
quired. Non-credit course. 

FRENCH (FRN) 

Major 

A major consists of a minimum of 32 
semester hours of FRN courses numbered 1 1 1 
and above or approved courses from a Study 
Abroad program, including at least eight 
semester hours from the 400 level, not includ- 
ing FLL 449. French majors must pass at least 
two semesters of FLL 449 and complete two c 
the additional requirements as explained under 
Capstone Experience. Students who wish to b( 
certified for secondary teaching must complete 
the major with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass 
FRN 221-222, 228, 418, and FLL 338 (the 
latter two courses with a grade of B or better), 

The following course satisfies the cultural 
diversity requirement: FRN 311. The following 
courses, when scheduled as a W course, count 
toward the writing intensive requirement: FRN 
222 and FRN 412. 

Minor 

A minor in French consists of at least 16 
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted 
towards the minor, but then the minor must 
consist of at least 20 semester hours of 
courses, 12 hours of which must be numbered 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



100 or above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY FRENCH 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
icquire the fundamentals of the language with 
I view to using them. Regular practice in 
;peaking, understanding, and reading. 
'Prerequisite for 102: FRN 101 or equivalent. 

11-112 

NTERMEDIATE FRENCH 

Review and development of the fundamen- 
als of the language for immediate use in 
peaking, understanding, and reading, with a 
'iew to building confidence in self-expression. 
'Prerequisite for 111: FRN 102 or equivalent; 
or 112: FRN HI or equivalent. 

121-222 

:ONVERSATION, REVIEW, 

^ND COMPOSITION 

Intensive discussion and writing on a 
'ariety of subjects in conjunction with contem- 
lorary readings. Focus on phonetics, pronun- 
iation and in-depth grammar review including 
he study of French stylistics, semantics and 
yntax. Designed to provide greater breadth 
nd fluency in spoken and written French. 
Prerequisite for FRN 221: FRN 1 12 or 
quivalent; for FRN 222: FRN 221. 

11 

40DERN FRANCE 

A course designed to familiarize students 
vhh social and political structures and cultural 
ttitudes in contemporary French and 
'rancophone societies. Material studied may 
nclude such documents as newspaper articles, 
nter\'iews and sociological surveys, and 
eadings in history, religion, anthropology, and 
he arts. Some attention to the changing 
ducation system and the family and to events 
nd ideas which have shaped French-speaking 
ocieties. Includes some comparative study of 
"ranee and the United States. Prerequisite: 
''RN 221 or eonsent of instruetor. Alternate 
ears. 



315 

INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH AND 
FRANCOPHONE LITERATURES 

Diverse readings in this course draw from 
both French and Francophone literatures and 
represent significant literary movements from 
the Middle Ages to the present. The course is 
designed to acquaint the student with literary 
concepts and terms, genre study and the basic 
skills of literary analysis. Prerequisite: FRN 
222 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

321 

SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS 
IN LITERATURE 

Examination of significant cultural or 
literary topics concerning the French-speaking 
world. Possible topics or genres include: 
Francophone short stories; modem French 
theatre; French-speaking women writers; 
French and Francophone poetry; Paris and the 
Avant-garde. Prerequisites: FRN 222, 311; 
or consent of instructor. May be repeated for 
credit with consent of instructor. 

412 

FRENCH LITERATURE OF 
THE 19TH CENTURY 

The dimensions of the Romantic sensibility: 
Musset, Hugo, Madame de Stael, Vigny, 
Balzac, Stendhal, Sand; realism and naturalism 
in the novels of Flaubert and Zola; and 
reaction in the poetry of Baudelaire, 
Desbordes-Valmore, Rimbaud, Verlaine, and 
Mallanne. Prerequisite: At least one French 
course from the 300 level. Alternate years. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who wish to improve further their spoken and 
written French. Includes work in oral compre- 
hension, phonetics, pronunciation, oral and 
written composition, and translation. Prereq- 
uisites: Either two French 300 level courses 
or one French 400 level course; or consent of 
instructor. 



D04-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



O 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



426 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN FRENCH 
AND FRANCOPHONE LITERATURE AND 
CULTURE 

Readings of important works and move- 
ments in modem French and/or Francophone 
literature and culture. Reading selections may 
focus on a particular genre or they may be a 
combination of drama, poetry and prose. 
Possible topics include: 20th century poetry; 
French cinema; children's literature; surrealism 
and the avant-garde; the Francophone novel; 
French literature and art between the wars. 
Prerequisites: Either two French 300 level 
courses or one French 400 level course, or 
consent of instructor. May be repeated for 
credit with consent of instructor. 

421 

FRENCH LITERATURE OF 

THE 20TH CENTURY 

Representative poets and novelists of 
modem France. Readings selected from the 
works of authors such as Proust, Colette, 
Gide, Aragon, Giono, Mauriac, Celine, 
Malraux, Saint-Exupery, Camus, the "new 
novelists" (Robbe-Grillet, Butor, Sarraute, Le 
Clezio), Duras, and the poetry of ApoUinaire, 
Valery, the Surrealists (Breton, Reverdy, 
Eluard, Char), Saint-John Perse, Supervielle, 
Prevert, and others. Prerequisite: At least 
one French course from the 300 level. 
Alternate years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in French include 
translation. Existentialism, the classical period, 
enlightenment literature, and Saint-Exupery. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



GERMAN (GERM) 

Major I 

A major consists of a minimum of 32 
semester hours of GERM courses numbered 1 1 
and above or approved courses from a Study 
Abroad program. GERM 426 or 441 is require 
of all majors. German majors must pass at leas 
two semesters of FEE 449 and complete two oi 
the additional requirements as explained under 
Capstone Experience on page 110. 

Students who wish to be certified for 
secondary teaching must complete the major 
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass GERM 221- 
222, 323, 325, 418, and either 426 or 44 1 . In 
addition to the 32 semester hours of courses foi 
the major, they must also pass FEE 338 and 
GERM 418 with a grade of B or better. All 
majors are urged to enroll in HIST 416, MUS 
336, PSCI 221, and THEA 335. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: GERM 22 1 and 222. 
The following course, when scheduled as a W 
course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: GERM 441. 

Minor 

A minor in Gernian consists of at least 16 

semester hours of courses numbered 221 and 

above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted 

toward the minor, but then the minor must 

consist of at least 20 semester hours of courses 

12 hours of which must be numbered 200 or 

above. One unit of FEE 225 may be included i 

the minor with permission. 

« 

101-102 I 

ELEMENTARY GERMAN I 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to . 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with 
view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. Prerequ 
site for 102: GERM 101 or equivalent. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 

This sequence of courses reviews and 
develops the fundamentals of the language for 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES ANDLITERATURES 



immediate use in speaking, understanding, and 
reading with a view to building confidence in 
self-expression. Prerequisite for 111: GERM 
102 or equivalent: for 112: GERM 1 1 1 or 
equivalent. 

221-222 

COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW 
AND LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

This sequence of courses is designed to 
review and develop skills in speaking, listening, 
writing and reading. Grammar and vocabulary 
building are stressed with intensive review, 
writing practice and some reading on contem- 
porary issues in German-speaking countries. 
Prerequisite for 221 : GERM 112 or equiva- 
lent: for 222: GERM 221. 

321 

SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS 
IN LITERATURE 

Examination of significant cultural or 
literary topics concerning the German-speaking 
world. Possible topics or genres include: the 
Gennan Novelle; modem German theatre; the 
fairy tale; German poetry. Prerequisite: 
GERM 222 or consent of instructor. May be 
repeated for credit with consent of instructor. 

323 

SURVEY OF GERMAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION I 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of German literature, 
representative authors, and major cultural 
developments in Germany, Austria, and 
Switzerland. The course deals with literature 
and culture from the Early Middle Ages 
through the 1 8th century. Prerequisite: 
GERM 222 or consent of instructor. 

325 

SURVEY OF GERMAN 
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION II 
Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of German literature, 
representative authors, and major cultural 
developments in Germany, Austria, and 
Switzerland. The course deals with literature 

2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



and culture from the 1 9th century through the 
1960's. Prerequisite: GERM 222 or consent 
of instructor. 

411 

THE NOVELLE 

The German Novelle as a genre relating to 
various literary periods. Prerequisite: GERM 
323 or 325, or consent of instructor. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who want to improve their spoken and written 
German. Includes work in oral comprehen- 
sion, phonetics, pronunciation, oral and 
written composition, translation, and the 
development of the language and its relation- 
ship to English. Prerequisite: GERM 222 or 
consent of instructor. 

426 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN GERMAN 
LITERATURE AND CULTURE 

The study of important works and move- 
ments in modem German literature and culture. 
Reading selections may focus on a particular 
genre or they may be a combination of drama, 
poetry and prose. Possible topics include: 
Goethe, East and West Germany, the Weimar 
Republic. Prerequisite: One German 300 level 
course, or consent of instructor. May be 
repeated for credit with consent of instructor. 

441 

CONTEMPORARY GERMAN 
LITERATURE 

Representative poets, novelists and 
dramatists of contemporary Gemiany, Switzer- 
land and Austria covering the period from the 
1960's to the present. Readings selected from 
writers such as: Boll, Brecht, Frisch, 
Diirrenmatt, Bichsel, Handke, Walser, Grass, 
Becker, and others. Prerequisite: GERM 323 
or 325, or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in German 
include Classicism, Germanic Mythology, 
Hemiann Hesse, the dramas of Frisch and 
Diirrenmatt. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GREEK (GRK) SEE RELIGION 

HEBREW (HEBR) SEE RELIGION 

SPANISH (SPAN) 
Major 

A major consists of 32 semester hours of 
SPAN courses numbered 1 1 1 and above or 
approved courses from a Study Abroad 
program. From courses numbered 3 15 or 
higher, one course must focus on literature or 
culture from Spain and one course must focus 
on literature or culture from Latin America. 
SPAN 315 and approved topics courses may 
focus on Hispanic literatures with representa- 
tive readings from both Spain and Latin 
America. When this is the case, the course 
may count toward either the Spanish or Latin 
American requirement. Eight semester hours 
must be at the 400 level, not including 449. 
Spanish majors must pass at least two semes- 
ters of FLL 449 and complete two of the 
additional requirements as explained under the 
Capstone Experience section. Recommended 
course: HIST 120. Students who wish to be 
certified for secondary teaching must complete 
the major with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass 
SPAN 221, 222, 31 1, 418 and FLL 338 (the 
latter two with a grade of B or better). 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: SPAN 221, 222, and 3 1 1 . 
The following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: SPAN 323, 418, 424, and 426. 



Minor 

A minor in Spanish consists of at least 1 6 ! 
semester hours of courses numbered 221 or 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 1 2 may be counted 
toward the minor, but then the minor must 
con-sist of at least 20 semester hours of 
courses, 12 hours of which must be numbered 
200 or above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY SPANISH 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. Pre- 
requisite for 102: SPAN 101 or equivalent. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 

This sequence of courses reviews and 
develops the fundamentals of the language for 
immediate use in speaking, understanding, 
reading and writing with a view to building 
confidence in self-expression. Prerequisite for 
111: SPAN 102 or equivalent: for 112: SPAN 
111 or equivalent. 

221-222 

CONVERSATION, REVIEW, AND 

COMPOSITION 

Intensive discussion and writing on a 
variety of subjects in conjunction with 
contemporary readings. Includes in-depth 
grammar review. Designed to provide greater 
breadth and fluency in spoken and written 
Spanish. Prerequisite for 221: SPAN 1 12 or 
equivalent: for 222: SPAN 221. 

311 

HISPANIC CULTURE 

To introduce students to Spanish-speaking 
peoples — their values, customs and institu- 
tions, with reference to the geographic and 
historical forces governing present-day Spain 
and Spanish America. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



LYCOMINGCOLLEGE 



^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



315 

INTRODUCTION TO HISPANIC 
LITERATURES 

Diverse readings in this course include 
both Spanish and Latin American literatures 
designed to acquaint the student with signifi- 
cant Hispanic authors and literary movements. 
The course deals with genre study, literary 
terms in Spanish, literary concepts and forms, 
as well as the basic skills of literary analysis. 
The course counts toward the requirement in 
the major as either a course in the literature of 
Spain or in the literature of Latin America. 
Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or eonsent of 
instriietor. 

321 

SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS 
IN LITERATURE 

Examination of significant cultural or 
literary topics concerning the Spanish- 
speaking world. Possible topics or genres 
include: Latin American short stories; modem 
Spanish theatre; Latin American women writers; 
Chicano literature. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 
or eonsent oj the instructor. May he repeated 
for credit with consent of instructor. 

323 

SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 

AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of Spanish literature, 
representative authors, and major socio- 
economic developments. The course deals 
with the literature from the Middle Ages to 
the present. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

325 

SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of Spanish- American 
literature, representative authors, and major 
socio-economic developments. The course 
deals with the literature, especially the essay 



and poetry, from the 1 6th century to the 
present. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent 
of instructor. A Iter note years. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who wish to improve their spoken and written 
Spanish. Includes work in oral comprehen- 
sion, pronunciation, oral and written composi- 
tion, and translation. Prerequisite: One SPAN 
course at the 300 level or consent of instruc- 
tor. Alternate years. 

424 

SPANISH LITERATURE OF 
THE GOLDEN AGE 

A study of representative works and principal 
literary figures in the poetry, prose, and drama 
of the 16th and 17th centuries. Prerequisites: 
SPAN 323 and 325, or consent of instructor. 

426 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN HISPANIC 
LITERATURE AND CULTURE 

Readings of important works in modern 
Spanish and/or Latin American literature. 
Reading selections may focus on a particular 
genre or they may be a combination of drama, 
poetry and prose. Possible topics include: 
Romanticism and realism in Spain and Latin 
America; the Modernist movement in Latin 
America; 20th century poetry; Lorca and the 
avant-garde; the Latin American novel; the 
literature of post-Franco Spain. Prerequisites: 
two Spanish courses at the 300 level, or 
consent of instructor. May be repeated for 
credit with consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include literary, linguistic, 
and cultural topics and themes such as urban 
problems as rctlccted in the modem novel. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY 




HISTORY (HIST) 

Professors: Larson, Morris, Piper 
Associate Professor: Witwer (Chairperson) 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Chandler 

A major consists of 1 courses, including 
HIST 115,116, and 449. At least seven courses 
must be taken in the department. The following 
courses may be counted toward fulfilling the 
major requirements: AMST 200, ECON 236, 
PSCl 22 1 and 439, REL 226 and 228. Other 
appropriate courses outside the department may 
be counted upon departmental approval. For 
history majors who student teach in history, the 
major consists of nine courses. In addition to 
the courses listed below, special courses, inde- 
pendent study, and honors are available. 
Special courses recently taught and anticipated 
include a biographical study of European 
Monarchs, the European Left, the Industrializa- 
tion and Urbanization of Modem Europe, 
Utopian Movements in America , the Peace 
Movement in America, The Vietnam War, and 
American Legal History. History majors are 
encouraged to participate in the internship 



program. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 98. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: HIST 120, 140,220, 
230 and 240. The following courses, when 
scheduled as W courses, count toward the 
writing intensive requirement: HIST 218, 230, 
247, 328, 330, 332, 335, and 449. 

Minor 

Three minors are offered by the Department , 
of History . The following courses are required 
to complete a minor in American history: HIST 
125,1 26, and three courses in American history 
numbered 200 and above (HIST 120 and/or 
220 may be substituted.) A minor in European 
history requires the completion of HIST 115, 
1 1 6 and three courses in European history 
numbered 200 and above. To obtain a minor in 
History (without national or geographical 
designation), a student must complete six 
courses in history, of which three must be 
chosen from HIST 1 15, 1 16, 125, and 126 and 
three must be history courses numbered 200 
and above. 

115 

WESTERN CIVILIZATION I 

A survey of the major developments in the 
history of Western Civilization from its roots 
in the Ancient Near East to the era of the 
Renaissance. The course will consider the 
political, social and cultural aspects of 
Mesopotamia, Egypt, the ancient Hebrews, 
Greece, Rome, and Western Europe. Byzan- 
tine and Islamic civilizations will be studied to 
provide a wider scope for comparison. 

116 

WESTERN CIVILIZATION II 

A survey of the major developments in the i 
history of Western Civilization from the era of ' 
the Renaissance to the present. The course 
will focus on the political, economic, social, 
intellectual, and cultural aspects of European 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HISTORY 

• 



listory and how Europe interacted with the 
est of the world. 

[20 

.ATIN AMERICAN HISTORY 

An examination of the native civilization, the 
ige of discovery and conquest, Spanish colonial 
)ol icy , the independence movements, and the 
levelopment of modem institutions and 
governments in Latin America. Alternate 
tears. 

[25 

JNITED STATES HISTORY 1601-1877 

A study of the people, measures, and 
novements which have been significant in the 
levelopment of the United States between 
1 607 and 1877. Attention is paid to the 
)roblems of minority groups as well as to 
najority and national influences. 

126 

JNITED STATES HISTORY 1877- 

'RESENT 

A study of people, measures, and movements 
vhich have been significant in the development 
)f the United States since 1877. Attention is 
)aid to the problems of minority groups as well 
IS to majority and national influences. 

[40 

SURVEY OF ASIAN HISTORY 

A comprehensive overview of Asian 
listory with emphasis on those Pacific Rim 
countries which have greatest current impact 
3n political and economic development in the 
Jnited States. Alternate Years. 

!10 

\NCIENT HISTORY 

A study of the ancient western world, 
including the foundations of the western 
:radition in Greece, the emergence and 
expansion of the Roman state, its experience as 
1 republic, and its transfomiation into the 
Empire. The course will focus on the social 
and intellectual life of Greece and Rome as well 
as political and economic changes. Alternate 
vears. 



212 

MEDIEVAL EUROPE AND 
ITS NEIGHBORS 

The history of Europe from the dissolution of 
the Roman Empire to the mid- 1 5th century. The 
course will deal with the growing estrangement 
of western Catholic Europe from Byzantium 
and Islam, culminating in the Crusades; the rise 
of the Islamic Empire and its later fragmenta- 
tion; the development and growth of feudalism; 
the conflict of empire and papacy, and the rise 
of the towns. Alternate years. 

215 

CONFLICT IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION 

An in-depth study of the changing nature 
of war and its relationship to the development 
of Western Civilization since the end of the 
Middle Ages. Particular emphasis will be 
placed on the role of war in the development 
of the modem nation state and the origins and 
nature of total war. Alternate years. 

218 

EUROPE IN THE ERA OF THE WORLD 
WARS 

An intensive study of the political, eco- 
nomic, social, and cultural history of Europe 
from 1900-1945. Topics include the rise of 
irrationalism, the origins of the First World 
War, the Communist and Fascist Revolutions, 
and the attempts to preserve peace before 
1 939. Prerequisite: HIST 1 16 or consent of 
instructor. A Iternate years. 

219 

CONTEMPORARY EUROPE 

An intensive study of the political, eco- 
nomic, social, and cultural history of Europe 
since 1945. Topics include the post-war 
economic recovery of Europe, the Sovietiza- 
tion of Eastem Europe, the origins of the Cold 
War, decolonization, and the flowering of the 
welfare state. Prerequisite: HIST J 16 or 
consent of instructor. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY 



220 

WOMEN IN HISTORY 

An examination of the social, political, 
economic and intellectual experience of 
women in the Western World from ancient 
times to the present. 

226 

COLONIAL AMERICA AND 
THE REVOLUTIONARY ERA 

The establishment of British settlements on 
the American continent, their history as 
colonies, the causes and events of the American 
Revolution, the critical period following 
independence, and proposal and adoption of 
the United States Constitution. Alternate 
years. 

230 

AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY 

A study of the experiences and participa- 
tion of African Americans in the United 
States. The course includes historical 
experiences such as slavery, abolition, 
reconstruction, and urbanization. It also 
raises the issue of the development and 
growth of white racism, and the effect of this 
racism on contemporary Afro-American 
social, intellectual, and political life. Alternate 
years. 

232 

THE RISE OF ISLAM 

A survey of the history of Islam in the 
Middle East, illuminating the foundation of 
the religion and its spread in the seventh and 
eighth centuries, the development of a high 
civilization thereafter, and the subsequent 
changes in political and social structures over 
time. Muslim interactions with Christian and 
Jews will be included, but the emphasis of the 
course will be to understand the history of 
Islamic civilization in its own right. The 
course ends with a consideration of recent 
crises in the Middle East and their roots in 
modem history. 



234 

ORIGINS OF EUROPE 

This course takes an in-depth look at the 
formative period of European civilization froir 
the decline and fall of the Roman Empire to 
the formation, around the year 1 000, of 
monarchies that resemble modem states. 
Important issues covered include the develop- 
ment and spread of early Christianity, the 
assumption of mle over Roman territory by 
barbarians, and the blending of Roman, 
Christian, and Germanic barbarian traditions 
into one European civilization. 

236 

CRUSADES: CONFLICT AND 
ACCOMMODATION 

An intensive consideration of interactions 
between Muslims and Christians in the Middle 
Ages. Hostile and fmitful relations in Spain, 
warfare in the Holy Land, and the status of 
religious minorities will be studied. In additioi 
to the often violent relations between these 
major religious groups, this course addresses 
their intellectual, artistic, and literary develop- 
ments as well as reciprocal influences. 

240 

MODERN CHINA 

This course will explore the social, political 
and cultural changes in China since the early I 
19th Century. Particular attention will be 
given to the Communist Revolution and the 
developments in China since Mao's death. | 
Alternate years. 

247 

ORGANIZED CRIME IN AMERICA 

A history of organized crime in America 
from the Gilded Age to the present. This 
course explores the rise of organized crime am 
its ties to the urban political machines as well 
as the segregated vice districts of Nineteenth 
Century America. Students study the rise of 
the Mafia in the Twentieth Century along with 
other ethnically based criminal groups. Much 
of the course centers on the role that organizec 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HISTORY 



;rime has played in American society through 
>uch activities as labor racketeering, orga- 
lized gambling, and smuggling. The course 
ilso explores different law enforcement efforts 
Tiounted against organized crime over time, 
culminating with the most recent use of broad 
conspiracy laws. Alternate years. 

Ml 

THE MIDDLE AGES IN MODERN 

iYES 

An in-depth study of medieval history by way 
)f modem understandings of the period. The 
course will focus on academic interpretations, 
)ut will also consider the Middle Ages in the 
5opular imaginations, such as in film. Examina- 
ion of the documents, literature, and art of the 
jeriod constitutes the second major area of 
course assignments. Student work culminates in 
1 major research project based on the study of 
ranslated primary sources. Prerequisite: HIST 
115 or 212, or consent of instructor. 

MO 

DIPLOMATIC HISTORY 

DP EUROPE SINCE 1789 

A survey of the development of the 
European-states system and the relations 
between the European states since the 
beginning of the French Revolution. Pre- 
requisite: HIST 1 16 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

ni 

FHE CRISIS OF LIBERALISM AND 
NATIONALISM: EUROPE 1848-1870 

An in-depth investigation of the crucial 
'Middle Years" of 19th century Europe from 
:he revolutions of 1 848 through the unifica- 
:ion of Germany. The course centers on the 
struggles for power within the major states of 
Europe at this time, and how the vehicle of 
lationalism was used to bring about one type 
3f solution. Alternate years. 



328 

AGE OF JEFFERSON AND JACKSON 

The theme of the course is the emergence 
of the political and social characteristics that 
shaped modem America. The personalities of 
Thomas Jefferson, John Marshall, John 
Randolph, Aaron Burr, and Andrew Jackson 
receive special attention. Special consider- 
ation is given to the first and second party 
systems, the decline in community cohesive- 
ness, the westward movement, and the 
growing importance of the family as a unit of 
social organization. Prerequisite: HIST 125 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

330 

FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON 

An analysis of the political, social, and 
intellectual background of the French Revolu- 
tion, a survey of the course of revolutionary 
development, and an estimate of the results of 
the Napoleonic conquests and administration. 
Prerequisite: HIST 1 1 5 or consent of 
instructor. A Iternate years. 

332 

CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION 

The problems and events leading to war, the 
political and military history of the war, and the 
bitter aftermath to the Compromise of 1 877. 

335 

U.S. SINCE 1945 

A survey of the political, social, and 
intellectual developments in America in the 
years following World War II. The course 
reviews both foreign policy developments in 
those years and the various social movements 
that swept across the country, including civil 
rights, feminism, the counter-culture, and 
conservatism. Prerequisite: HIST 126 or 
consent of instructor. 

340 

20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES 
RELIGION 

The study of historical and cultural 
developments in American society which 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMINGCOLLEGE 



HISTORY • INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM 



relate to religion or what is commonly called 
religion. This involves consideration of the 
institutional and intellectual development of 
several faith groups as well as discussion of 
certain problems, such as the persistence of 
religious bigotry and the changing modes of 
church-state relationships. Alternate years. 

416 

HISTORY OF REFORMATION THOUGHT 

A study of the ideas and systems of ideas 
propounded prior to the Reformation, but 
which are historically related to its inception, 
and of the ideas and systems of ideas involved 
in the formulation of the major Refonnation 
Protestant traditions, and in the Catholic 
Reformation. Included are the ideas of the 
humanists of the Reformation Era. Alternate 
years. 

449 

HISTORICAL METHODS 

This course focuses on the nature and 
meaning of history. It will open to the student 
different historical approaches and will provide 
the opportunity to explore these approaches in 
terms of particular topics and periods. Majors 
are required to enroll in this course in either 
theirjunior or senior year. Prerequisite: One 
course from HIST 328, 330, 335 or 416. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically, history interns work for local 
government agencies engaged in historical 
projects or for the Lycoming County Histori- 
cal Museum. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Recent topics include studies of the 
immigration of American blacks, political 
dissension in the Weimer republic, Indian 
relations before the American Revolution, and 
the history of Lycoming County. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




INSTITUTE FOR 

MANAGEMENT 

STUDIES (IMS) AND 

MANAGEMENT 

SCHOLARS 

PROGRAM 

Associate Professor: Weaver (Director) 

The purpose of the Institute for Management 
Studies is to enhance the educational opportuni- 
ties for students majoring or minoring in 
accounting, business administration, or econom- 
ics. It does this by offering an expanded intern- 
ship program, special seminars on important ■ 
management topics, student involvement in " 
faculty research and professional projects, 
executive development seminars, and a Manage- 
ment Scholars program for academically 
talented students (described below). In addition, 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM 



he IMS hosts guest speakers and conferences on 
;unent management issues. 

All students who have a declared major or 
ninor in accounting, business administration, 
)r economics and who arc in good academic 
itanding are automatically members of the 
MS. However, the IMS Director may invite or 
)emiit other students to join the IMS who do 
lot meet the first criterion, such as freshmen 
vho have not yet declared a major or minor. 

tlO 

vlANAGEMENT SCHOLAR SEMINAR 
Team-taught interdisciplinary seminar 
inder the direction of the IMS faculty. A 
iifferent interdisciplinary topic relevant to 
students in all three IMS departments is 
)ffered at least once a year. Completion of 
Avo semesters required by the Management 
scholars Program. One-quarter unit of 
:redit. Prerequisite: Membership in the 
\Ianagement Scholars Program or consent of 
WS Director. May be repeated for credit. 

J40 

VIANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP STUDY 
A practicum in which students work as 
interns for businesses, government agencies 
ind nonprofit organizations in the 
Williamsport area and locations in Pennsylva- 
nia, New Jersey, New York, Washington, 
D.C., and other places. Reading, writing and 
research assignments vary by the credit value 
of the experience. Enrollments are limited to 
the numbers of available placements. Most 
internships are full-time paid positions, 
although part-time and unpaid positions are 
occasionally accepted. Four to eight semester 
hours of credit. Prerequisite: Membership in 
the Institute for Management Studies and 
consent of the Director. May be repeated for 
a maximum of 16 credits. 



349 

EUROPEAN BUSINESS EXPERIENCE 

An extensive European business experience 
based in London that will study how and why 
businesses go global with special emphasis on 
financial, marketing and management issues. In 
addition, the course will explore how local 
business culture affects the management of a 
company. The activities include site visits to 
businesses, tours of financial institutions, 
lectures and assigned cultural activities. 
Assessment will include preparatory reading 
before the start of class, written reports while 
in Europe and a final project that will focus on 
a particular topic of interest. Research for this 
project will be conducted during the trip with 
the paper due after return. The class will take 
place in London with side trips to Oxford in 
the UK and Paris. After study in London, the 
course will feature an extended trip to another 
country such as Poland, Russia or Hungary. 

IMS Scholars Program 

The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars 
Program for academically talented students in 
the three IMS departments. To join the 
Management Scholars Program, a student 
must satisfy the following criteria: 

a) Have a declared major or minor in one 
or more of the IMS departments. 
However, the IMS Director may invite 
or permit other students to join the 
Management Scholars Program who 
do not meet this criterion, such as 
freshmen who have not yet declared a 
major or minor. 

b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher, 
or exhibit strong academic potential if 
the student is a first-semester freshman. 

To graduate as a Management Scholar, a 
student must meet the following criteria: 
a) Successfully complete two semester- 
hours of Management Scholar 
Seminars. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES • INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 




b) Successfully complete a major or minor 
in one of the three IMS departments. 

c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher 
in both overall college work, and 
within an IMS major and/or minor. 

d) Successfully complete an appropriate 
internship, practicum or independent 
study, or complete a special project 
approved by the IMS Director. 

At least one Management Scholar Seminar 
is taught per academic year on an interdiscipli- 
nary topic of relevance to students in all three 
IMS departments. The seminars are nonnally 
offered as one semester-hour courses and do 
not result in overload charges for full-time 
students. 

Students who are currently Lycoming 
College Scholars may also become Manage- 
ment Scholars and participate in both pro- 
grams. 



INTERNATIONAL 

STUDIES (INST) 

Professor: Larson (Coordinator) 

The major is designed to integrate an 
understanding of the changing social, political, 
and historical environment of Europe today 
with study of Europe in its relations to the rest 
of the world, particularly the United States. It 
stresses the international relations of the North 
Atlantic community and offers the student 
opportunity to emphasize either European 
studies or international relations. The 
program provides multiple perspectives on the 
cultural traits that shape popular attitudes and 
institutions. Study of a single country is 
included as a data-base for comparisons, and 
study of its language as a basis for direct 
communication with its people. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 

• 



The program is intended to prepare a student 
lither for graduate study or for careers which 
lave an international component. International 
(bligations are increasingly assumed by 
government agencies and a wide range of 
)usiness, social, religious, and educational 
)rganizations. Opportunities are found in the 
lelds ofjoumalism, publishing, communica- 
ions, trade, bank-ing, advertising, manage- 
nent, and tourism. The program also offers 
flexible career preparation in a variety of 
bsential skills, such as research, data analysis, 
report writing, language skills, and the 
iwareness necessary for dealing with people 
md institutions of another culture. Prepara- 
ion for related careers can be obtained 
hrough the guided selection of courses 
Dutside the major in the areas of business, 
economics, foreign languages and literatures, 
government, history, and international rela- 
:ions or through a second major. Students 
;hould design their programs in consultation 
»vith members of the Committee on Intema- 
:ional Studies. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
an page 99. By completing a major in the 
foreign languages (five or more courses) and 
the education program, students can be certified 
to teach that language. 

The International Studies program also 
sncourages participation in study abroad 
programs such as the affiliate programs in 
England. France and Spain on page 5 1 , as well 
as the Washington and United Nations 
semesters. 

The following course, when scheduled as a 
W course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: INST 449. 

The major consists of 1 1 courses including 
INST 449 plus the following: 

International Relations Courses - Four or 
two courses (if two, then four must be taken 
from Area Courses). Courses within this 
group are designed to provide a basic under- 

2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



standing of the international system and of 
Europe's relations with the rest of the world. 
PSCI 225 is required. 

PSCI 225 International Relations 

ECON 343 International Trade 

HIST 320 European Diplomafic History 

PSCI 439 American Foreign Policy 

Area Courses - Four or two courses (if two, 
then four must be taken from International 
Relations Courses). Courses within this group 
are designed to provide a basic understanding 
of the European political, social, and economic 
environment. HIST 1 16 and ECON 240 are 
required. 

HIST 1 1 6 Western Civilization II 
ECON 240 Economic Geography 
PSCI 22 1 Comparative Politics and 

Geography 
HIST 2 1 8 Europe in the Era of the 

World Wars 
HIST 2 1 9 Contemporary Europe 

National Courses 

Language - Two courses in one language. 

FRN 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222 

or above (except 311) 

GERM 221 , plus one course numbered 222 

or above 

SPAN 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222 or 

above (except 311) 

Country - One course. The student must 
select, according to his or her language 
preparation, one European country which will 
serve as a social interest area throughout the 
program. The country selected will serve as the 
base for individual projects in the major courses 
wherever possible. 

France FRN 3 1 1 Modem France 

Gennany HIST N80 Topics in 

Gennan History 
Spain SPAN 311 Hispanic Culture 



^^ 



LYCOMINGCOLLEGE 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES • LITERATURE 



1 


•' -m^ f^ • :"ili/T'''j;:':'>. ,...:'- • ' .-■-v: - > ' ^^ 


■'.-^rV- 




1 


•«»-*^«- 




' ""iMMliM 


rr^^^^^l^^^^^ 


*wriiiS"Ml 


IJBBHHMHHHB^HHHHiii 


Ifassfcn. 



Elective Course - One course which should 
involve further study of some aspect of the 
program. Appropriate courses are any area or 
international relations courses not yet taken; 
HIST 11 5, 21 5; PSCI 327; related foreign 
literature courses counting toward the fine arts 
requirement and internships. 

449 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

A one-semester seminar, taken in the senior 
year, in which students and several faculty 
members will pursue an integrative topic in the 
field of international studies. Students will 
work to some extent indepen-dently. Guest 
speakers will be invited. The seminar will be 
open to qualified persons from outside the 
major and the College. Prerequisite: Consent 
of instructor. 



LITERATURE (lit) 

This major recognizes literature as a distinc 
discipline beyond national boundaries and 
combines the study of any two literatures in th( 
areas of English, French, German, and Spanish 
Students can thus explore two 
literatures widely and intensively at the upper 
levels of course offerings within each of the 
respective departments while developing and 
applying skills in foreign languages. The major 
prepares students for graduate study in 
either of the two literatures studied or in 
comparative literature. 

The major requires at least six literature 
courses, equally divided between the two 
literatures concerned. The six must be at the 
advanced level as determined in consultation 
with advisors (normally courses numbered 200 
and above in English and 400 and above in 
foreign languages). In general, two of 
the advanced courses in each literature should 
be period courses. The third course, taken 
either as a regular course or an independent 
study, may have as its subject another period, a 
particular author, genre, or literary theme, or 
some other unifying approach or idea. Beyond 
these six, the major must include at least two 
additional courses from among those counting 
toward a major in the departments involved. 
Any prerequisite courses in the respective 
departments (for example: ENGL 106, FRN 
22 1 -222 or 3 1 1 , GERM 22 1 -222, SPAN 22 1 - 
222) should be taken during the freshman year. 
Students should design their programs in 
consultation with a faculty member from each 
of the literatures concerned. Programs for the 
major must be approved by the departments 
involved. 



L YCOM ING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 




MATHEMATICAL 
SCIENCES 

Associate Professors: Haley, 

Peluso (Chairperson), Sprechini 
Assistant Professors: deSilva, Yin 
Part-time Instructors: Abercrombie, Collins, 

Davis, Terry 

The Department of Mathematical Sciences 
offers major and minor programs in computer 
science and mathematics. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

(CPTR) 

The B. A. Degree 

The B.A. degree in computer science consists 
of 13 courses: MATH 216; either MATH 109 or 
128; one from MATH 112, 129, or 130; CPTR 
125, 246, 247, 248, 346, 445, 448, and three 
other computer science courses numbered 220 
or above including approved internships, or 
MATH 338. 

The B.S. Degree 

The B.S. degree in computer science consists 
of 1 7 courses: MATH 1 28, 129.216 and either 
214 or 332; CPTR 125, 246, 247, 248, 346, 
445, 448; three other computer science courses 
numbered 220 or above; one of the sequences 
BIO 110-111,CHEM 110-lll,orPHYS225- 
226; and one additional course from the 
following list of courses: Biology course 
numbered 1 1 or above. Chemistry course 



numbered 1 10 or above. Physics course 
numbered 225 or above, or MATH 130, 214, 
231,233,234,238,332,333. 

Students considering graduate work in 
computer science should take MATH 128, 129 
and 1 30. Recommended extra-departmental 
course: PHIL 225. In addition to the regular 
courses listed below, special courses are 
occasionally available. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: CPTR 246, 346, and 448. 

Minor 

A minor in computer science consists of 
MATH 216, CPTR 125, 246, 247, and two other 
computer science courses numbered 220 or above. 

101 

MICROCOMPUTER FILE MANAGEMENT 

An introduction to a file-management 
system, i.e. a database system that uses a 
single file, in the Windows environment.O/;e- 
halfunit of credit. This course may not he 
used to meet distribution requirements. 

108 

COMPUTING ESSENTIALS 

An introduction to the use of computers in 
problem solving and programming. Included 
are uses of spreadsheets, databases, and 
programming. The course teaches the use of 
simple techniques in areas such as number 
theory, algebra, geometry, statistics, and the 
mathematics of business and finance. The 
programming component of the course is 
currently based on the Visual Basic program- 
ming language. Emphasis is given to the 
processes involved in mathematical modeling 
and problem solving. Laboratory experience is 
included using current software. Prerequisite: 
Credit for or exemption from MATH 100. 

125 

INTRODUCTION TO 
COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Introduction to the discipline of computer 
science with emphasis on programming utili- 
zing a block-structured high-level programming 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



language. Topics include algorithms, program 
structure, and computer configuration. Labora- 
tory experience is included. Prerequisite: Credit 
for or exemption from MATH 100. 

246 

PRINCIPLES OF ADVANCED 
PROGRAMMING 

Principles of effective programming, 
including structured and object oriented 
programming, stepwise refinement, assertion 
proving, style, debugging, control structures, 
decision tables, finite state machines, recur- 
sion, and encoding. Prerequisite: A grade of 
C- or better in CPTR 125. 

247 

DATA STRUCTURES 

Representation of data and analysis of 
algorithms associated with data structures. 
Topics include representation of lists, trees, 
graphs and strings, algorithms for searching 
and sorting. Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or 
better in CPTR 246, or consent of instructor. 
Corequisite: MA TH 216. 

248 

PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE DESIGN 

Study of modem programming language 
design and implementation. Paradigms studied 
include procedural, functional, logic, and object- 
oriented. Topics include syntax, semantics, data 
types, data stmctures, storage management, 
and control structures. Laboratory experience 
is included. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 

321 

INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL 
ANALYSIS 

Topics from the theory of interpolation; 
numerical approaches to approximation of 
roots and functions, integration, systems of 
differen-tial equations, linear systems, matrix 
inversion, and the eigenvalue problem. 
Prerequisites: CPTR 125 and MA TH 129; 
MA TH 130 strongly recommended. Cross- 
listed as MATH 321. 



324 

AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES, 
AND COMPUTABILITY 

The study of finite state machines, pushdowi 
stacks, and Turing machines along with their 
equivalent fonnal language counterparts. 
Topics covered include results on computability 
including results regarding the limits of comput- 
ers and specific problems that cannot be solved. 
Prerequisite: MATH 216 or 234. Cross-listed 
as MA TH 324. A Iternate years. 

331 

COMPUTER NETWORKS 

This course introduces the following 
computer networking concepts: LAN, WAN, 
FTP, TCP/IP, HTTP, network topologies, 
Ethernet, OSI model, routers, switches, and 
wiring technologies. Students will set up a 
LAN using a mix of available operating systems 
and networking software. Prerequisite: CPTR 246. 

342 

WEB-BASED PROGRAMMING 

Intemiediate programming on the World Wide 
Web. Topics covered include client/server issues 
in Web publishing, Java Script, VB Script, Java, 
Perl, and CGI. Prerequisite: CPTR 246 or 
consent of instructor Alternate years. 

345 

INTRODUCTION TO 
COMPUTER GRAPHICS 

An introduction to graphics hardware and 
software with emphasis on the mathematics 
necessary to represent, transform, and display 
images of two- and three-dimensional objects. 
Subjects covered include but not limited to: 
three dimensional modeling and viewing, color 
models, and rendering. Prerequisites: CPTR 24t 
and either CPTR 247 or consent of instructor; 
MATH 130 recommended. Alternate years. 

346 

COMPUTER ORGANIZATION 
AND MACHINE LANGUAGE 

Principles of computer organization, 
architecture, and machine language. Topics 
include machine and assembly languages, 
internal representation of data, processor data 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



mth and control, pipelined processors, 
nemory hierarchies, and performance issues. 
Laboratory experience is included. Pre- 
^cjiii.site: A grade ofC- or better in CPTR 
'46: CPTR 247 strongly reeommended. 

49 

DATABASE SYSTEMS 

An in-depth introduction to the relational 
latabase model and SQL. Topics include but 
re not limited to: relational algebra, relational 
alculus, normalization, design theory of 
elational databases, SQL standards, and query 
iptimization. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 
Uternate years. 

41 

NTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL 
NTELLIGENCE 

I Introduction to the theory, implementation 
2chniques, and applications of artificial 
ntelligence. Topics may include but are not 
imited to knowledge representation, problem 
olving, modeling, robotics, natural language 
nalysis, and computer vision. Prerequisite: 
'!PTR247. Alternate years. 

42 

NTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS 
Designing, building and programming 
lobile robots. Some advanced topics are 
overed which may include control theory, 
obotic paradigms, and vision. Teamwork is 
ssential in all projects. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 

45 

)PERATING SYSTEMS 

Detailed analysis of processes, scheduling, 
Multithreading, symmetric multiprocessing, file 
nanagemcnt, real and virtual memory manage- 
ment, file and memory addressing, and 
listributed processing. Prerequisites: CPTR 
'47 and 346. 

48 

ADVANCED DESIGN AND 

)EVELOPMENT 

Individual or group research and implementa- 
ion projects. Includes analysis, design, develop- 
nent and documentation of a significant 
lurrent, relevant problem and its computer- 



based solution. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 
Alternate years. 

470 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

MATHEMATICS (math) 

A major in mathematics consists of 10 unit 
courses in the mathematical sciences: CPTR 
125, MATH 128, 129, 130, 234, 238, 432, 
434, and two other mathematics courses 
numbered 220 or above, one of which may be 
replaced by MATH 1 12, 214 or 216. In 
addition, four semesters of non-credit math 
Colloquium are required: two semesters each 
of MATH 339 and MATH 449 with at least 
two of the four semesters for a letter grade, 
one of which must be in MATH 449. 
Students who are interested in pursuing a 
career in actuarial science should consider the 
actuarial mathematics major. 

Students seeking secondary teacher certifi- 
cation in mathematics are also required to 
complete MATH 330, 336, and one from 123, 
214 or 332, and are advised to enroll in PHIL 
217. Also, all majors are advised to elect 
PHIL 225, 333 and PHYS 225, 226. Other 
courses required for certification are PSY 1 10, 
138; EDUC 200, 239, 446, 447, 449. 

In addition to the regular courses listed 
below, special courses are occasionally 
available. 

The following course, when scheduled as a 
W course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: MATH 234. 

Minor 

A minor in mathematics consists of MATH 
128,1 29, and cither 2 1 6 or 234; two additional 
courses numbered 200 or above, one of which 
may be replaced with MATH 1 30; and two 
semesters of MATH 339 or 449 with at least 
one semester for a letter grade. 



004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



100 

INDIVIDUALIZED LABORATORY 
INSTRUCTION IN BASIC ALGEBRA 

A computer-based program of instruction 
in basic algebra including arithmetic and 
decimals, fractions, the real number line, 
factoring, solutions to linear and quadratic 
equations, graphs of linear and quadratic 
functions, expressions with rational expo- 
nents, algebraic functions, exponential 
functions, and inequalities. This course is 
limited to students placed therein by the 
Mathematics Department. One-half unit of 
credit. 

106 

COMBINATORICS 

An introduction to the analysis of counting 
problems. Topics include permutations, 
combinations, binomial coefficients, inclusion/ 
exclusion principle, and partitions. The nature 
of the subject allows questions to be posed in 
everyday language while still developing 
sophisticated mathematical concepts. Prereq- 
uisite: Credit for or exemption from MA TH 
100. 

109 

APPLIED ELEMENTARY CALCULUS 

An intuitive approach to the calculus 
concepts with applications to business, 
biology, and social-science problems. Not 
open to students who have completed MATH 
128. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption 
from MATH 100. 

112 

FINITE MATHEMATICS 
FOR DECISION-MAKING 

An introduction to some of the principal 
mathematical models, not involving calculus, 
which are used in business administration, social 
sciences, and operations research. The course 
will include both deterministic models such as 
graphs, networks, linear programming and 
voting models, and probabi listic models such as 
Markov chains and games. Prerequisite: Credit 
for or exemption from MA TH 1 00. 



123 

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS 

Topics include tabular and graphical descrip- 
tive statistics, discrete and continuous probabil 
ity distributions. Central Limit Theorem, one- , 
and two-sample hypotheses tests, analysis of 
variance, chisquared tests, nonparametric tests, 
linear regression and correlation. Other topics im 
include index numbers, time series, sampling 
design, and experimental design. Course also 
includes some use of a microcomputer. Prerequv 
site: Credit for or exemption from MA TH 1 00 

127 

PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS 

The study of polynomial, rational, exponen- 
tial, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions, 
their graphs and elementary properties. This 
course is an intensive preparation for students 
planning to take Calculus (MATH 1 28- 1 29), o 
those whose major specifically requires Precal- 
culus. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption 
from MATH 100. 

128-129 

CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC 
GEOMETRY I - II 

Differentiation and integration of algebraic 
and trigonometric functions, conic sections anc 
their applications, graphing plane curves, 
applications to related rate and external prob- 
lems, areas of plane regions, volumes of solids 
of revolution, and other applications; differen- 
tiation and integration of transcendental 
functions, parametric equations, polar coordi- 
nates, infinite sequences and series, and series 
expansions of functions. Prerequisite for 128: 
Exemption from or a grade ofC- or better in 
MATH 127. Prerequisite for 129: exemption 
from or a grade ofC- or better in MA TH 128. 

130 

INTRODUCTION TO MATRIX ALGEBRA 

Systems of linear equations and matrix 
arithmetic. Points and hyperplanes, infinite 
dimensional geometries. Bases and linear 
independence. Matrix representations of linea 
mappings. The fixed point problem. Special 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



:lasscs of matrices. Prerequisite: MATH 127 
or its equivalent. 

205 

MATHEMATICS IN 
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

This course is intended for prospective 
elementary school teachers and is required of 
all those seeking elementary certification. 
Topics include systems of numbers and numera- 
tion, computational algorithms, environmental 
and transfonnation geometry, measurement, 
and mathematical concept formation. Obser- 
vation and participation in Greater 
Williamsport elementary schools. Prerequi- 
sites: PSY 138 and credit for or exemption 
from MATH 100. Corequisite: Any EDVC 
course munbered 341 or above which is speci- 
fically required for elementary certification. 

214 

MULTIVARIABLE STATISTICS 

The study of statistical techniques involving 
several variables. Topics include multiple 
regression and correlation, one-and two-way 
analysis of variance, analysis of covariance, 
analysis of two- and three-way contingency 
tables, and discriminant analysis. Other topics 
may include cluster analysis, factor analysis 
and canonical correlations, repeated measure 
designs, time series analysis, and nonparamet- 
ric methods. Course also includes extensive 
use of a statistical package (currently BMDP). 
Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or better in 
MA TH 123 or its equivalent, or MATH 332. 

216 

DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 

An introduction to discrete structures. 
Topics include equivalence relations, partitions 
and quotient sets, mathematical induction, 
recursive functions, elementary logic, discrete 
number systems, elementary combinatorial 
theory, and general algebraic structures 
emphasizing semi-groups, lattices. Boolean 
algebras, graphs, and trees. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 125 or consent of instructor. 



i 



231 

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 

A study of ordinary differential equations 
and linear systems. Solution techniques include: 
reduction of order, undetermined coefficients, 
variation of parameters, Laplace transforms, 
power series, and eigenvalues and 
eigenvectors. A brief discussion of numerical 
methods may also be included. Prerequisite: A 
grade ofC- or better in MA TH 129; MA TH 
130 recommended. 

233 

COMPLEX VARIABLES 

Complex numbers, analytic functions, 
complex integration, Cauchy's theorems and 
their applications. Corequisite: MA TH 238. 
Alternate years. 

234 

FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 

Topics regularly included are the nature of 
mathematical systems, essentials of logical 
reasoning, and axiomatic foundations of set 
theory. Other topics frequently included are 
approaches to the concepts of infinity and 
continuity, and the construction of the real 
number system. The course serves as a bridge 
from elementary calculus to advanced courses 
in algebra and analysis. Prerequisite: A grade of 
C- or better in MATH 129 or 130; both courses 
recommended. 

238 

MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS 

Algebra, geometry, and calculus in multi- 
dimensional Euclidean space; n-tuples, matri- 
ces; lines, planes, curves, surfaces; vector 
functions of a single variable, acceleration, 
curvature; functions for several variables, 
gradient; line integrals, vector fields, multiple 
integrals, change of variable, areas, volumes; 
Green's theorem. Prerequisites: A grade of 
C- or better in MA TH 129. and either MA TH 
130 or 231. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



321 

INTRODUCTION TO 
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS 

Topics from the theory of interpolation; 
numerical approaches to approximating roots 
and functions, integration, systems of differen- 
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inversion, 
and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequisites: 
CPTR 125 and MATH 129; MATH 130 
strongly recommended. Cross-listed as CPTR 
321. 

324 

AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES, 
AND COMPUTABILITY 

The study of finite state machines, push- 
down stacks, and Turing machines along with 
their equivalent fomial language counterparts. 
Topics covered include results on computabil- 
ity, including results regarding the limits of 
computers and specific problems that cannot 
be solved. Prerequisite: MATH 216 or 234. 
Cross-listed as CPTR 324. Alternate years. 

330 

TOPICS IN GEOMETRY 

An axiomatic treatment of Euclidean 
geometry with an historical perspective. 
Prerequisite: MATH 234. Alternate years. 

332-333 

MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-II 
A study of probability, discrete and 
continuous random variables, expected values 
and moments, sampling, point estimation, 
sampling distributions, interval estimation, test 
of hypotheses, regression and linear hypoth- 
eses, experimental design models. 
Corequisite: MATH 238. Alternate years. 

336 

CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 

A course designed for mathematics majors 
who are planning to teach at the secondary 
level. Emphasis will be placed on the mathe- 
matics that form the foundation of secondary 
mathematics. Ideas will be presented to 
familiarize the student with the various 



curriculum proposals, to provide for innovatioi; 
within the existing curriculum, and to expand 
the boundaries of the existing 
curriculum. Prerequisites: A grade ofC- or 
better in MATH 129; student must be junior o) 
senior mathematics major enrolled in the 
secondaiy certification program. 

338 

OPERATIONS RESEARCH 

Queuing theory, including simulations 
techniques, optimization theory, including 
linear programming, integer programming, anc 
dynamic programming; game theory, including! 
two-person zero-sum games, cooperative 
games, and multiperson games. Prerequisite: 
MATH 112 or 130. Alternate years. 

432 

REAL ANALYSIS ' 

An introduction to the rigorous analysis of 
the concepts of real variable calculus in the 
setting of normed spaces. Topics from: topology o 
the Euclidean plane, completeness, compact- 
ness, the Heine-Borel theorem; functions on 
Euclidean space, continuity, uniform continu- 
ity, differentiability; series and convergence; 
Riemann integral. Prerequisites: MATH 238 
and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234. 

434 

ABSTRACT ALGEBRA 

An integrated approach to groups, rings, 
fields, and vector spaces and functions which | 
preserve their structure. Prerequisites: MATP 
130 and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234 

438 

SEMINAR 

Topics in modem mathematics of current 
interest to the instructor. A different topic is 
selected each semester. This semester is 
designed to provide junior and senior mathe- 
matics majors and other qualified students with | 
more than the usual opportunity for concen- 
trated and cooperative inquiry. Prerequisite: 
Consent oj instructor. One-half unit of credit. 
This course may be repeated for credit. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



:•- 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES •MILITARY SCIENCE 




339 i& 449 

MATH COLLOQUIUM 

This required non-credit course for math- 
ematics majors and minors and actuarial 
mathematics majors offers students a chance to 
hear presentations on topics related to, but 
not directly covered in formal MATH courses. 
Mathematics majors present two lectures, one 
during the junior year and one during the 
senior year. Actuarial mathematics majors 
and mathematics minors present one lecture 
during one of the semesters in which they are 
enrolled. A letter grade will be given in 
semesters in which the student gives a 
presentation, otherwise the grade will be P/F. 
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of 
instructor. One hour per week. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



MILITARY 
SCIENCE (MLsc) 

The U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training 
Corps (ROTC) program is offered to Lycom- 
ing College students in cooperation with 
Bucknell University. Details of the ROTC 
program can be found on page 42. 

The following courses may be used to fulfill 
one semester of the Physical Activities 
Distribution Requirement: 11 . 02 1, 03 1 or 
041. 

Oil 

INTRODUCTION TO ROTC 

The course is designed to acquaint the 
student with the ROTC program and w ith the 
Army as a potential employer after gradu- 
ation. Students will learn about the Amiy's 
history, organization, equipment, and role in 
the nation. Students will also learn some 
fundamental military skills, customs, and 
traditions. No credit. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MILITARY SCIENCE 





s 


r,. 




' ■■'/■ 



012 

INDIVIDUAL MILITARY SKILLS 

The course expands upon the skills learned 
in the previous semester. Several classes will 
be held at the rifle range to develop marksman- 
ship skills. There will also be training in radio 
communication and first aid skills. No credit. 

021 

LAND NAVIGATION 

Students will learn how to use military 
topographic maps and reference systems. The 
course includes theory and practical exercises 
in navigating using compass, map terrain 
association. There will also be some instruc- 
tion and practice in military writing and 
briefing skills. No credit. 

022 

LEADERSHIP THEORY 

The focus is on leading a small group of 
individuals. The course examines the role of 
the leader, military leadership concept, 
personal character, decision-making, imple- 



menting decisions, motivation and supervision. 
The course also includes instruction and 
practice on conducting performance-oriented 
training. No credit. 

i 
031 

APPLIED LEADERSHIP 

The student serves as a small unit leader in 
the ROTC organization. Student leadership is 
evaluated and developed. The student has 
some responsibilities to care for and train 
younger cadets. Instruction on small (infan- 
try) unit tactics is used as a vehicle to provide 
students a variety of leadership challenges. No 
credit. 

032 

SMALL UNIT TACTICS 

The course requires planning and practic- 
ing tactical operations at small unit level. 
Students continue to apply/develop leadership 
skills in increasingly complex situations. 
Topics include preparation of orders, offense, 
defense, reconnaissance, patrolling, fire 
support, and airmobile operations. No credit. 

041 

MENTORING AND MANAGING 

The student serves as a cadet officer in the 
ROTC organization and plans and organizes 
several major training activities. Course work 
includes delegating and con-trolling, setting 
objectives, making leadership assessments, 
counseling, supervising, and evaluating. No 
credit. 

042 

PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS 

The student serves in a different leadership 
position and continues to develop and apply the 
skills learned in the previous semester. The 
course also examines military officership as a 
profession and the ethical behavior expected of 
an officer. The course also serves to prepare 
the student for an initial assignment as an Army 
lieutenant. No credit. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MUSIC 

• 



MUSIC (Mus) 



!*rofessors: Boerckel (Chairperson), Thayer 

V^isiting Instructor: Woodmff 

Part-time histructors: Adams, Anstey, Becker, 

Breon, Campbell, Gilbert, Hickey, Lakey, 
I Leidhecker, Lundquist, Mianulli, 
Rammon, Savoy, Schmidt 

The student majoring in music is required 
:o take a balanced program of music theory, 
listory, applied music, and ensemble. A 
minimum of eight courses (exclusive of all 
ensemble, applied music and instrumental and 
vocal methods courses) is required and must 
include MUS 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 220, 22 1 , 335, and 
336. Each major must participate in an 
ensemble (MUS 167, 168, and/or 169) and 
take one hour of applied music per week for a 
minimum of four semesters including the entire 
period in which the individual is registered as a 
music major (see MUS 160-169). The major 
must include at least one-half hour of piano in 
the applied program unless a piano proficiency 
test is requested and passed. Anyone declaring 
music as a second major must do so by the 
beginning of the junior year. 

Music majors seeking teacher certification 
in music education (K-12) must also take PSY 
1 10 and 138; EDUC 200, 239, the pre-student 
teaching participation, and the Professional 
Semester; MUS 261-7, 333, 334, 340, 341, 
446, and pass the piano proficiency examina- 
tion. Students who wish to obtain certification 
in music education should consult with the 
department as soon as possible, preferably 
before scheduling classes for the freshman year. 

The Music Department recommends that 
non-majors select courses from the following 
list to meet distribution requirements: MUS 
116, 117, 128, 135-8, 224, and 234. Applied 
music and ensemble courses may also be used to 
meet distribution requirements. 

Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
experience in public performance. Music 
majors and other students qualified in perfor- 
mance may present fonnal recitals. 




The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: MUS 116, 128, and 
234. The following course, when scheduled as 
a W course, counts toward the writing 
intensive requirement: MUS 336. 

110-111 

MUSIC THEORY I AND II 

A two-semester course, intended for students 
who have some music-reading ability, which 
examines the fundamental components and 
theoretical concepts of music. Students develop 
musicianship through application of applied 
skills. PrercqiiLsite to MUS 111: MUS 110. 

116 

INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC 

A basic course in the materials and tech- 
niques of music. Examples drawn from various 
periods of western and non-western styles are 
designed to enhance perception and apprecia- 
tion through careful and infonned listening. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 



117 

SURVEY OF WESTERN MUSIC 

A chronological survey of music in Western 
civilization from Middle Ages to the present. 
Composers and musical styles are considered in 
the context of the broader culture of each 
major era. 

128 

AMERICAN MUSIC 

An introductory survey of all types of 
American music from pre-Revolutionary days to 
the present. Categories to be covered are folk 
music of different origins, the development of 
show music into Broadway musicals, serious 
concert music for large and small ensembles, 
jazz, and various popular musics from "Tin Pan 
Alley" to Rock to New Wave. Alternate years. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, and 
modem dance. Classes include improvisation 
and choreography. Prerequisite for MUS 136: 
MUS J 35 or consent of instructor. One-half 
unit of credit each. Not open to students who 
have received credit for THEA 135-136 or 
THEA 235-236. Cross-listed as THEA 135- 
136. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the Ballets 
de cour of 1 7th century France to the present 
with emphasis on the contributions of Petipa, 
Fokien, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. One-half 
unit of credit. Not open to students who have 
received credit for THEA 137. Cross-listed as 
THEA 137. 

138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the forms of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art and 
as they have reflected the history of 
civilization. One-half unit of credit. Not open 



to students who have received credit for 
THEA 138. Cross-listed as THEA 138. 

MUSIC THEORY III AND IV 

A continuation of the integrated theory 
course moving toward newer uses of music 
materials. Prerequisite: MUS 111. 

224 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC I 

A non-technical introduction to electronic 
music and MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital 
Interface) for the major and non-major alike. 
The course traces the development of MIDI 
from its origin to present-day digital synthesizer.' 
in combination with sequencing computers. 

225 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC II 

Further consideration of recording tech- 
niques. Use of microphones, multi-track 
recording, mixing, special effects devices, and 
synchronization will be introduced. Students 
will take part in live recording of concerts and 
rehearsals of a variety of ensembles. Student 
projects will include complete recording 
sessions and the production of electronic 
music compositions utilizing classical studio 
techniques and real-time networks. Prerequi- 
site: MUS 224 or consent of instructor. 

234 

HISTORY OF JAZZ 

A survey of jazz styles, composers, and 
performers from 1 890 to the present: origins, 
ragtime, blues. New Orleans, Chicago, swing, 
bebop, cool, funky, free jazz, third stream, and 
contemporary. 

235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz and 
modem dance at the intermediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for MUS 235: MUS 136 or 
consent of instructor. Prerequisite for MUS 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MUSIC 

• 



236: MUS 235 or consent of instructor. One- 
half unit oj credit each. Not open to students 
who have received credit for THEA 135-136 or 
THEA 235-236. Cross-listed as THEA 235- 
236. 

330 

COMPOSITION I 

An introductory course for majors and 
non-majors who wish to explore their com- 
posing abilities. Guided individual projects in 
smaller instrumental and vocal forms, together 
with identification and use of techniques 
employed by the major composers of the 20th 
century. Prerequisite: MUS 111 or consent of 
instructor. 

333 

CHORAL CONDUCTING 

A study of choral conducting with frequent 
opportunity for practical experience. Empha- 
sis will be placed upon technical development, 
rehearsal technique, and stylistic integrity. 
Prerequisites: MUS 1 10-1 1 1 or consent of 
instructor. A I tenia te years. 

334 

INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING 

A study of instrumental conducting with an 
emphasis on acquiring skills for self-analysis. 
Topics include the physical skills and intellec- 
tual preparation necessary for clear, expres- 
sive, and informed conducting. Other areas 
such as the development of rehearsal tech- 
niques and improvement of aural skills will be 
addressed on a continual basis. Prerequisites: 
MUS 110-111 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

335 

HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC I 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Gregorian chant through Mozart, 
including composers from the medieval. 
Renaissance, baroque, and early classical eras. 



I 



336 

HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC II 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Beethoven to the present, includ- 
ing composers from the late classical, roman- 
tic, and modern eras. 

339 

ORCHESTRATION 

A study of modem orchestral instruments 
and examination of their use by the great 
masters with practical problems in instrumen- 
tation. The College Music Organizations serve 
to make performance experience possible. 
Prerequisites: MUS 1 10-111 or consent of 
instructor. A Iternate years. 

340 

TEACHING MUSIC IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Methods and materials of teaching music in 
the elementary school with emphasis on 
conceptual development through singing, 
moving, listening, playing classroom instru- 
ments, and creating music. Course work will 
include peer teaching demonstrations, practical 
use of the recorder and autoharp, as well as 
observation of music classes in elementary 
schools in the Greater Williamsport area. 
Alternate years. 

341 

TEACHING MUSIC IN SECONDARY 
SCHOOLS 

Methods and materials of teaching music in 
the secondary schools with emphasis on the 
development of concepts and skills tor 
effective instruction in all aspects of music 
learning. The teaching of general music and 
music theory, as well as the organizing and 
conducting of choral and instrumental en- 
sembles, will be examined. Course work will 
include evaluation of instructional and perfor- 
mance materials, practical use of the recorder 
and guitar in middle school settings, as well as 
observation of music classes in secondary 
schools in the Greater Williamsport area. 
Alternate years. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOCi 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 



440 

COMPOSITION II 

For students interested in intensive work 
emphasizing the development of a personal 
style of composing. Guided individual 
projects in larger instrumental and vocal forms, 
together with analysis of selected works from 
the 20th century repertory. Pre-requisite: 
MUS 330 or consent ofinstnictor. 

445 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC 

The intensive study of a selected area of 
music literature, designed to develop research 
techniques in music. The topic is announced 
at the Spring pre-registration. Sample topics 
include: Beethoven, Impressionism, Vienna 
1 900- 1914. Prerequisite: MUS 116, 117 or 
221; or consent of instructor. 

446 

RECITAL 

The preparation and presentation of a full- 
length public recital, normally during the 
student's senior year. MUS 446 may substi- 
tute for one hour of applied music (MUS 160- 
166). Prerequisite: Approval by the depart- 
ment. May be repeated for credit. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

APPLIED MUSIC 
AND ENSEMBLE 

The study of performance in piano, harpsi- 
chord, voice, organ, strings, guitar, brass, 
woodwinds, and percussion is designed to 
develop sound technique and a knowledge of 
the appropriate literature for the instrument. 
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
experience in public performance. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Credit for applied music courses (private 
lessons) and ensemble (choir, orchestra and 
band) is earned on a fractional basis. One hour 
lesson per week earns one hour credit. One 
half- hour lesson per week earns one half-hour 
credit. Ensemble credit totals one hour credit if 
the student enrolls for one or two ensembles 
(for more information, see course descriptions 
below). When scheduling please note that an 
applied course or ensemble should not be ; 

substituted for an academic course, but should j 
be taken in addition to the normal four academid 
courses. 

Applied music courses are private lessons 
given for 1 3 weeks: 1 60, Piano or Harpsi- 
chord; 161, Voice; 162, Strings or Guitar; 163, 
Organ; 164, Brass; 165, Woodwinds; and 166, 
Percussion. Extra fees apply. See Additional 
Charges under Financial Matters on page 13. 

167 

ORCHESTRA 

The Williamsport Symphony Orchestra 
allows students with significant instrumental 
experience to become members of this regional 
ensemble. Participation in the W.S.O. is 
contingent upon audition and the availability of 
openings. Students are allowed a maximum of 
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A 
student who is enrolled in orchestra only 
should register for MUS 167B (one hour 
credit). A student may belong to two en- 
sembles, choosing either Choir or Concert 
Band as the second group. Such a student will 
then register for MUS 167 A (1/2 hour credit) 
plus either MUS 168 A (1/2 hour credit) or 
MUS 169A (1/2 hour credit). 

168 

CHOIR 

The Lycoming College Choir is open to all 
students who would like to sing in an ensemble 
setting. Emphasis is on performing quality 
choral literature while developing good vocal 
technique. Students are allowed a maximum of 
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MUSIC 

• 



Student who is enrolled in Choir only should 
register for MUS 168B (one hour credit). A 
student may belong to two different en- 
sembles, choosing either Orchestra or Band as 
the second ensemble. Such a student will then 
register for MUS 168 A (1/2 hour credit) plus 
either MUS 167 A (Orchestra - 1/2 hour credit) 
or MUS 169A (Band - 1/2 hour credit). If a 
student has auditioned and been selected for 
the Chamber Choir (no credit available), he/ 
she should register for MUS 168C in addition 
to registering for the Lycoming College Choir. 

169 

BAND 

The College Concert Band allows students 
with some instrumental experience to become 
acquainted with good band literature and 
develop personal musicianship through 
participation in group instrumental activity. 
Participation in the Band is contingent upon 
audition. Students are allowed a maximum of 
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A 
student who is enrolled in Band only should 
register for MUS 169B (one hour credit). A 
student may belong to two ensembles, 
choosing either Orchestra or Choir as the 
second group. Such a student will then 
register for MUS 169A (1/2 hour credit) plus 



either MUS 1 67A ( 1 12 hour credit) or MUS 
168 A (1/2 hour credit), if a student has 
auditioned and been selected for the wood- 
wind or brass quintets (no credit available), he/ 
she should register for MUS 169C or 169D. 

261-267 

INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL 
METHODS 

Instrumental and vocal methods classes are 
designed to provide students seeking certifica- 
tion in music education with a basic under- 
standing of all standard band and orchestral 
instruments as well as a familiarity with 
fundamental techniques of singing. 

MUS 261 Brass Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 262 Percussion Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 263, 264 String Methods I and II 

(one hour credit each) 
MUS 265 Vocal Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 266, 267 Woodwind Methods I and II 

(one hour credit each) 




2004-05 ACADtMIC CA lALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHILOSOPHY 

• 








A 






. .. •■ 


'•»♦•' •*» , * 


'■ • • i***^ 


^^^S^ 


; ■. ' " • ■•', 


1* 


% . 






^L 


r>-**« 


^^iW^WII^ 






^^KhGh^s^I^RH 


' V^ 


4 


jy^^ 




rm^v^i 


*'- p^> ' ^'' 


V i-co» '•• 


Bj^^ 




llll»f'ni»-"iifi> 








- S 


.....jij^Hlj^^H 


- 


" 


^«a...-I«ife 



PHILOSOPHY (PHIL) 

Professors: Griffith, Whelan 

Assistant Professor: Herring (Chairperson) 

Part-time Instructor: Chappen 

The study of philosophy develops a critical 
understanding of the basic concepts and 
presuppositions around which we organize our 
thought in morality, law, religion, science, 
education, the arts and other human endeavors. 
A major in philosophy, together with other 
appropriate courses, can provide an excellent 
preparation for policy-making positions of 
many kinds, for graduate study in several 
fields, and for careers in education, law, and 
the ministry. 

The major in philosophy requires eight 
courses including PHIL 223, 224, 440, and at 
least four others numbered 225 or above. 
PHIL 340 can be counted toward the major 
only once. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 



requirement: PHIL 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8, 2 1 9, 30 1 , 
332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 340. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 99. 

Minors 

The Philosophy Department offers four 
minors: (1) Philosophy — any four philosophy 
courses numbered 220 or above, or any five 
philosophy courses that include three num- 
bered 220 or above. (2) Philosophy and 
Law — four courses from PHIL 224, 225, 334, 
335, 336, 337, 340, and independent studies. 
(3) Philosophy & Science — four courses form 
PHIL 223, 225, 333, 340, and independent 
studies. (4) Ethics — four courses from PHIL 
224, 335, 336, 340, and independent studies; 
one of these may be replaced by two from 1 14, 
115,216,219. Since topics in PHIL 
340 and independent studies vary, these 
courses may count toward a minor only if 
they are approved by the department. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHILOSOPHY 

• 



05 

j^RINCIPLES OF CRITICAL THINKING 

An introduction to the elements of critical 
hinking centered on developing the skills 
lecessaiy to recognize, describe, and evaluate 
irguments. Not open to juniors and seniors 
except with consent of instructor. 

[14 

'HILOSOPHY AND PERSONAL CHOICE 
An introductory philosophical examination 
)f a number of contemporary moral issues 
vhich call for personal decision. Topics often 
Investigated include: the "good" life, obliga- 
ion to others, sexual ethics, abortion, suicide 
ind death, violence and pacifism, obedience to 
[he law, the relevance of personal beliefs to 
■norality. Discussion centers on some of the 
juggestions philosophers have made about 
low to make such decisions. Not open to 
iuniors and seniors except with consent of 
'nstructor. 

1115 

PHILOSOPHY AND PUBLIC POLICY 

An introductory philosophical examination 
3f the moral and conceptual dimensions of 
various contemporary public issues, such as 
the relation of ethics to politics and the law, 
the enforcement of morals, the problems of fair 
distribution of goods and opportunities, the 
legitimacy of restricting the use of natural 
resources, and the application of ethics to busi- 
ness practice. Discussion centers on some of 
the suggestions philosophers have made about 
how to deal with these issues. Not open to 
liuniors and seniors except with consent of 
'instructor. 

140 

CENTRAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY 

j A study of several central philosophical 
'problems, such as the problem of free will and 
detenninism, the relationship between mind and 
;body, the nature and limits of human knowl- 
edge, arguments about the existence of God, 



and the problem of personal identity. Not open 
to Juniors and seniors except with consent of 
instructor. 

215 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN 
COMMUNICATION 

An introduction to the foundations of 
communication. Theories of truth and meaning 
are illustrated by means of practical examples, 
with special attention given to the issue of 
objectivity and bias in communication. 

216 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS 
A systematic and philosophically infonned 
consideration of some typical moral problems 
faced by individuals in a business setting, and a 
philosophical examination of some common 
moral criticisms of the American business 
system. 

217 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN EDUCATION 

An examination of the basic concepts 
involved in thought about education, and a 
consideration of the various methods for 
justifying educational proposals. Typical of the 
issues discussed are: Are education and 
indoctrination different? What is a liberal 
education? Are education and schooling 
compatible? What do we need to learn? 
Alternate years. 

218 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

A philosophical examination of some 
important controversies which arise in connec- 
tion with the American criminal justice system. 
Typically included are controversies about the 
nature and purpose of punishment, the proper 
basis for sentencing, the correct understanding 
of criminal responsibility, and the rationale and 
extent of our basic human rights with respect 
to the criminal law. 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHILOSOPHY 



219 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 
IN HEALTH CARE 

An investigation of some of the philosophi- 
cal issues which arise in therapy and in health 
research and planning. Topics typically 
include euthanasia, confidentiality, informed 
consent, behavior control, experimentation on 
humans and animals, abortion, genetic 
engineering, population control, and distribu- 
tion of health care resources. 

223 

HISTORY OF SCIENCE 

AND METAPHYSICS 

An historical survey of the attempt to 
understand the physical universe. Particular 
attention is paid to common origins of 
philosophy and science in the works of the 
ancient Greek philosophers, to the question of 
how scientific and philosophical thinking 
differs from mythological and technological 
thinking, to the rationalism-empiricism dispute 
in science and metaphysics, and to the interac- 
tion between philosophy and science in 
fonnulating fiandamental questions about the 
physical universe and in developing and 
criticizing concepts designed to answer them. 

224 

HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND 

POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 

An historical survey of the most important 
social and political philosophers from Socrates 
to Marx. Special attention is paid to the 
relationship between ethics and politics as seen 
by Plato and Aristotle and to the social 
contract theories of Hobbes, Locke, and 
Rousseau. 

225 

SYMBOLIC LOGIC 

A study of modem symbolic logic and its 
application to the analysis of arguments. 
Included are truth-fianctional relations, the 
logic of propositional fianctions, and deductive 
systems. Attention is also given to 



various topics in the philosophy of logic. 
Alternate years. 

301 

ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY 

A critical examination of the ancient Greek 
philosophers, with particular emphasis on 
Plato and Aristotle. Prerequisites: Two 
courses in philosophy or consent ofinstnictor. 
Alternate years. 

332 

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 

A philosophical examination of religion. 
Included are such topics as the nature of reli- 
gious discourse, arguments for and against the 
existence of God, and the relation between 
reli-gion and science. Readings from classical 
and contemporary sources. Prerequisite: 
Students without previous study in philosophy 
must have consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 

333 

PHILOSOPHY OF NATURAL SCIENCE 

A consideration of philosophically impor- 
tant conceptual problems arising from reflec- 
tion about natural science, including such 
topics as the nature of scientific laws and 
theories, the character of explanation, the 
importance of prediction, the existence of 
"non-obsei^vable" theoretical entities such as 
electrons and genes, the problem of justifying 
induction, and various puzzles associated with 
probability. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL 

PHILOSOPHY 

A close reading of four or five defining 
works of contemporary political philosophy, 
beginning with the work of John Rawls. 
Prerequisite: Students without previous study 
in philosophy must have consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHILOSOPHY 



335 

ETHICAL THEORY 

I An inquiry about the grounds for distin- 
guishing morally right from morally wrong 
actions. Central to this course is critical 
consideration of important theories, such as 
relativism, utilitarianism, and subjectivism, as 
w ell as historically important theorists, such as 
Aristotle, Mill, and Kant. Prerequisite: 
Siiidents without previous study in philosophy 
must have consent oj instructor Alternate 
ycius. 

336 

CONTEMPORARY MORAL PHILOSOPHY 

A close reading of four or five centrally 
important works of contemporary moral 
philosophy. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. A Iternate years. 

337 

PHILOSOPHY OF LAW 

An introduction to the philosophy of law 
using both classical and contemporary sources. 




2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



General theories concerning the nature of law, 
as well as philosophical issues which arise 
primarily within a legal context, will be 
discussed. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

340 

SPECIAL TOPICS 

Study of selected philosophical problems, 
texts, writers, or movements. Recent topics 
include ethical obligations to animals, lying 
and lawbreaking, environmental ethics, 
research on human subjects, and artificial 
intelligence. Students without previous study 
in philosophy must have consent of instructor. 
With consent of the instructor, this course may 
be repeated for credit. 

440 

PHILOSOPHICAL RESEARCH 
AND WRITING 

In-depth instruction in both the independent 
and the cooperative aspects of philosophical 
research and writing. Each student undertakes 
an approved research project and produces a 
substantial philosophical paper. Open only to, 
and required of senior philosophy majors. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent independent studies in philosophy 
include Nietzsche, moral education, Rawls' 
theory of justice, existentialism, euthanasia, 
Plato's ethics, and philosophical aesthetics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

PHYSICS 

(See Astronomy/Physics) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 




PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 

Instructor: Holmes (Chairperson) 
Part-time Instructor: Dill 

PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES, 
WELLNESS, AND COMMUNITY 
SERVICE 

This program is designed to promote 
students' physical welfare, health awareness, 
and encourage a sense of civic responsibility. 
Students must successfully complete any 
combination of two semesters of course work 
selected from the following: 

1 . Designated Physical Activities courses, 

2. Designated varsity athletics, 

3 . Designated wellness courses, 

4. Designated community service projects, 

5. Designated military science courses (Oil, 
021,031,041). 

PHYSICAL ACTIVITY 
COURSES (PHED) 

102 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES 

This topics course satisfies one-half 
semester of physical education. Coeduca- 
tional classes meet twice a week with basic 
instruction in fiindamentals, knowledge, and 
appreciation of various sports. Emphasis is on 
the potential use of activities as recreational 
and leisure time interests. No credit. 

LYCOMINGCOLLEGE 



105 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES 

This topics course satisfies one semester oj 
physical education. Coeducational classes 
meet twice a week with basic instruction in 
fundamentals, knowledge, and appreciation of 
various sports. Emphasis is on the potential 
use of activities as recreational and leisure 
time interests. No credit. 

110-125 

VARSITY ATHLETICS 

Students who compete on a varsity sports 
team may register for a semester of Physical 
Activity during the semester listed. Two full 
seasons must be completed to satisfy the 
Physical Activity requirement. No credit. It is 
the student's responsibility to withdraw 
from the course should they not complete 
the season. 

110 -BASKETBALL 
111 -CROSSCOUNTRY 
112 -FOOTBALL 
113 -GOLF 
114 -SOCCER 
115 -SOFTBALL 
116 -SWIMMING 
117 -TENNIS 
118 -TRACK 
119 -VOLLEYBALL 
120 -WRESTLING 
121 - LACROSSE 

WELLNESS (WELL) 
102 

TOPICS IN WELLNESS 

This topics course satisfies one-half 
semester of wellness study. Wellness courses 
meet two hours per week covering various 
topics that may include Stress Management, 
Preventing Communicable Diseases, Personal 
Health and Wellness, and other current health 
issues. These courses promote student 
wellness during their stay at Lycoming as well 
as their post graduate years. No credit. This 
course may he repeated with the same topic 
only with departmental consent. 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION • POLITICAL SCIENCE 



05 

rOPICS IN WELLNESS 
I This topics course satisfies one semester of 
velliiess study. Wellness courses meet two 
louis per week covering various topics that 
nay include Stress Management, Preventing 
tommunicable Diseases, Personal Health and 
Vellness, and other current health issues, 
^^hcse courses promote student wellness during 
'heir stay at Lycoming as well as their post 
graduate years. No credit. This course may be 
\epcated with the same topic only with 
fepartmental consent. 

[06 

PIRST AID/CPR 

, This course satisfies one semester of 
veUness study. This course will prepare 
tudents to recognize emergencies and make 
;.ppropriate decisions for first aid care. Also 
ncluded are an emphasis on safety and 
ssessment of personal habits to reduce risk of 
njury and illness. American Red Cross First 
Vid and CPR certifications are earned upon 
luccessflil completion of the course. A^o credit. 

:OMMUNITY SERVICE (COMS) 

These courses require 2-3 hours per week 
n a combination of seminars and agency 
)laccment. 

05 

COMMUNITY SERVICE I 

I This course satisfies one semester of 
community serx'ice. An experiential learning 
!)pportunity accomplished in conjunction with 
ocal agencies or college departments. The 
mtcome of such service will promote students" 
personal and social development as well as civic 
esponsibility. No credit. May not be repeated. 

06 

COMMUNITY SERVICE II 
! This course satisfies one semester of 
Community service. Students may elect to 
enroll in a second semester of community 
;ei-v ice to satisfy the graduation requirement, 
rhis will require the student to be engaged in a 
lomewhat more sophisticated level of learning 
ind service. No credit. Prerequisite: 
ZOMS 105. 




POLITICAL 
SCIENCE (psci) 

Professor: Roskin (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professor: Williamson 
Visiting Professors of Legal Studies: Raup, 
Wishard 

The major is designed to provide a systematic 
understanding of government and politics at the 
international, national, state, and local levels. 
Majors are encouraged to develop their skills to 
make independent, objective analyses which 
can be applied to the broad spectrum of the 
social sciences. 

Although the political science major is not 
designed as a vocational major, students with 
such training may go directly into government 
service, journalism, teaching, or private admin- 
istrative agencies. A political science major can 
provide the base for the study of law, or for 
graduate studies leading to administrati\ e work 
in federal, state, or local governments, interna- 
tional organizations, or college teaching. 
Students seeking certification to teach second- 



fOm-OS ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 

• 



ary school social studies may major in political 
science but should consult their advisors and the 
education department. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 99. 

A major in Political Science consists often 
courses as follows: PSCI 106, 1 10, and 400; 
two courses in American politics from PSCI 
211, 212, 213, 214, 316, and 347; one course 
in Legal Studies from PSCI 331, 332, 334, 
335, and 436; two courses in World Politics 
from PSCI 221, 225, 243, 327, and 439; and 
two additional Political Science courses. 
Prospective majors are encouraged to take 
PSCI 106 in their freshman year. An exemp- 
tion will be granted only if it strengthens the 
student's program. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: PSCI 221, 327 and 347. 
The following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: PSCI 210, 334, 400, and 439. 

Minors 

The department offers four minors: 

1 ) Political Science — any four courses num- 
bered 200 or above excluding PSCI 2 1 and 400. 

2) American Politics — PSCI 1 1 and four 
courses selected from PSCI 211,212,213,214, 
3 1 6, or 347. 3) World Politics — four courses 
selected from PSCI 221, 225, 243, 327, or 439. 
4) Legal Studies — four courses selected from 
PSCI 331, 332, 334, 335, or 436. 

Students are encouraged to consult with 
department members on the selection of a minor. 

106 

INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS 

The U.S. political system in comparative 
perspective. Basic concepts, vocabulary, and 
examples to ground students in the objective 
analysis of politics. 

110 

U.S. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

The ideologies, institutions, and processes 
of American politics at the national level, with 



attention to the internal workings of govern- 
ment and the extra-governmental actors — 
including voters, political parties, and interest 
groups — that influence policy. 

210 

COMMUNICATION AND SOCIETY ! 

I 

Reviews and critiques the impact of the mass 
media on American society. Consideration of 
how the media form attitudes, nominate and 
elect candidates, cover news, and monitor govem- 
mental activities as well as possible remedies to 
media-related problems. Alternate years. 

211 

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT 

An examination of the general principles, 
major problems, and political processes of the 
states and their subdivisions, together with 
their role in a federal type of government. 

212 

POLITICAL PARTIES 

The role and impact of political parties in 
America, focusing on theories of individual 
partisan attitudes and behavior, party organiza- 
tions and activities, and partisan performance 
in government. Alternate years. 

213 

CONGRESSIONAL POLITICS 

Study of the U.S. Congress emphasizing 
internal structure and operations, rules and 
procedures, party leadership, committee system, 
external influences, incentives for congiessional 
behavior, and elections. Alternate years. 

214 

THE PRESIDENCY 

The structure and behavior of the American 
presidency, including elections, organization of 
the office, and relation to other national 
institutions. Alternate years. 

221 

COMPARATIVE POLITICS 
AND GEOGRAPHY 

The politics and geography of nations in 
Europe, Asia, the Middle East, Africa, And 
South American in a search for comparisons 
and patterns. Includes history, institutions, 
cultures, borders, regions, and map exercises. 



LYCOMINGCOLLEGE 







2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



1225 

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

! The basic factors and concepts of interna- 
tional relations, such as international systems, 
national interest and security, wars, decolon- 
ization, nationalism, economic development, 
trade blocs, and international law and 
organizations. 

243 

THE VIETNAM WAR 

The background and context of the war, how 
the United States got involved, the military 
lessons, and the war's impact on U.S. society, 
politics, and economy. Alternate years. 

316 

PUBLIC OPINION AND POLLING 

A course dealing with the general topic and 
methodology of polling. Content includes 
exploration of the processes by which people's 
political opinions are fonned, the manipulation 
of public opinion through the uses of propa- 
ganda, and the American response to politics 
and political issues. Alternate years. 

327 

WAR AND PEACE IN THE MIDDLE EAST 

Why is the Middle East such a dangerous 
region? The geography, history, religions, and 
politics that make its wars and its chances for 
peace. Alternate years. 

331 

CIVIL RIGHTS AND LIBERTIES 

What are our rights and liberties as 
Americans? What should they be? A frank 
discussion of the nature and scope of the 
constitutional guarantees. First Amendment 
rights, the rights of criminal suspects and 
defendants, racial and sexual equality, and 
equal protection of the laws. Students will 
read and brief the more important Supreme 
Court decisions. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing, or consent of instructor. 

332 

COURTS AND THE CRIMINAL 

JUSTICE SYSTEM 

The course consists of two components: 
criminal law and criminal procedure. Criminal 



procedure carefully explores constitutional 
law and procedural rules which dominate 
court handling of criminal cases. Criminal law 
explores concepts relating to criminal respon- 
sibility and the establishment of selected 
offenses. Emphasis is placed on "hot button" 
issues in the field: balancing protection of 
fundamental freedoms against society's need 
to solve an prevent crime; plea negotiations; 
the politicizing of the criminal justice system; 
mandatory sentencing schemes; management 
challenges to fast handling of criminal cases; 
the changing line between juvenile and adult 
criminal court; wisdom of using criminal 
punishment in an attempt to control some 
forms of behavior. There will be two field 
trips to court proceedings. Prerequisite: 
junior or senior standing, or consent of 
instructor. 

334 

LEGAL RESEARCH AND WRITING 

Students learn to perform legal research 
with realistic problems in civil and criminal 
cases drawing upon statutory, constitutional, 
regulatory, procedural and common law. 
They will write briefs and memoranda based 
upon the research in the form expected of 
legal interns and paralegal personnel. Some 
classes may be held at the Lycoming County 
Courthouse law libraiy. Alternate years. 
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

335 

LAW AND SOCIETY 

An examination of the nature, sources, 
functions, and limits of law as an instrument 
of political and social control. Included for 
discussion are legal problems pertaining to the 
family, crime, deviant behavior, poxerty, and 
minority groups. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing, or consent of instructor. 

347 

WOMEN AND POLITICS 

The historical, philosophical, and practical 
context and conduct of women in a variety of 
political roles. This course considers both 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



POLITICAL SCIENCE • PSYCHOLOGY 



elective and nonelective activities, and includes 
analyses of women' s issues currently on 
legislative and court agendas. Alternate years. 

400 

POLITICAL ANALYSIS 

Capstone course required of majors, 
normally taken in their senior year, integrates 
and deepens knowledge and methods of the 
study of politics by means of empirical 
political inquiry and quantitative techniques. 
Open to non-majors with consent of instructor. 

436 

MASS MEDIA LAW AND REGULATION 
An examination of the legal stmcture and 
the system by which mass communication is 
controlled in this society. The forces which 
shape, influence, and make policy will be 
considered. Prerequisite: junior or senior 
standing, or consent of instructor. 

439 

AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 

The U.S. role in the world in geographic, 
strategic, historical, and ideological perspec- 
tives, plus an examination of the domestic 
forces shaping U.S. policy. Alternate years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIPS (See index) 

Students may receive academic credit for 
serving as intems in structured learning situations 
with a wide variety of public and private agencies 
and organizations. Students have served as 
intems with the Public Defender' s Office, the 
Lycoming County Court Administrator, and the 
Williamsport City government. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current studies relate to elections — local, 
state, and federal — while past studies have 
included Soviet and world politics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




PSYCHOLOGY (PSY) 

Professor: Ryan, Berthold 
Assistant Professors: Kelley, Beery, 

Olsen (Chairperson) 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Hill 
Visiting Instructor: Williams 
Visiting Part-time Assistant Professors: 

Mitchell, Philippen 
Visiting Part-time Instructor: Cimini 

The major provides training in both 
theoretical and applied psychology. It is 
designed to meet the needs of students 
seeking careers in psychology or other natural 
or social sciences. It also meets the needs of 
students seeking a better understanding of 
human behavior as a means of furthering 
individual and career goals in other areas. 
Psychology majors and others are urged to 
discuss course selections in psychology with 
members of the department to help insure 
appropriate course selection. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PSYCHOLOGY 



The B. A. degree 

To earn the B.A. degree, students must 
complete 32 semester hours in psychology 
including PSY 1 1 0, 43 1 , 432, and 436. 
Statistics is also required. 

The B.S. degree 

To complete the B.S. degree, students must 
complete 32 semester hours in psychology and 
statistics as described for the B.A. and take the 
following additional courses: 

• One additional lab course in Psychology 
from PSY 324 or 333; 

• Three of the following Natural 
Science courses from at least two 
departments: BIO 110, 11 1, 323, 
338; CHEM 1 10, 111; PHYS 225, 
226; 

• One of the following computation 
courses: CPTR 125; MATH 128, 
214;ECON230,441; 

• An Individual Studies or Honors 
Project in Psychology or, with 
department pennission, an Internship 
or the Practicum in Psychology. 

Students are also recommended to take one 
of the following: PHIL 223, 225, or 333. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 99. 

The following course satisfies the cultural 
diversity requirement: PSY 341. The 
following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: PSY 225, 324, 43 1, 432, and 
436. 

Minor 

A minor in psychology consists of 20 
semester hours in psychology including PSY 
1 10, two courses numbered 200 or higher, 
and one course from PSY 324, 333, 43 1 , or 
432. 



101 

TOPICS 

Exploration of a specific basic or applied 
topic in psychology. Different topics will be 
explored diftercnt semesters. Potential topics 
include the psychology of disasters, applied 
behavioral psychology, and organizational 
psychology. The course is open to elementary 
and advanced undergraduates. One-half unit 
of credit. May be repeated once for credit 
with departmental permission. May not he 
used to satisfy distribution or major require- 
ments. 

110 

INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
human and other animal behavior. Areas 
considered may include: learning, personality, 
social, physiological, sensory, cognition, and 
developmental. 

112 

GROUP PROCESSES AND 
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION 
An introduction to research and theories 
on small group fonnation, structure, and 
performance. Topics include group communi- 
cation, conformity, leadership, conflict, and 
decision-making. Emphasis will be placed 
upon applying principles of group dynamics to 
different types of groups. Prerequisite: PSY 
no or consent of instructor. May term only. 

116 

ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the patterns of deviant 
behavior with emphasis on cause, function, and 
treatment. The various models for the con- 
cept-ualization of abnonnal behavior are 
critically examined. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10. 



2004-05 AC ADEM IC CATALOG 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY 



117 

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 

A study of the basic principles of human 
growth and development throughout the life 
span. Prerequisite: PSYJJO. 

118 

ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY 

The study areas will include theories of 
adolescence; current issues raised by as well 
as about the "generation of youth"; research 
findings bearing on theories and issues of 
growth beyond childhood, and self-explora- 
tion. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

138 

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
the teaching-learning process. Areas 
considered may include educational objec- 
tives, pupil and teacher characteristics, 
concept learning, problem-solving and 
creativity, attitudes and values, motivation, 
retention and transfer, evaluation and 
measurement. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10 or 
consent of instructor. 

211 

LEARNING DISABILITIES 

An examination of learning disabilities, 
emotional problems, and social problems of 
children. Topics will include the legal and 
educational rights of children with disabili- 
ties, the various categories of disability 
qualifying for Special Education services, 
assessment of children with learning disabili- 
ties, characteristics of and interventions to 
help children with learning disabilities and 
attention difficulties, the educational place- 
ments and support services available, and 
Individualized Educational Programs (lEPs). 
Prerequisite: PSY 110. 



216 

ABNORMAL CHILD PSYCHOLOGY 

This course examines in detail the symp- 
toms, assessment, causes, and treatments for 
psychological disorders primarily experienced 
by children and adolescents, including in the 
school setting. These include separation 
anxiety. Attention Deficit Hyperactivity 
Disorder (ADHD), oppositional defiant 
disorder, conduct disorder, learning disabili- 
ties, autism, Asperger's disorder, and mental 
retardation. This course also explores the 
application of specific treatment approaches 
to children/adolescents for disorders that can 
be experienced by both children and adults 
(e.g., phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorder, 
post traumatic stress disorder, depression, 
bipolar disorder). Interventions for difficulties 
such as peer/social problems, physical 
conditions/illness, traumatic brain injury, and 
the effects of poverty, divorce, and abuse are 
also discussed. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

220 

THE PSYCHOLOGY OF 

CLOSE RELATIONSHIPS 

This course will review current theory and 
research on love. The progress of close, 
interpersonal relationships from initiation to 
termination will be discussed. In addition, the 
relation between love and sex will be ex- 
plored, and current research on sexuality 
reviewed. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10. 

225 

INDUSTRIAL AND 
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 
The application of the principles and 
methods of psychology to selected industrial 
and organizational situations. Prerequisite: 
PSY 1 10 or consent of instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PSYCHOLOGY 

• 



237 
COGNITION 

An in-depth examination of the field of 
human cognition. Topics inckidc perception, 
attention, short and long term memory, 
reading comprehension, problem solving and 
decision making. Emphasis will be placed on 
understanding the scientific nature of the 
discipline. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

239 

iBEHAVIOR MODIFICATION 
I A detailed examination of the applied 
analysis of behavior. Focus will be on the 
'application of experimental method to the 
individual clinical case. The course will cover 
targeting behavior, base-rating, intervention 
strategies, and outcome evaluation. Learn- 
ing-based modification techniques such as 
contingency management, counter-condition- 
ing, extinction, discrimination training, 
aversive conditioning, and negative practice 
will be examined. Prerequisite: PSY 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

240 

PSYCHOLOGY OF ADULT 
PERSONAL ADJUSTMENT 

A study of psychological theories and 
research on coping with nonnal developmen- 
tal changes and common problems of 
adulthood. Focus will be upon adult transi- 
tions, stress management, intimate relation- 
ships, sexuality, parenting skills, and work 
adjustment. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

310 

FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY 

An examination of psychological theories 
and research on topics related to psychology 
and law. Areas covered include forensic 
pathology, psychological theories of criminal 
behavior, eyewitness testimony, jury decision 
making, expert witnesses, the insanity 
defense, and criminal profiling analysis. 
Prerequisites: PSY 110 and 116. 



324 

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 

The scientific exploration of interpersonal 
communication and behavior. Topics include 
attitudes and attitude change, attraction and 
communication, social perception and social 
influence, prosocial and antisocial behavior 
and group processes. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

333 

PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the physiological 
psychologist's method of approach to the 
understanding of behavior as well as the set of 
principles that relate the function and organi- 
zation of the nervous system to the phenom- 
ena of behavior. Prerequisite: PSY 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

334 

PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT 
Psychometric methods and theory, 
including scale transformation, norms, 
standardization, validation procedures, and 
estimation of reliability. Prerequisites: PSY 
1 10 and statistics. 

341 

PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN 

A review of contemporary theory and 
research on the psychology of gender differ- 
ences. Special topics include sex differences 
in achievement, power, and communication; 
sex-role stereotypes; beliefs about masculinity 
and femininity; and gender influences on 
mental health. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

410 

DYSFUNCTIONAL FAMILIES 
AND CHILD DEVELOPMENT 

This course will explore the relations 
between a variety of types of family dysfunc- 
tions and child development and psychopa- 
thology. Specifically, topics in child abuse, 
neglect, sexual abuse, and children from 
violent homes, alcoholic homes, and homes 
with mentally ill parents will be studied. The 
course will focus on empirical literature about 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMINGCOLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY 



dysfunctional families and child development, 
biographical and political perspectives. 
Prerequisites: PSY 116 and 117, or consent 
of instructor. 

431 

EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 

A study of the scientific method, experi- 
mental design and the application of statistics 
to psychology. Emphasis will be placed on 
understanding the place of research in the field 
of psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 110 and 
statistics. 

432 

SENSATION AND PERCEPTION 

The examination of psychophysical method- 
ology and basic neurophysiological methods as 
they are applied to the understanding of sensor 
processes. Prerequisites: PSY 1 10, 431 and 
statistics. 

436 

PERSONALITY THEORY 

A review of the major theories of personal- 
ity development and personality functioning. 
In addition to covering the details of each 
theory, the implications and applications of 
each theory are considered. This course is best 
taken by Psychology majors in the senior year, 
because it integrates material from diverse 
areas of psychology. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

448-449 

PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY 

An off-campus experience in a community 
setting offering psychological services, 
supplemented with classroom instruction and 
discussion. PSY 448 covers the basic counsel- 
ing skills, while PSY 449 covers the major 
theoretical approaches to counseling. Prereq- 
uisite: Consent of instructor. 



470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Internships give students an opportunity to 
relate on-campus academic experiences to 
society in general and to their post-baccalau- 
reate objectives in particular. Students have, 
for example, worked in prisons, public and 
private schools, county government, and for 
the American Red Cross. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent study is an opportunity for 
students to pursue special interests in areas foi 
which courses are not offered. In addition, 
students have an opportunity to study a topic 
in more depth than is possible in the regular 
classroom situation. Studies in the past have 
included child abuse, counseling of hospital 
patients, and research in the psychology of 
natural disasters. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Honors in psychology requires original 
contributions to the literature of psychology 
through independent study. The most recent 
honors project was a study of the effect of 
self-esteem on attitude-behavior consistency. 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RELIGION 

• 




RELIGION (RED 

Professor: Hughes 

Assistant Professor: Johnson (Chairperson) 

Instructor: Knauth 

Part-time Instructors: Adams, Gaber 

A major in Religion consists of 10 courses, 
including REL 1 13, 1 14, and 120. At least 
seven courses must be taken in the depart- 
ment. Up to three of the following courses 
may be counted toward fulfilling the major 
requirements: GRK 221, 222, HEBR 221, 
222, HIST 340, 416, PHIL 332 and SOC 336. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: REL 1 10, 224, 225, 
226, 228. The following courses, when 
scheduled as W courses, count toward the 
writing intensive requirement: REL 230, 33 1 , 
and 337. 

Minors 

A minor in religion consists of one course 
from REL 110, 1 13 or 1 14 and four religion 
courses numbered 200 or above. 

2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



An interdisciplinary minor in Biblical 
Languages requires the completion of GRK 
101-102, HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 
221,222, HEBR 221, 222. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION 

Designed for the beginning student, this 
course examines what it means to be religious. 
Some of the issues arc the definition of 
religion, the meaning of symbolism, concepts 
of God, ecstatic phenomena. Specific 
attention will be devoted to the current 
problem of cults and religious liberty. 

113 

OLD TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting and in the light of 
archaeological findings to show the faith and 
religious life of the Hebrew-Jewish community 
in the Biblical period, and an introduction to 
the history of interpretation with an emphasis 



^A 



LVCOMINGCOLLEGE 



RELIGION 



on contemporary Old Testament criticism and 
theology. 

114 

NEW TESTAMENT FAITH 
AND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting to show the faith 
and religious life of the Christian community in 
the Biblical period, and an introduction to the 
history of interpretation with an emphasis 
on contemporary New Testament criticism and 
theology. 

119 

RELIGION AND POPULAR CULTURE 

An examination of the interaction of religion 
and culture in an historical perspective fol- 
lowed by a direct analysis of the ethical and 
religious issues raised by contemporary 
American popular culture. Readings include 
artistic and social-scientific as well as ethical 
and religious approaches to popular culture. 

120 

DEATH AND DYING 

A study of death from personal, social and 
universal standpoints with emphasis upon what 
the dying may teach the living. Principal issues 
are the stages of dying, bereavement, suicide, 
funeral conduct, and the religious doctrines of 
death and immortality. Course includes, as 
optional, practical projects with terminal 
patients under professional supervision. Only 
one course from the combination ofREL 120 
and 121 may be used for distribution. 

121 

AFTER DEATH AND DYING 

An examination of the question of life after 
death in terms of contemporary clinical 
studies, the New Testament resurrection 
narratives, the Asian doctrine of reincarnation, 
and the classical theological beliefs of 
providence and predestination. Prerequisite: 



REL 120 is recommended but not required. 
Only one course from the combination of 
REL 120 and 121 may be used for distribu- 
tion. 

222 

PROTESTANTISM IN THE 

MODERN WORLD 

An examination of Protestant thought and 
life from Luther to the present against the 
backdrop of a culture rapidly changing from 
the 1 7th century scientific revolution to 
Marxism, Darwinism, and depth psychology. 
Special attention will be paid to the constant 
interaction between Protestantism and the 
world in which it finds itself 

223 

BACKGROUNDS OF EARLY 

CHRISTIANITY 

A study of historical, cultural, and reli- 
gious influences that shaped the formation of 
early Christianity and the antecedents of 
Christian doctrine and practice in Hellenistic, 
Roman, and post-exilic Jewish cultures. 

224 

JUDAISM AND ISLAM 

An examination of the rise, growth, and 
expansion of Judaism and Islam with special 
attention given to the theological contents of 
the literatures of these religions as far as they 
are normative in matters of faith, practice, and 
organization. Also, a review of their contribu- 
tions to the spiritual heritage of mankind. 

225 

ORIENTAL RELIGION 

A phenomenological study of the basic 
content of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Chinese 
Taoism with special attention to social and 
political relations, mythical and aesthetic 
forms, and the East-West dialogue. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RELIGION 

• 



226 

BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY 

A study of the role of archaeology in 
reconstructing the world in which the Biblical 
literature originated with special attention 
given to archaeological results that throw light 
on the clarification of the Biblical text. Also, 
an introduction to basic archaeological 
method and a study in depth of several 
representative excavations along with the 
artifacts and material culture recovered from 
different historical periods. 

227 

HISTORY AND THEOLOGY 

OF THE EARLY CHURCH 

An examination of the life and theology of 
the church from the close of the New Testa- 
ment to the fifth century. Special attention 
will be given to the struggles of the church 
with heretical movements, the controversies 
concerning the person and nature of Christ, 
and the encounter of the church with the 
Roman Empire. 

228 

HISTORY AND CULTURE 

OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST 

A study of the history and culture of 
Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Syria-Palestine, and 
Egypt from the rise of the Sumerian culture to 
Alexander the Great. Careful attention will be 
given to the religious views prevalent in the 
ancient Near East as far as these views 
interacted with the culture and faith of the 
Biblical tradition. 

230 

PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION 

A study into the broad insights of psychol- 
ogy in relation to the phenomena of religion 
and religious behavior. The course concen- 
trates on religious experience or manifesta- 
tions rather than concepts. Tentative solu- 
tions will be sought to questions such as: 
What does it feel like to be religious or to 



have a religious experience? What is the 
religious function in human development? 
How does one think psychologically about 
theological problems? 

331 

CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

A study of Christian ethics as a normative 
perspective for contemporary moral problems 
with emphasis upon the interaction of law and 
religion, decision-making in the field of 
biomedical practice, and the reconstruction of 
society in a planetary civilization. 

332 

CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN 

CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

An examination of the approach of religion 
and other disciplines to an issue of current 
concern; current topics include the theological 
significance of law, the ethics of love, and the 
Holocaust. May be repeated for credit if the 
topic is different from one previously studied. 

337 

BIBLICAL TOPICS 

An in-depth study of Biblical topics related 
to the Old and New Testaments. Topics 
include prophecy, wisdom literature, the Dead 
Sea Scrolls, the teachings of Jesus, Pauline 
theology, Judaism and Christian origins, 
redaction criticism - the way the Synoptic 
Gospels and John give final fonn to their 
message. Course will vary from year to year 
and may be repeated for credit once if the 
topic is different from one previously studied. 

341 

CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS ISSUES 
A study of the theological significance of 
some contemporary intellectual developments 
in Western culture. The content of this course 
will vary from year to year. Subjects studied 
in recent years include the theological 
significance of Freud, Marx, and Nietzsche; 
Christianity and existentialism; theology and 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RELIGION 



depth psychology; the religious dimension of 
contemporary literature. 

342 

THE NATURE AND MISSION 
OF THE CHURCH 

A study of the nature of the Church as 
"The People of God" with reference to the 
Biblical, Protestant, Orthodox, and Roman 
Catholic traditions. 

401 

FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY 

Participation in an approved archaeological 
dig or field school program in the Near East 
or Mediterranean region. Includes instruction 
in excavation techniques, recording and 
processing of artifacts. A survey of excava- 
tion and research and the use of archaeology 
as a tool for elucidating historical and cultural 
changes. Under certain circumstances, 
participation in an archaeological field school 
program within the United States, Central or 
South America, or elsewhere may be ac- 
cepted. Special fees apply. May Term or 
Summer Sessions only. 

421 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL FIELD 
SUPERVISION 

Participation in an archaeological excava- 
tion or field school program at the level of 
assistant supervisor or above. Includes 
instruction in on-site supervision of daily 
digging, record-keeping, and interpretation of 
finds, and/or specialized training in excavation 
project coordination, data processing, or 
analysis of specific types of material culture. 
Research project required. Prerequisite: REL 
401 or equivalent experience. Special fees 
apply. May Term or Summer Sessions onlv. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in religion usually work in local 
churches under the supervision of the pastor 
and a member of the faculty. Interns in 



archaeology usually work in historical 
museums or art museums under the supervi- 
sion of a museum director/curator/archaeolo- 
gist and a member of the faculty. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current study areas are in the Biblical 
languages. Biblical history and theology. 
Biblical archaeology, comparative religions, 
and the ethics of technology. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GREEK (GRK) 

Greek is not offered as a major. An 
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages 
requires the completion of GRK 101-102, 
HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 221, 
222, HEBR221,222. 

101-102 

NEW TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of New Testament Greek 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Greek text. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

11\ 

READINGS IN THE SYNOPTIC GOSPELS 

A comparative study of the synoptic 
tradition in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 102 or 
equivalent. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS IN THE PAULINE EPISTLES 
Selected readings from the letters of Paul 
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 221 or equiva- 
lent. Does not satisfy' humanities require- 
ment. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RELIGION • SCHOLAR PROGRAM 




HEBREW (HEBR) 

I Hebrew is not offered as a major. An 
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages 
requires the completion of GRK 101-102, 
HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 221, 
222. HEBR 221, 222. 

101-102 

OLD TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

i Fundamentals of Old Testament Hebrew 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Hebrew text. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

221 

READINGS IN OLD 
TESTAMENT NARRATIVE 

\ A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected narrative portions of the Old Testament 
with special attention being given to exegetical 
questions. The text read varies from year to 
year. Prerequisite: HEBR 102 or equivalent. 
\Does not satisfy humanities requirement. 

;222 

[READINGS IN THE PROPHETIC BOOKS 

AND WISDOM LITERATURE 

' A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 

selected portions of Old Testament prophecy 

and wisdom literature with special attention 

being given to exegetical questions. The text 

'read varies from year to year. Prerequisite: 

HEBR 221 or equivalent. Does not satisfy 

humanities requirement. 

2(i( )4 ()5 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SCHOLAR 
PROGRAM (scHOL) 

Assistant Professor: Briggs (Director) 

The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a 
special program designed to meet the needs 
and aspirations of highly motivated students of 
superior intellectual ability. Lycoming scholars 
satisfy the College's distribution requirements 
with more challenging courses than students 
not in the Scholar Program are required to 
complete. (Substitutions to the Scholar 
Distribution Requirements can be made only by 
successful application to the Scholar's Coun- 
cil.) Lycoming Scholars also participate in 
special interdisciplinary seminars and in an 
independent study culminating in a senior 
presentation. 

301 

LYCOMING SCHOLAR SEMINAR 

Team taught interdisciplinary seminar held 
each semester under the direction of the 
Lycoming Scholar Council. May be repeated 
for credit. Completion of five semesters is 
required by the Scholar Program. Prerequi- 
site: Acceptance into the Lycoming Scholar 
Program. One-quarter unit of credit. Grade 
will be recorded as "A "or "F." 

450 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

During the senior year, Lycoming Scholars 
complete independent studies or departmental 
honors projects. These projects are presented 
to scholars and faculty in the senior seminar. 
Non-credit course. Prerequisite: Acceptance 
into the Lycoming Scholar Program. 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

(SOC) 

Professor: Wilk (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professor: Ross 
Visiting Assistant Professor: McCall 
Part-time Instructor: Mahoney 

The Sociology-Anthropology Department 
offers two tracks in the major. Both tracks 
introduce the students to the fiindamental 
concepts of the discipline, and both tracks 
prepare the student for graduate school. 

Track I emphasizes the theoretical aspects 
of sociology and anthropology. Track II 
emphasizes the application of sociology and 
anthropology to human services. 

Track I - Sociology-Anthropology requires 
the core course sequence SOC 110, 114, 229, 
330, 430, 444 and three other courses within 
the department with the exception of SOC 
443. REL 226 may also be counted toward 
the major. 

Track II - Human Services in a Socio- 
Cultural Perspective Track II - Human 
Services in a Socio-Cultural Perspective 

requires SOC 1 10, 222, 229, 330, 430, 443, 
and 444. In addition, students must select two 
courses from among the following: SOC 220, 
228, 300, 334, and 335. Students are also 
required to choose two units from the follow- 
ing courses: PSY 1 10, ECON 224, PHIL 219, 
and SOC 230. Recommended courses: 
ACCT 1 10, 226; SPAN 111,1 12; HIST 126; 
and PHIL 334. 

Majors in both tracks are encouraged to 
participate in the internship program. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 99. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: SOC 229, 33 1 , 334, 
335, 336, and 337. The following courses, 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 




when scheduled as W courses, count toward tht 
writing intensive requirement: SOC 229 and 
331. 

Minor 

A minor in sociology and anthropology 
consists of SOC 1 1 and four other SOC 
courses approved by the department, three of 
which must be numbered 220 or above. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 

An introduction to the problems, concepts, 
and methods in sociology today, including 
analysis of stratification, organization of 
groups and institutions, social movements, and 
deviants in social structure. 

114 

INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 

An introduction to the subfields of anthro- 
pology; its subject matter, methodology, and 
goals, examination of biological and cultural 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



evolution, the fossil evidence for human 
evolution, and questions raised in relation to 
human evolution. Other topics include race, 
human nature, primate behavior, and prehis- 
toric cultural development. 

220 

MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY 

The history, structure, and functions of 
modem American family life, emphasizing 
dating, courtship, factors in marital adjustment, 
and the changing status of family members. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES 

This course is for students interested in 
learning about, or entering, the human services 
profession. It will review the history, the 
range, and the goals of human services 
together with a survey of various strategies 
and approaches to human problems. A 
twenty-hour community service component is 
an optional element of the course. Prerequi- 
site: SOC no and/or PSY 110: or consent of 
instructor. 

lis 

AGING AND SOCIETY 

Analysis of cross-cultural characteristics of 
the aged as individuals and as members of 
groups. Emphasis is placed upon media 
portrayals as well as such variables as health, 
housing, socio-economic status, personal 
adjustment, retirement, and social participation. 
Sociological, social psychological, and anthro- 
pological frames of reference are util izcd in 
analysis and description of aging and its 
relationship to the individual and society. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110. 

229 

CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY 

An examination of cultural and social 
anthropology designed to familiarize the 
student with the analytical approaches to the 
diverse cultures of the world. The relevancy 
of cultural anthropology for an understanding 

20(14-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



of the human condition will be stressed. Topics 
to be covered include the nature of primitive 
societies in contrast to civilizations, the concept 
of culture and cultural relativism, the individual 
and culture, the social patterning of behavior 
and social control, an anthropological perspec- 
tive on the culture of the United States. 

230 

SELF AND SOCIETY 

This course is concerned with the behavior 
of individuals who occupy positions in social 
structures, organizations and groups. The 
focus is on the behavior of individuals as it is 
controlled, influenced, or limited by the social 
environment; and the manner in which the 
behavior of individuals reacts upon, shapes and 
alters social structures and enters into the 
functioning of groups. This course will also 
explore symbolic interactionism, a major 
theoretical perspective in sociology which 
focuses primary attention on the way in which 
individuals define and continually redefine 
reality on the basis of social interaction. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor. 

235 

SOCIAL HISTORY OF 

AMERICAN FAMILIES 

This course traces the historical develop- 
ments that lead to contemporary family debates 
on issues including, but not limited to, welfare 
support and reform, fertility and abortion 
politics, divorce and child custody issues, and 
women's employment outside of the home. In 
addition, the course examines the American 
family from the perspective of historical 
sociology with particular emphasis on the 
interplay of the family as it relates to historic 
refonns in the economic, political, educational, 
religious, and legal institutions. Covering 
approximately a four-century time frame, the 
changing composition of families is studied with 
an emphasis on racial, ethnic, and social class 
variations. Throughout the course "family" is 
addressed as a gendered institution and its 
implications for men's and women's lives. 
Alternate years. 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



300 

CRIMINOLOGY 

Analysis of the sociology of law; conditions 
under which criminal laws develop; etiology of 
crime; epidemiology of crime, including 
explanation of statistical distribution of 
criminal behavior in temis of time, space, and 
social location. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

330 

RESEARCH METHODS IN SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

In studying the research process in sociol- 
ogy-anthropology, attention is given to the 
process of designing and administering both 
qualitative and quantitative research. Students 
complete an original field work project in a 
public setting. Additionally, students will learn 
to compile and analyze quantitative data 
through a micro computer statistical software 
package. Different methodological skills 
considered include: field work, questionnaire 
construction, unobtrusive research, and 




program evaluation. The course must be taken 
in the junior year. Prerequisites: SOC 110 
and MATH 123. 

331 

SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER 

Virtually every society known to us is 
founded upon assumptions of gender differ- 
ences and the politics of gender inequality. 
This course focuses on the ways in which 
gender is socially constructed and institutional- 
ized in societies. Topics to be considered 
include cultural constructions of masculinity, 
femininity, heterosexuality, and homosexuality;, 
institutional sites of gender differentiation such 
as work, family, military, and education; media 
representations of gender and sexuality; and 
reproduction politics. Emphasis is placed on 
various theories that have been advanced to 
explain gender stratification. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110. Alternate years. 

334 

RACIAL AND CULTURAL MINORITIES 

Study of racial, cultural, and national 
groups within the framework of American 
cultural values. An analysis will include 
historical, cultural, and social factors underly- 
ing ethnic and racial conflict. Field trips and 
individual reports are part of the requirements 
for the course. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

335 

CULTURE AND PERSONALITY 

Introduction to psychological anthropol- 
ogy, its theories and methodologies. Emphasis 
will be placed on the relationship between 
individual and culture, national character, 
cognition and culture, culture and mental 
disorders, and cross-cultural considerations of 
the concept of self Prerequisite: SOC 229 or 
consent of instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



336 

THE ANTHROPOLOGY 
OF PRIMITIVE RELIGIONS 

The course will familiarize the student with 
the wealth of anthropological data on the 
religions and world views developed by prim- 
itive peoples. The functions of primitive rel- 
igion in regard to the individual, society, and 
various cultural institutions will be examined. 
Subjects to be surveyed include myth, witch- 
craft, vision quests, spirit possession, the 
cultural use of dreams, and revitalization 
movements. Particular emphasis will be given 
to shamanism, transcultural religious experi- 
ence, and the creation of cultural realities 
through religions. Both a social scientific and 
existential perspective will be employed. Pre- 
requisite: SOC 229 or consent of instructor. 

337 

THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF 

AMERICAN INDIANS 

An ethnographic survey of native North 
American Indian and Eskimo cultures, such as 
the Iroquois, Plains Indians, Pueblo, Kwakiutl, 
and Netsilik. Changes in native lifeways due 
to European contacts and United States 
expansion will be considered. Recent cultural 
developments among American Indians will be 
placed in an anthropological perspective. 

430 

SOCIAL PROBLEMS 

Building on the research skills acquired in 
SOC 330, students will complete an original 
quantitative research project on a topic of their 
own choosing. The theoretical emphasis of 
this course covers the social construction and 
life course of a social problem. Additionally, 
several social problems will be analyzed in 
depth. Prerequisite: SOC 330. 

443 

HUMAN SERVICES IN 
HELPING INSTITUTIONS 

The course examines the organizational and 



conceptual context within which human services 
are delivered in contemporary society. Subjects 
to be covered include ethnographic study of 
nursing homes, prisons, therapeutic communi- 
ties, mental hospitals, and other human service 
institutions. The methodology of fieldwork 
will be explored so as to sensitize the student 
to the socio-cultural dimensions of helping 
environments and relationships. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110 or 229, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

444 

SOCIAL THEORY 

The history of the development of sociologi- 
cal thought from its earliest philosophical 
beginnings is treated through discussions and 
reports. Emphasis is placed upon sociological 
thought since the time of Comte. Prerequisite: 
SOC 1 lOor consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in sociology-anthropology typically 
work off campus with social service agencies 
under the supervision of administrators. 
However, other internship experiences, such as 
with the Lycoming County Historical Museum, 
are available. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

An opportunity to pursue specific interests 
and topics not usually covered in regular 
courses. Through a program of readings and 
tutorials, the student will have the opportunity 
to pursue these interests and topics in 
greater depth than is usually possible in a 
regular course. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 




THEATRE (thea) 

Associate Professor: Allen (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professor: Stanley 
Visiting Instructor: Graham 
Part-time Instructor: Clark 

The primary responsibilities of the Theatre 
Department are to teach appreciation, service, 
foundational and specialized courses; to 
prepare students for advanced study and 
training; and to sponsor worthwhile produc- 
tion programs in which students can practice 
the art and craft of theatre, and which will be a 
dynamic contribution to the cultural life of the 
College community. 

The Theatre Department produces a full 
season of faculty- and student-directed plays. 
The department also manages the Lycoming 
College Summer Theatre and a children's 
theatre company. The Emerald City Players. 
The department's production facilities include 
an intimate thrust stage (The Mary L. Welch 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Theatre) and a small black box studio theatre 
(The Downstage Theatre) in the Academic 
Center. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: THEA 1 14, 212, 332, 
333, 335, and 410. The following courses, 
when scheduled as W courses, count toward 
the writing intensive requirement: THEA 212, 
332, and 333. 

Major 

All students majoring in Theatre must 
complete the core courses and the require- 
ments for at least one of the three tracks listed ' 
below. 

Core courses required of all majors: 

THEA 100, 145, 148, 232, 332, 333, 410, and 
449. 

Track Requirements: 

1. Acting: 

THEA 226, 245, 335, and either 345 or 
402; 2 credits of 160, one-half credit 
which must be earned serving as Assistant 
Stage Manager or Crew Head for a 
faculty-directed production, and 2 credits 
of 161. 

2. Directing: 

THEA 226, 326, 335, and either 402 or 
426; 2 credits of 1 60, one-half credit which 
must be earned serving as Assistant Stage 
Manager for a faculty-directed production 
and one-half credit which must be earned as 
the Stage Manager for a faculty- directed 
production, and 2 credits of 161 . 

3. Design/Tech: 

ART 212, THEA 228, 229, 320; one from 
the following: 335, 402, 427, 428, 429; 
and 4 credits of THEA 160 and/or 161. 

Minors 

Three minors are available in the Theatre 
Department. 

• A minor in Performance consists of THEA 
100, 145, 148, 226, and 245. 



^m 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THEATRE 

• 



• A minor in Technical Theatre consists of 
THEA 100, 148, 228, 229, and 320. 

• A minor in Theatre History and Literature 
consists of THEA 100, 332, 333, 335 and 410. 

100 

INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE 

A comprehensive introduction to the 
aesthetics of theatre. From the spectator's 
point of view, the nature of theatre will be 
explored, including dramatic literature and the 
integral functioning of acting, directing and all 
production aspects. Concurrent enrollment in 
THEA 148 prohibited. 

114 

FILM ART: MOTION PICTURE 
MASTERPIECES 

Study of selected classic experimental and 
narrative films from around the world as well 
as from Hollywood. Consideration of what 
makes a classic through examination of such 
topics as acting, writing, directing, style, and 
genre. Alternate years. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, 
and modem dance. Classes include improvisa- 
tion and choreography. Prerequisite for 
THEA 136: THEA 135 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
135-136 or MUS 235-236. Cross-listed as 
MUS 135-136. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the Ballets 
de cow of 1 7th-century France to the present 
with emphasis on the contributions of Petipa, 
Fokine, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. One-half 
unit of credit. Not open to students who have 
received credit for MUS 137. Cross-listed as 
MUS 137. 



138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the forms of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art and 
as they have reflected the history of civil- 
ization. One-half unit of credit. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
138. Cross-listed as MUS 138. 

145 
ACTING I 

An introductory study of the actor's 
preparation with emphasis on developing the 
actor's creative imagination through improvi- 
sation, character analysis, and scene study. 
Prerequisite: THEA 100. Majors may take 
concurrently with THEA 100. 

148 

PLAY PRODUCTION 

Stagecraft and the various aspects of 
production are introduced. Through material 
presented and laboratory work on the Mary L. 
Welch Theatre productions, students will 
acquire experience with design, scenery, 
properties, costumes and lighting. Prerequi- 
site: THEA 100. Concurrent enrollment in 
THEA 100 prohibited. 

160 

TECHNICAL THEATRE PRACTICUM 

161 

REHEARSAL AND PERFORMANCE 
PRACTICUM 

Supervised participation in the various 
aspects of technical production and/or 
rehearsal and perfonnance of the Theatre 
Department's faculty-directed productions in 
the Mary L. Welch Theatre. Credit for Theatre 
Practicum is earned on a fractional basis. 
Students may register for one-half semester 
hour course credit per production for active 
participation in the designated area of technol- 
ogy and performance, limited to one semester 
hour credit per semester and eight semester 
hours credit over four years. Credit may not 
be used to satisfy distribution requirements in 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 



Fine Arts. Students may not register for 
Theatre Practicum while taking THEA 148 
without permission of the instructor. When 
scheduling, students should register for Theatre 
Practicum in addition to the nonnal four 
academic courses. Because students may not 
be cast or assigned duties in time to meet the 
drop/add deadline, late registration for THEA 
160 and 161 (Rehearsal and Performance) will 
be permitted without penalty. 

201 

TOURING CHILDREN'S THEATRE 

Production and rehearsal techniques for 
performance of a children's play. Students will 
construct sets, costumes, props and rehearse 
for touring and perfonning on during slated 
class times at area grade schools. Students 
may repeat this course once with a dijferent 
play. Prerequisites: THEA 100 and consent 
of instructor. 

212 

MULTICULTURAL AMERICA 
ON SCREEN 

Introduction to the art of understanding 
moving images to discover the cultural values 
of American filmmakers and their audiences. 
Comparison of the ways in which films and 
television use comedy, drama, and the docum- 
entary to examine topics having to do with 
values, beliefs, and cultural diversity in America. 

220 

VOICE AND DICTION 

Introduction to the fundamental techniques 
of vocal production for the theatre. Empha- 
sizes an individual program of personal vocal 
development. Dialects and phonetic study of 
the major European accents and English accents. 
Includes oral practice of relevant literature. 
Alternate years. One-half unit of credit. 

226 
DIRECTING I 

An introductory study of the functions of 
the director, with emphasis on script analysis, 



the rehearsal process, and communicating with 
collaborators. Practical scene work directing 
student actors is a major component of the 
course. Prerequisite: THEA 145. Alternate 
years. 

228 

SCENE DESIGN 

Development of scene design techniques 
through study of the practice in rendering, 
perspective drawing, plan drafting, sketching 
and model building. Beginning work in theory, 
techniques, and practices in scenery painting for 
the theatre. Participation on Arena Theatre 
productions will be part of the class-room 
requirements. Prerequisites: ART 212, THEA 
148. Alternate years. 

229 

LIGHTING DESIGN 

The theory of stage and lighting design with 
emphasis on their practical application to the 
theatre. Prerequisites: ART 212, THEA 148. 
Alternate years. 

231 

SUMMER THEATRE PRACTICUM 

Practical application in construction, design 
and production problems and techniques 
through laboratory and plays in production. 
Prerequisite: THEA 148. Offered summer only. 

232 

STAGE MAKEUP 

Essentials in stage makeup: straight, 
character, special types. Effects of light on 
makeup are included. Recommended for 
perfonners and directors of educational, church 
and community theatres. Prerequisite: THEA 
148. One-half unit of credit. Alternate Years. 

233 

ADVANCED MAKEUP 

Advanced techniques in makeup design. 
Three-dimensional and prosthetic makeups are 
included, with emphasis on nonrealistic and 
nonhuman forms. Prerequisite: THEA 232. 
One-half unit of credit. A I tenia te years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THEATRE 



235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz, and 
modem dance at the intennediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for THEA 235: THEA 136 
or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for 
THEA 236: THEA 235 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
1 35- 136 or MUS 235-236. Cross-listed as 
MUS 235-236. 

245 

ACTING II 

Exploration of contemporary realism 
through intensive character analysis, mono- 
logue work, and scene study. Prerequisite: 
THEA 145. 

320 

COSTUME DESIGN 

The theory of costuming for the stage, 
elements of design, planning, production and 
construction of costumes for the theatre. 
Students will participate in the construction of 
costumes for faculty-directed productions. 
Prerequisites: ART 212 and THEA 148. or 
consent of instructor. Majors may take 
concurrently with THEA 145. Alternate years. 

326 

DIRECTING II 

Continued exploration of the director's 
role in the production process with emphasis 
on the director's work in rehearsal. Practical 
application will include the direction of a one- 
act play with student actors in the Downstage 
Theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 226. Alternate 
years. 

332 

THEATRE HISTORY I 

An investigation of the Western theatre as 
the evolution of a multidisciplinary artistic, 
cultural, social, economic, religious, and 

2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



political phenomenon. Dramatic texts repre- 
senting specific eras will be studied as histori- 
cal evidence of theatre practice. Focuses on 
the origins of the theatre through 1 700. 
Alternate years. 

333 

THEATRE HISTORY II 

An investigation of the Western theatre as 
the evolution of a multidisciplinary artistic, 
cultural, social, economic, religious, and 
political phenomenon. Dramatic texts repre- 
senting specific eras will be studied as histori- 
cal evidence of theatre practice. Focuses on 
the early 1 8'*' century through the theatre 
today. Prerequisite: THEA 332. Alternate 
years. 

335 

MODERN DRAMA 

An examination of selected examples of 
dramatic literature from the modem theatre, 
1 875 to the present. The course will focus on 
a single topic within this framework, such as 
American drama, American musical theatre, 
European drama, absurdist drama, epic drama, 
expressionistic drama, perfonnance art, etc. 
Prerequisites: THEA 332 and 333, or consent 
of instructor. Alternate years. 

337 
PLAYWRITING 

An investigation of the techniques of 
playwriting with an emphasis on creative 
writing, culminating in a written one-act 
play. Prerequisites: ENGL 106 or 107 and 
THEA 226. Alternate years. 

345 
ACTING III 

Exploration of historical acting styles 
including Greek, commedia dell 'arte, Elizabe- 
than, comedy of manners, melodrama, and 
expressionism. Practical application will 
include character analysis, monologue work, 
and scene study. Prerequisite: THEA 245. 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 



-•' 



402 

SHAKESPEARE ON STAGE 

A study of Shakespeare's plays in produc- 
tion terms. Emphasis will be on translating 
works from the page to the stage, with special 
attention to language, poetry, and acting styles 
as well as technical problems. Contemporary 
productions will be viewed. Prerequisites: 
THEA 332 and 333, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

410 

THEATRE AND CULTURE 

Exploration of one or more historic periods 
in a specific locale to discover the nature of the 
theatre in its cultural context. Included will be 
a study of the art, music, literature, political 
and social framework of the period and locale. 
Prerequisites: THEA 332 and 333. Alternate 
years. 

426 

DIRECTING III 

Practical application of directing in one of 
the department's two performance spaces. 
Prerequisites: THEA 326 and consent of 
instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

427 

ADVANCED COSTUME DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of costume design for 
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq- 
uisites: THEA 320 and consent of instructor. 
May he repeated for credit. 

428 

ADVANCED SCENE DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of scene design for the 
studio or main stage productions. Prerequi- 
site: Consent of instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

429 

ADVANCED LIGHTING DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of lighting design for 
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq- 
uisite: Consent of instructor. May be re- 
peated for credit. 



444 

ADVANCED DIRECTING STUDIO 

Practical application of directing for studio 
or main stage productions. Prerequisites: 
Consent of instructor and THEA 336. May be 
repeated for credit. 

445 

ADVANCED ACTING STUDIO 

Practical application of acting for studio or 
main stage productions. Prerequisites: 
Consent of instructor and THEA 345. May be 
repeated for credit. 

449 

SENIOR PROJECT 

The practical application of one specific 
theatre discipline. Students have the option of 
demonstrating expertise in costume design, 
scene design, lighting design, acting, or 
directing for departmental productions. Other 
options may include but are not limited to 
design projects or one-person shows. Stu- 
dents will be required to submit a formal 
written proposal in the spring of their junior 
year which must be approved by all full-time 
Theatre Department faculty. This course is 
open to senior theatre majors only. 

470 - 479 

INTERNSHIP (See Index) 

Students in the theatre work off campus in 
theatres such as the Guthrie Theatre, Minne- 
apolis, and the Hartford Stage and the Trinity 
Repertory. 

N80/N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDIES (See Index) 
Subjects for Independent Studies are 
chosen in conjunction with faculty members. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Students who qualify for Departmental 
Honors will produce a major independent 
project in research or technical theatre. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



WOMEN^S STUDIES 




WOMEN'S STUDIES 

(WMST) 

Associate Professor: Lynn Estomin 

(Co-director) 
Assistant Professor: N.J. Stanley (Co-director) 

Although a major in women's studies is 
available only under the policies regarding 
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors (page 38), 
an established minor in women's studies is 
provided. WMST 200 and four of the 
following courses are required for the minor. 
ART 339 Women in Art 
ENGL 334 Women and Literature 
HIST 220 Women in History 
PSCI 347 Women and Politics 
PSY 341 Psychology of Women 
SOC 33 1 Sociology of Gender 
WMST 300 Topics in Women's Studies 

With the approval of the coordinator, an 
appropriate special course or independent 
studies project may be substituted for one of 
the four courses required for the minor. To 
receive credit for a minor in women's studies, 
a student must maintain at least a 2.00 average 



in courses taken for that minor. 

The following course satisfies the cultural 
diversity requirement: WMST 200. 

200 

ISSUES IN WOMEN'S STUDIES 

An examination of women's issues from an 
interdisciplinary perspective. The course will 
explore the social construction of gender, 
feminist research methods and theories, and 
the role of patriarchy in women's lives. Topics 
may involve language, art, science, politics, 
culture, violence, race, class, ethnic differ- 
ences, sexuality, and pornography. 

300 

TOPICS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES 

An examination of selected topics in 
Women's Studies designed to allow students to 
pursue particular subjects in more depth and 
detail than in the general introductory course. 
With the permission of the Coordinator of the 
Women s Studies Program students may repeat 
this course depending on the content. 

N80/N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDIES (See Index) 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 

• 



The Board Of Trustees 



OFFICERS 

Robert L. Shangraw '58 

Chairman 

First Vice President for 

Investments/Retired 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner 

& Smith 

Williamsport, PA 

Donald E. Failor '68 

Vice Chairman 

Owner/Chartered Life 

Underwriter 

D.E. Failor Associates 

Harrisburg, PA 

Melvin H. Campbell, Jr. '70 

Secretary 

Owner/President 

Campbell, Harrington & Brear 

Advertising 

York, PA 

Harold D. 
Hershberger, Jr. '51 

Assistant Secretary 

President 

Deer Mountain Associates, Inc 

Williamsport, PA 

Ann S. Pepperman, Esq. 

Assistant Secretary 
Partner 

McNemey, Page, 
Vanderlin & Hall 
Williamsport, PA 

Brenda P. Alston-Mills '66 

Professor 

North Carolina State Univ. 

Raleigh, NC 

David R. Bahl, Esq. 

Partner 

McCormick Law Firm 

Williamsport, PA 

John R. Biggar '66 

Exec. V.P. & CEO 
PPL Resources, Inc. 
AUentown, PA 

Jay W. Cleveland, Sr. 

Chainnan of the Board/CEO 
Cleveland Brothers 
Equipment Company 
Harrisburg, PA 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



James E. Douthat 

President 
Lycoming College 
Williamsport, PA 

Daniel G. Fultz '57 

Exec. VP and Treasurer/ 
Retired 

Lycoming College 
Williamsport, PA 

David D. Gathman '69 

Consultant 

Targeted Diagnostics & 
Therapeutics, Inc. 
Westchester PA 

Arthur A. Haberberger '59 

Investor and Consultant 
Reading, PA 

Daniel R. Hawbaker 

President 

Glenn O. Hawbaker, Inc. 

State College, PA 

Michael J. Hayes '63 

President and CEO 
Fred's 
Memphis, TN 

James L. Hebe '71 

President /CEO 
Seagrave Fire Apparatus 
Clintonville.WI 

Bishop Neil L. Irons 

Bishop/Retired 
Central PA Conference 
United Methodist Church 
Mechanicsburg, PA 

Dale N. Krapf '67 

President 

George Krapf, Jr. & 
Sons, Inc. 
Exton, PA 

David B. Lee '61 

President/CEO 
Omega Financial Corp. 
State College, PA 

Robert G. Little '63 

Family Physician 
Community Medical 
Associates 
Halifax, PA 



Carolyn-Kay Lundy '63 

Community Volunteer 
Williamsport, PA 

Peter R. Lynn '69 

CEO 

Government Retirement & 
Benefits, Inc. 
Alexandria, VA 

D. Stephen Martz '64 

Consultant 

Hollidaysburg Trust Co. 
Hollidaysburg, PA 

Norman B. Medow '60 

Surgeon 

Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat 

Hospital 

New York, NY 

JohnC. Schultz 

President/CEO 
Jersey Shore Steel 
Jersey Shore, PA 

James G. Scott '70 

Independent Consultant 
West Newbury, MA 

Hugh H. Sides '60 

President 

Robert M. Sides Music, Inc. 

Williamsport, PA 

Judge Clinton W. Smith '55 

Senior Judge 
Court of Common Pleas 
29th Judicial District 
Williamsport, PA 

Charles D. Springman '59 

Sr. VP Operations/Retired 
May Dept. Store Co. Fndtn. 
Williamsport, PA 

John S. Trogner, Jr. '68 

President/First Commercial 
Real Estate 

Treasurer/Troegs Brewing Co. 
Harrisburg, PA 

Phyllis L. Yasui 

Nurse/Homemaker/Retired 
Williamsport, PA 



Alvin M. 
Younger, Jr. '71 

Chief Financial Officer/ 

Retired 

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. 

Lutherville, MD 



EMERITI 

David Y. Brouse '47 

Manager/Retired 
GTE Sylvania 
Montoursville, PA 

Richard W. DeWald '61 

Chairman 

Montgomery Plumbing 
Supply Company 
Montoursville, PA 

Samuel H. Evert '34 

Owner/Retired 

Bloom Penn Constmction 

Bloomsburg, PA 

Rev. Kenrick R. Khan '57 

Clergy /Teacher/Retired 
Penney Farnis, FL 

Margaret D. L'Heureux 

Real Estate Broker 
Fish GMAC Real Estate 
Williamsport. PA 

William Pickelner 

President 

Pickelner Fuel Oil Company 

Williamsport, PA 

Marguerite Rich '42 

Homemaker 
Woolrich, PA 

Harold H. Shreckengast, 
Jr. '50 

Audit Partner/Retired 
Price Waterhouse 
Jenkintown, PA 

Rev. Dr. Wallace Stettler 

President/Retired 
Wyoming Seminary 
Dallas, PA 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 

• 



Administrative Staff 



James E. Douthat (1989) 

President 

A.B., The College of William and Maiy 

M.Diw, Ed.D., Duke University 

JohnF. Piper, Jr. (1969) 

Dean of the College 
Professor of History 
A.B., Lafayette College 
B.D.. Yale University 
Ph.D., Duke University 

Sue S. Gaylor (2003) 

Executive Assistant to the President/ 
Institutional Planning Officer 
A.B., Dartmouth College 
Ed.M., Ed.D., Han'ard Graduate School of Ed. 

Robert Griesemer (2001) 

Vice President and Treasurer 
B.S.. Lafayette College 

Thomas Ruhl (2000) 

Vice President for College Advancement 
B.S., Bloomshurg University 

Sue Saunders (2000) 

Dean of Student Affairs 
B.S., M.Ed., Ohio University 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 

James D.Spencer (1989) 

Dean of Admissions & Financial Aid 
B.A., Concordia College 

Debbie L. Ackerman (1978) 
Housekeeping Manager 

Patricia E. Bausinger (2001) 

Campus Store Manager 

Keith O. Barrows (2002) 

Director of Gift Planning and Manager of 

Development Relations 
B.A., Lycoming College 
J.D., Widener University School of Law 

Katie Bell (2003) 

Director of Alumni & Parent Programs 
B.A., Lycoming College 

2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Dale V. Bower (1968) 

Planned Giving Consultant 

B.S., Lycoming College 

B.D., United Theological Seminary 

Mark Britten (1994) 

Director of Counseling & Wellness Services 

B.A., Mansfield University 

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

Robert C. Brobson (2003) 

Director of Safety & Security 
B.A., Mansfield State College 
M.S., California State Univ. of Long Beach 

Steven Caravaggio (1992) 

Director of Academic Computing 

& End User Services 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.A., Un iversity of Pitts bu rgh 

Sara E. Chancellor (2003) 

Development Officer 
B.A., Lafayette College 

Christine G. Coale (2003) 

Admissions Counselor 

B.A., George Washington University 

A. A., Mt. Vernon College 

Rebecca L.Collias( 1995) 

Registrar 

B.A., Point Park University 

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

Regina Collins (1991) 

Assistant Dean for Freshman 
B.A., Rosemont College 
M.S., Bucknell University 

Robert L. Curry (1969) 

Associate Director of Athletics 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Molly Costello Daly (1991) 

Director of College Relations 
A.B.. Mount Holyoke College 
M.B.A., Southeastern Massachusetts University' 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



Robert C. Dietrich (2000) 

Sports Information Director 
B.S., Westminster College 

Jeffrey P. Dietz (2003) 

Student Life Coordinator 

B.S.. Pennsylvania State Univ.-Altoona 

Matthew G. Edmonds (2002) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jason J. Etter (2003) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jerry S. Falco (1990) 

Director of Career Development Center 

B.S., Westminster College 

M.A., Bowling Green State University 

Stephanie E. Fortin (2002) 

Counselor, Counseling & Wellness Services 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.A., Kutztown University 

Sister Catherine Ann Gilvary IHM (1994) 

Catholic Campus Minister 

A.B., M.A., M.S., Matywood College 

Frank L. Girardi (1984) 

Director of Athletics 
Head Football Coach 
B.S., West Chester State College 

Sharon E. Hamilton (2003) 

Instructional Services Librarian/Coordinator 
of Information Literacy & Outreach 
B.A., Youngstown State University 
M.S.L.S., Clarion University of Pennsylvania 

Murray J. Hanford (1991) 

Publications Manager 

Alexander C. Hartmann (2003) 

Director of Prospect Research 
B.A., Indiana University 
M.A., University of Chicago 



Daniel J. Hartsock (1981) 

Assistant Dean for Sophomores 

Director of Academic Resource Center and 

Coordinator of Advising 
B.H., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

David Heffner (1994) 

Assoc. Dean/Director of 

Communications Technology 
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.S., Bloomshurg University 

David Heiney (1997) 

Director of Administrative Services 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.A., Bucknell University 
Ed.D., Nova University 

Joanna M. Holcombe 

Instructional Services Librarian & Assistant 
Professor, Library 
B.A., Davidson College 
M.S., University of Tennessee 

Nancy Hollick (1990) 

Staff Accountant 

A.A.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology 

B.S., Lock Haven University 

Maramonne Houseknecht (2000) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Niagara University 

J. Marco Hunsberger (1989) 

Campus Minister 

B.A., Mercer University 

M.Div., United Theological Seminary 

Susan Jewell (1999) 

Director Student Programs/Leadership 

Development 
B.A., Allegheny College 
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Laura C. Johnson (2003) 

Director of Student Recreation & Conferences 
B.S., Rutgers University, Cook College 
M.S., Ohio University 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 

• 



Michelle M. Jones (1996) 

Director of Accounting 
B.A.. Lycoming College 

Jane C. Keller (1998) 

Asst. Director Academic Resource Center 
B.A., Bucknell University 
M.S., Wilkes University 

Wayne E. Kinley (1990) 

Controller and Assistant Treasurer 
B.A., Lycoming College 

F. Douglas Kuntz (2000) 

Director of Physical Plant 
B.S., West Virginia University 

Sandi L. Lander (1995) 

Director of Administrative Computing 
B.S., SUNY College at Brockport 

Linda B. Loehr (2001) 

Registered Nurse, Health Services 

Jamie A. Lowthert (2004) 

Director of Financial Aid 
B.A., Blooms burg University 
M.S., University of Kentucky 

Kathy A. Lucas (1998) 

Registered Nurse, Health Services 

Melissa A. Masse (2001) 

Assistant Director of Financial Aid 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jason L. McCahan (2001) 

Assistant Director of Annual Giving 
B.A., Lock Haven University 

Anne L. McMunn (1996) 

Coordinator of Internships and 

Assistant to the Director of IMS 
B..4., Bloomshurg University 

Heather R. Myers (2001) 

Asst. Director Student Programs/Leadership 

Development 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.S., Canisius College 

Michelle M. Parks (2001) 

Assistant Director of Admissions 
B.A., Lycoming College 

2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Lynn C. Pierson (2003) 

Student Life Coordinator 

M.A., Edinboro University 

B.A., Penn State Erie, The Behrend College 

Denise Robinson (1994) 

Asst. Dean, Director of Residence Life 

B.A., Clark University 

M. S. , Mia mi Un ivers ity of Oh io 

Mary E. Savoy (2002) 

Assistant Registrar 

B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Cindy Springman (1999) 

Bursar 

A.A., Williamsport Area Community College 

Sondra L. Stipcak (1995) 

Nurse, Director of Health Services 
B.S.N., Indiana University of PA 

Valerie E. Troutman (2003) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jennifer Wilson (2000) 

Director of Annual Giving 

B.S., Carnegie Mellon University 

Emeriti 

Jack C. Buckle 

Dean of Students Emeritus 
A.B., Juniata College 
M.S., Syracuse University 

Harold H. Hutson 

President Emeritus 
B.A., LL.D., Wofford College 
Ph.D., University of Chicago 
L.H.D., Ohio Wesleyan University 

Bishop D. Frederick Wertz 

President Emeritus 
A.B., Dickinson College 
M.A., S.T.B., Boston University 
LL.D., Dickinson College 
D.D., Lycoming College 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Faculty 



* On Sabbatical Fall Semester 2004 

** On Sabbatical Academic Year 2004-05 

Professors 

Howard C. Berthoid, Jr. (1976) 

Psychology 

B.A., Franklin and Marshall College 

M.A., Un iversity of Iowa 

Ph.D., The Universit}' of Massachusetts 

Gary M. Boerckel (1979) 

Music 

B.A., B.M., Oberlin College 
M.M., Ohio University 
D.M.A., University of Iowa 

Sascha Feinstein (1995) 

English 

B.A., University of Rochester 

M.F.A., Ph.D., Indiana University 

David A. Franz (1970) 

Chemistry 

A.B., Princeton University 

M.A.T., The Johns Hopkins University 

Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Amy Golahny (1985) 

Art' 

B.A., Brandeis University 

M.A., Williams College - Clark Art Institute 

M. Phil. Ph.D., Columbia University 

Stephen R. Griffith (1970) 

Philosophy 

A.B., Cornell University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

G. W. Hawkes (1989) 

English 

B.A., University of Washington-Seattle 

M.A., Ph.D., SUNY-Binghamton 

Richard A. Hughes (1970) 

M.B. Rich Chair in Religion 
B.A., University of Indianapolis 
S.T.B., Ph.D., Boston University 



Robert H. Larson (1969) 

History 

B.A.. The Citadel 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Mehrdad Madresehee (1986) 

Economics 

B.S., University of Tehran 

M.S., National University of Iran 

M.S., University of Idaho 

Ph.D., Washington State University 

Chriss McDonald (1987) 

Chemistry 

B.S., Manchester College 

Ph.D., Miami University of Ohio 

Richard J. Morris (1976) 

History 

John P. Graham Teaching Professorship 

B.A., Boston State College 

M.A., Ohio University^ 

Ph.D., New York University 

Carole Moses (1982) 

English 

B.A., Adelphi University 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ph.D., SUNY atBinghamton 

JohnF. Piper, Jr. (1969) 

History 

Dean of the College 
A.B., Lafayette College 
B.D., Yale University 
Ph.D., Duke University 

David J. Rife (1970) 

English 

B.A., University of Florida 

M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University 

Michael G. Roskin (1972) 

Political Science 

Robert L. and Charlene Shangraw Professor 
A.B., University of California at Berkeley 
M.A., University of California at Los Angeles 
Ph.D., The American University 

Kathryn M. Ryan (1981) ** 

Psychology 

B.S., University of Illinois 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



Roger D.Shipley (1967) 

Art 

The Logan Richmond Professorship 

B.A.. Otterbein College 

M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art 

Fred M. Thayer, Jr. (1976) * 

Music 

A.B., Syracuse University 
B.M., Ithaca College 
M.M., SUNY at Binghamton 
D.M.A., Cornell University 

JohnM. Whelan,Jr. (1971) 

Philosophy 

B.A., University of Notre Dame 

Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin 

Stan T. Wilk (1973) 

Sociology/ Anthropology 

B.A., Hunter College 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Melvin C. Zimmerman (1979) 

Biology 

The Frank and Helen Lowry Professor 

B.S., SUNY at Cortland 

M.S., Ph.D., Miami University 

Associate Professors 

Jerry D. Allen (1984) 

Theatre 

B.F.A., M.F.A., Utah State University 

Susan K. Beidler(1975) 

Collection Management Services Librarian 
B.A., University of Delaware 
M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh 

Holly D.Bendorf (1995) 

Chemistry 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ph.D.. University of California-Los Angeles 

Barbara F.Buedel (1989) 

Foreign Languages 

B.A., University of Kentucky 

M.A., M. Phil., Ph.D.. Yale University 

Timothy Carter (1999) 

Criminal Justice 

B.A., M.C.J. , University of South Carolina 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Richard R. Erickson (1973) 

Astronomy and Physics 
B.A., University of Minnesota 
M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

B. Lynn Estomin (1993) 

Art ' 

B.A., Antioch College 

M.F.A., University of Cincinnati 

David Fisher (1984) 

Astronomy/Physics 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware 

Edward G. Gabriel (1977) 

Biology 

B.A., M.A., Alfred University 

M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University 

Gary Hafer (1992) 

English 

B.A., M.A., Kutztown University 

Ph.D., Purdue University 

David K. Haley (1980) 

Mathematical Sciences 
B.A., Acadia University 
M.S., Ph.D., Queens University 
Ph.D., Universitat Mannheim 

Janet Hurlbert (1985) 

Director of Library Services 

Associate Dean 

B.A., M.A., University of Denver 

Sandra L. Kingery (1998) 

Foreign Languages 

B.S., Lawrence University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin Madison 

Eldon F. Kuhns, II (1979) 

Accounting 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M. Accounting, University of Oklahoma 

C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 

Darby Lewes (1993) 

English 

B.A., Saint Xavier College 

M.A., Northwestern University 

Ph.D., University of Chicago 

Litt.D., Wilson College (Honoris Causa) 



9 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Eileen M. Peluso (1998) 

Mathematical Sciences 

B.S., Bloomsburg University 

M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 

Gene D. Sprechini (1981) 

Mathematical Sciences 

B.S., Wilkes College 

M.A., Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton 

Philip W. Sprunger (1993) 

Economics 

B.S, B.A., Bethel College 

M. A., Ph.D., Indiana University 

H. Bruce Weaver (1974) 

Business Administration 

Director of Institute for Management Studies 

B.B.A., Stetson University 

J.D., Vanderbilt University 

M.B.A., University of Central Florida 

David S. Witwer (1994) 

History 

B.A., DePauw University 

M.A., Ph.D., Brown University 

David H.Wolfe (1989)** 

Astronomy /Physics 
B.S., Lock Haven State College 
M.S., Pennsylvania State University 
Ph.D., Kent State University 

Assistant Professors 

Susan Beery (1999) 

Psychology 

B.A., Duke University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Miami 

Michelle Briggs (1992) 

Biology 

Director of Lycoming Scholars 

B.S., Cornell University 

M.S., University of Iowa 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

G. Kathleen Chamberlain (1999) 

Education 

B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

M.S.Ed., Mansfield University of 

Pennsylvania 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Santusht S. deSilva (1983) 

Mathematical Sciences 

B. Sc, University of Sri Lanka 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Alka Gandhi (2003) 

Economics 

B.A., Duke University 
M.A., University of Kansas 
Ph.D., Ohio State University 

Owen F. Herring (1965) 

Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest College 

Garett Heysel (1999) 

Foreign Languages 
B.A., Middlebwy College 
M.A., Northwestern University 
Ph.D., Ohio State University 

Rachael Hungerford (1989) 

Education 

A.A., Cayuga County Community College 
B.S., State University of New York at Plattsburgh 
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts/Amherst 

Steven R. Johnson (1999) 

Religion 

B.A., California State University, Fullerton 

M.Div., San Francisco Theological Seminaty 

M.A., Miami University of Ohio 

M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University 

Maria W. Jones (2002) 

Education 

B.A., D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.S.E., Lebanon Valley College 

M.Ed., Clarion University 

Sue A. Kelley (1999) 

Psychology 

B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Steven Koehn (1997) 

Communication 

B.A., VA Polytechnic & State University 

M.A., Pepperdine University 

D.Ed., West Virginia University 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG I 



FACULTY 

• 



Bonita Kolb (2002) 

Business Administration 

B.A., Alaska Pacific University 

M.S., Ph.D., Golden Gate University 

Virginia Lewis (2004) 

Foreign Languages 
B.A., Auburn University 
M.A./M.Phil, Universitat Hamburg 
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

Joseph L. Lipar (2002) 

Biology 

B.S., Michigan State University 

Ph.D., Indiana University 

Charles H. Mahler (1994) 

Chemistry 

B.A., The Ohio State University^ 

M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University 

Justin C. Matus (2004) 

Business Administration 
B.S., King's College 
M.B.A., Golden Gate University 
Ph.D., Old Dominion University 

Terence W. McGarvey (2004) 

Biology 

B.A., Hofstra University 

M.S., Long Island University 

Ph.D., Loyola University of Chicago 

Mary E. Morrison (2004) 

Biology 

B.A., Princeton University 

M.A./M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University 

Jeffrey D. Newman (1995) 

Biology 

B.S., University of South Carolina 

Ph.D., Marquette University 

Kurt H. Olsen (1993) 

Psychology 

Marshal of the College 

B.S., St. Lawrence University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester 

Susan M. Ross (1998) 

Sociology/Anthropology 

B.A., Millersville University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of New Hampshire 

2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Donald Slocum (1995) 

Accounting 

B.S., Cornell University 
M.S., The American University 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 
C.P.A., Washington, DC. 

N. J. Stanley (2002) 

Theatre 

B.S., Louisiana State University 
M.F.A., Florida State Univ., Tallahassee 
Ph.D., Indiana University-Bloomington 

Arthur Sterngold (1988) 

Business Administration 

B.A., Princeton University 

M.B.A., Northwestern University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Howard Tran (2002) 

Art 

B.F.A., Academy of Art College 

M.F.A., Boston University 

Richard E. Wienecke (1982)* 

Accounting 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.S., Bucknell University 

M.B.A., Long Island University 

C.P.A. (Pennsylvania and New York) 

Fredric M. Wild, Jr. (1978) 

Communication 

B.A., Emory University 

M. Div., Yale Divinity School 

M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University 

Jonathan Williamson (2002) 

Political Science 

B.A., University of Houston 

M.A., Ph.D., Emory University 

Cui Yin (2003) 

Mathematical Sciences 

B.S., Qufu Normal University 

M.S., Fudam University 

Ph.D., University^ of Pennsylvania 

Instructors 

Deborah J. Holmes (1976) 

Physical Education 

B.S., M.S., The Pennsylvania State University 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Robin Knauth (1999) 

Religion 

A.B., Princeton University 

M.T.S., Regeirt College 

Visiting, Special, and 
Part-time Appointments 

Diane Abercrombie (1988) 

Mathematical Sciences 

B.BusAdmin., Bernard M. Banich College, CUNY 

George C. Adams, Jr. (2003) 

Religion 

B.A., Susquehanna University 

M.A., Ph.D., Fordham University 

Mark A. Anderson (2004) 

CriminalJustice 

B.S., St. Lawrence University 

M.S., Northeastern Universtiy 

Steve Bastian (2004) 

Art 

Amy Cartal-Falk (1991) 

Foreign Languages 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Cullen Chandler (2003) 

History 

B.A., Austin College 
M.A., Fordham University 
Ph.D., Purdue University 

Ted Chappen (1994) 

Philosophy 

B.A., Bucknell University 

M.A., University' of Chicago 

Katharine Cimini (1992) 

Psychology 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., College of William and Mary 

Joan Moyer Clark (1987) 

Music/Theatre 

Regina Collins (1991) 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen/Mathematical 

Sciences 
B.A., Rosemont College 
M.S., Bucknell University 



Roger Davis (1984) 

Mathematical Sciences 

B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University 

Pamela Dill (1990) 

Wellness 

B.S.N. , University of the State of New York 

at Albany 
M.S.N., University' of Pennsylvania 

Karen Franz-Fry (2003) 

Education 

B.S., Educ, M.S.Educ, Bloomsburg University 

Pamela Gaber (2002) 

Religion- Archaeology 

B.A., University of Wisconson, Madison 

A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University 

Jay Gordon (2003) 

Education 

B.A., M.S.Ed., Bucknell University 

Kathy Foresman Gorg (2004) 

Art 

B.A., Kutztown University 

Robert Graham (2003) 

Theatre 

B.A., Kennesaw State University, 

Charles Guttendorf (2003) 

CriminalJustice 

B.A., M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Katherine Hill (2003) 

Psychology 

B.A., Colorado College 

M.S., Ph.D., Kansas State University 

Daniel Hunter (2004) 

Foreign Languages 

B.S., Lock Haven University 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Jeremiah Johnson (2004) 

Theatre 

B.F.A., Tyler School of Art of Temple 

Univeristy 
M.F.A., Syracuse University 

Craig Kauffman (1994) 

Art 

B.S., Kutztown State College 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



O 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



Jennifer L. Knapp (2004) 

Communication 

B.A., Canisius College 

M.S.. Ed.D.. West Virginia University 

Lauri Kremer (1996) 

Accounting 

B.A.. Lycoming College 

Don M. Larrabee, II (1972) 

Lecturer in Law 

A.B., Franklin and Marshall College 

LL.B., Fordham University 

Timothy Mahoney (1992) 

Sociology 

B.A., Lock Haven State University 

M.S., Eastern Kentucky University 

Betty Lynn McCall (2004) 

Sociology 

B.A., Lamar University 

M.S., Baylor University 

M.A., Ph.D., Vanderhilt University 

Lisa McNerney (2002) 

Foreign Languages 

B.S., University of Oregon 

M.A., Bloomshurg University 

William Miele (2001) 

Criminal Justice 

B.A., Lycoming College 

L.L., Stetson University of Law 

John Mitchell (1999) 

Psychology 

B.A., Florida State University 

Psy.D.. Indiana State University 

Diane Mosser-Wooley (2003) 

Business Administration 
^.5'., Lock Haven University' 
M.S., Mississippi State University 

Janice Ogurcak (2001) 

Communication, Advisor to The Lycourier 
B.A., Pennsylvania State University 

Janet Patterson (2004) 

Education 

B.A., The King's College, New York 

M.Ed., Bloomshurg University 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Hans Conrad Philippen (2004) 

Psychology 

B.S., Towson State University 

M.A., Ph.D., Hofstra University 

Todd Preston (2003) 

English 

B.A., State Universit}' of New York at Geneseo 

M.A., State University of New York, Albany 

Thomas Raup (1995) 

Legal Studies 

A.B., Colimibia College 

J.D., Columbia School of Law 

Gene Remoff (2003) 

Business Administration 

B.S., Fairleigh Dickinson University 

M.S., Universit}' of Pennsylvania 

Larry Rhinehart (2001) 

Education 

B.S., Mansfield State University 

M.S.Ed., Bucknell University 

Kim Rhone (1999) 

Art 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Edward R. Robbins (2001) 

Criminal Justice 

B.A., Mansfield State University 

M.S., Shippensburg University 

Anthony Salvatori (1988) 

Education 

B.S., Lock Haven State University 

M.Ed., Bloomshurg University 

J. David Smith (2001) 

Political Science 

B.A., Johns Hopkins University 

J.D., Temple Universit}' School of Law 

James States (2003) 

Art 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Kathryn Turner Sterngold (1992) 

Art 

B.S., Kutztown University 

M.A., Alfred University 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Donald E. Simanek (2004) 

Astronomy/Physics 

B.A., M.S., The University of Iowa 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Don Stuart (2001) 

English 

B.A., Hamilton College 
M.A., Duke University 
Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Maureen Terry (2001) 

Mathematics 

B.S.Ed., Lock Haven University 

Master Eqiiiv., The Pennsylvania State Univ. 

Andrea Tira (2003) 

Foreign Languages 

B.A., Franklin & Marshall College 

M.Ed., Temple University 

Robin Van Auken (2003) 

Communication 

B.A., M.A., Universit}' of South Florida 

Bradley Williams (2004) 

Psychology 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.S., Miami University 

Tiffany Wishard (2000) 

Political Science 

B.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State 

University 
J.D., The Dickinson School of Law 

Christopher J. Woodruff (2000) 

Visiting Instmctor of Music 
B.M.E., Louisiana State University 
M.Mus., Northwestern University 

Applied Music Instructors 

Richard Adams (2002) 

Woodwinds 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Rebecca Anstey (2001) 

Brass 

B.Mus., Lawrence University 

M.Mus., Eastman School of Music 



Melissa Becker (2003) 

Strings 

B.S., Clarion University^ of Pennsylvania 
B.M., M.A., M.M., The Pennsylvania State 
University 

Tim Breon (1998) 

Electronic Music Lab 

PA Governor's School for the Arts 

Richard Campbell (1989) 

Woodwinds 

B.M., Eastman School of Music 

Jaclyn Gilbert (2003) 

Voice 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Robert Hickey (2002) 

Woodwinds 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Richard J. Lakey (1979) 

Organ and Piano 

A.B., Westminster Choir College 

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Robert Leidhecker (1989) 

Percussion 

B.M., Mansfield University 

Yvonne Lundquist (1992) 

Piano 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Janice Miller Mianulli (2001) 

Voice 

B.M.E., Westminister Choir College 
M.M. in Vocal Performance and Pedagogy, 
The Pennsylvania State University 

Andrew Rammon (2001) 

Strings 

B.A., Pepperdine University 

M. Music, The Cleveland Institute of Music 

Wendy Savoy (2003) 

Voice 

B.M., Mansfield University of Pennsylvania 

Jennifer Schmidt (2003) 

Voice 

B.M., San Jose State University 

M.M., Northwestern University 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



Adjunct Faculty & Staff 

Manjula Balasubramanian, M.D. 

Medical Director, Clinical Laboratory 
Science Program Graduate Hospital 
Philadelphia, PA 19146 

Jean Buchenhorst, M.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, Clinical Laboratory 
Science Program Graduate Hospital 
Philadelphia, PA 19146 

Paul J. Cherney, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Abington Memorial Hospital 
Abington, PA 19001 

James Eastman, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of Medical Technol- 
ogy 

The Lancaster General Hospital 
Lancaster, PA 1 7603 

Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, School of Medical 

Technology 

The Lancaster General Hospital 

Lancaster, PA J 7603 

Joseph T. King, M.D. 

Medical Advisor & Associate Pathologist 
Clinical Laboratoiy Science Program 
Robert Packer Hospital 
Sayre,PA 18840 

Willem Lubbe, M.D. 

Medical Director CLS Program 
Williamsport Hospital 
Williamsport, PA 1 7701 

Loretta A. Moffatt, B.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director 

Williamsport Hospital CLS Program 

Williamsport, PA 17701 

Barbara J. Scheelje, B.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Abington Memorial Hospital 
Abington. PA 19001 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Brian D. Spezialetti, M.S., M.T. (ASCP) 

Program Director 

Clinical Laboratory Science Program 

Robert Packer Hospital 

Say re, PA 18840 

Emeriti 

Susan Alexander 

Associate Professor Emerita of Sociology 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., American University 

Robert B. Angstadt 

Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.S., Ursinus College 

M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University 

Jon R. Bogle 

Professor Emeritus of Art 

B.F.A., B.S., M.F.A., Tyler School of Art; 

Temple University 

Clarence W. Burch 

Professor Emeritus of Physical Education 
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

Mr. John H. Conrad 

Professor Emeritus of Education 
B.S., Mansfield State College 
M.A., New York University 

JackD. Diehl,Jr. (1971) 

Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut 

Robert F. Falk 

Professor Emeritus of Theatre 

B.A., B.D., Drew University 

M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University 

Dr. Morton A. Fineman 

Professor Emeritus of Physics 
B.A., Indiana University^ 
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Ernest P. Giglio 

Professor Emeritus of Political Science 
B.A., Queens College 
M.A.. SUNY at Albany 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



John P. Graham 

Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Dickinson College 

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

Eduardo Guerra 

Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.D., Southern Methodist Universit}? 

S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary 

John G. Hancock 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology 

B.S., M.S. Biicknell University^ 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

John G. Hollenback 

Professor Emeritus of Business Administration 
B.S., M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania 

James K. Hummer 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
B.N.S., Tufts University 
M.S., Middlebwy College 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina 

Bruce M. Hurlbert 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Library Services 

B.A., The Citadel 

M.S.L.S., Florida State University 

M. Raymond Jamison 

Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physics 
B.S., Ursinus College 
M.S., Bucknell University^ 

Emily R. Jensen 

Professor Emerita of English 

B.A., Jamestown College 

M.A., University of Denver 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Robert J. B. Maples 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Foreign Lang. 
A.B. , University of Rochester 
Ph.D., Yale University 

Roger W. Opdahl 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 

A.B., Hofstra University 

M.A., Columbia University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

Kathleen D. Pagana 

Professor Emerita of Nursing 

B.S.N., University of Maryland 

M.S.N., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Doris P. Parrish 

Associate Professor Emerita of Nursing 

B.S, SUNY at Pittsburgh 

M.S., Russell Sage College 

Ph.D., University! of Texas at Austin 

Robert W. Rabold 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 

B.A., The Penn.n'lvania State University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

John A. Radspinner 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
B.S., University of Richmond 
M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute 
D.S., Carnegie Mellon Institute 

Logan A. Richmond 

Professor Emeritus of Accounting 
B.S., Lycoming College 
M.B.A., New York University 
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 

Mary Landon Russell 

Associate Professor Emerita of Music 
Mus. B., Susquehanna University 
Consen'atoiy of Music 
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Louise R. Schaeffer 

Associate Professor Emerita of Education 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., Bucknell University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

James W. Sheaffer 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music 
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 
M.S., University of Pennsylvania 

Frances K. Skeath 

Professor Emerita of Mathematics 

A.B., M.A., Bucknell University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

John A. Stuart 

Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., William Jewell College 

M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University 

Robert A. Zaccaria 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Biology 
B.A., Bridgewater College 
Ph.D., University of Virginia 



^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ATHLETIC STAFF 



Athletic Staff 




Kara Bates 

Head Women's Lacrosse Coach 
B.S., Bowling Green State University 
B.S.. SUNY at Brockport 

Jason Betz 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University 

David Bower 

Football Coach 

B.A., Lock Haven University 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 

Gary Brown 

Assistant Football Coach 

Roger Crebs 

Head Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

A. C. Cruz 

Strength Coach 

B.A.. Lycoming College 

Robert L. Curry 

Associate Athletic Director 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Christen Ditzler 

Head Women's Basketball Coach 
Head Women's Softball Coach 
B.A.. Franklin & Marshall College 

2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



John Dorner 

Head Men's Tennis Coach 

Kara DuMond 

Assistant Women's Soccer Coach 
B.S., Messiah College 

Royce Eyer 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Mike Fiamingo 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.S., Mansfield University 

Marshall Fisher 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.S., Lock Haven University 

Robyn Flaherty 

Assistant Women's Basketball Coach 
B.A.. Lycoming College 

Shana Fleece 

Assistant Athletic Trainer 

B.A., Messiah College 

M.S.. C.S.C.S., Bloomshiirg University 

Donald Friday 

Head Men's Basketball Coach 
B.S., M.B.A., Lebanon Valley 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ATHLETIC STAFF 



Frank L. Girardi 

Director of Athletics 
Head Football Coach 
B.S., West Chester State College 

Jerry Girardi 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Gerald Hammaker 

Head Men's & Women's Swimming Coach 
B.A., The College ofWooster 

Kristi Hammaker 

Assistant Swimming Coach 

B.S., Clarion Universit}' 

M.H.A., Pennsylvania State University 

Scott Hill 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Deborah J. Holmes 

Women's Tennis Coach 

B.S., M.S.. Pennsylvania State University 

Vonnie Kaiser 

Assistant Women's Tennis Coach 
B.A.. Lycoming College 

Scott Kennell 

Head Men's & Women's Soccer Coach 
B.S., North Carolina Wesley an College 

Lyndy LeVan 

Assistant Women's Basketball Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Trevor Loehr 

Assistant Men's Soccer Coach 
B.S., Lycoming College 

Kathy Loy 

Assistant Women's Basketball Coach 
B.A., Shippensburg University 
M.Ed., M.A., Bloomsburg University 

Joe Lumbis 

Equipment Manager 

Joseph Lutz 

Assistant Men's Lacrosse Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Timothy P. McMahon 

Head Women's Volleyball Coach 

A.B., Penn College 

B.S. Mgnt., Lock Haven University 

Scott Miner 

Assistant Men's Basketball Coach 
B.S., Bloomsburg 

LYCOMING COLLEGE ■ 



Joe Moore 

Assistant Women's Softball Coach 

Dan Muthler 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy 

Frank Neu 

Head Athletic Trainer 
B.A., Central College 
M.S., Drake University 

Tom Packard 

Assistant Volleyball Coach 

Mike Pearson 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jeffrey Rauff 

Assistant Swimming Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Shawn Rosa 

Head Men's Lacrosse Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Kathy Schick 

Cheerleading Advisor 

Jesse Smith 

Assistant Football Coach 

Jamie Spencer 

Head Golf Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

David Stark 

Assistant Men's Basketball Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Mike Weber 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A.. Lycoming College 

Steve Wiser 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Adrienne Wydra 

Head Cross Country Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Matt Yonkin 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Richard Zaionis 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lock Haven University 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF 



Administrative Support Staff 




Clifford E. Allen 

Security Officer 

LorriAmrom 

Faculty Secretary 

Martha Ashenfelder 

Help Desk Coordinator 

Lisa D. Barrett 

Library Technician, Technical Services 

Melody A. Bartlett 

Secretary, Director of Physical Plant 

Mark D. Earner 

Shift Supervisor, Safety & Security 

Michael J. Beatty 

Security Shift Supervisor 

Kathleen J. Bennett 

Faculty Secretary 

2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Cynthia Bezilla 

Library Evening Proctor 

Beth Bickel 

Accounts Payable Coordinator 

Brigitte C. Brahms 

Telecommunications Coordinator 

Chad W. Buttorff 

Security Officer 

Diane M. Carl 

Executive Secretary to President 

Barbara J. Carlin 

Executive Secretary to Dean of 
Admissions & Financial Aid 

Diana L. Cleveland 

System Administrator 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF 



Carol J. Counsil 

Secretary, Residence Life 

Richard L. Cowher II 

Printing Services Coordinator 

June V. Creveling 

Secretary, Buildings & Grounds 
and Safety & Security 

Mary E. Dahlgren 

Data Information Specialist & Project 
Supervisor 

Linda R. Delong 

Switchboard Operator, Receptionist 

Jonathan DeSantis 

StaffTechnician 

Rosemarie DiRocco 

Faculty Secretary, Music & Art/Gallery 
Director 

Brianne Dopirak 

Box Office & House Manager 

Julia Dougherty 

Library Technician, Archives 

Terri R. Driscoll 

Textbook/Supply Coordinator 

Debra Fedroff 

Mailroom Coordinator 

Peggy Fenstermacher 

Information Data Specialist, Secretary 

Nicole S. Franquet 

Network Administrator 

Beatrice D. Gamble 

Student Information Specialist 

Geralynn A. Gerber 

Campus Store Assistant 

Diane J. Hassinger 

Executive Secretary to Dean of College 

AH I. Helminiak 

Cashier & Bookkeeper 

Esther L. Henninger 

Secretary, Athletics 

MaryAnn Hollenbach 

Faculty Secretary 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Barbara E. Horn 

Faculty Secretary 

Jeffrey S. Huff 

Security Officer 

Tamara Hutson 

Libraiy Technician, Assistant to the Director 
Sandra L. Jansson 
Secretary, College Relations 

Ronald A. Johnson 

Security Officer 

Patricia L. Karschner 

Biographical Records Specialist 

David M. Kelchner 

Systems Analyst 

Leslie J. Kennedy-Noble 

Assistant to the Registrar 

Margaret I. Kimble 

Secretary, Career Development Center 

Donna M. Laughrey 

Purchasing Coordinator 

Tina J. Lorson 

Housing Coordinator 

Cathi A. Lutz 

Personnel Coordinator 

John J. Maness 

Security Shift Supervisor 

Nielin L. Meredith 

Admissions Data Entry Clerk 

Zee L. Merkel 

Switchboard Operator & Receptionist 

Tracy B. Miles 

Special Events Coordinator, Executive 
Secretary 

Rebecca R. Miller 

Secretary, Financial Aid 

Tara Miller 

Payroll & Student Loan Coordinator 

Leroy C. Mosteller 

Security Officer 

Marlene L. Neece 

Library Technician, Document Delivery 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF 




Susan Nelson 

Library Technician, Access Services 

Ben Pelipesky 

Media Technology Coordinator 

Laura T. Printzenhoff 

Faculty Secretary 

Wilma L Reeder 

Library Technician, Serials Manager 

Diana Salamone 

Coordinator of Student Computing 

Brenda Schmick 

Gift Records Specialist & Secretary 

Debbie Smith 

Office Manager, Secretary Alumni & 
Development 

Marilyn E. Smith 

Printing Services Assistant 

Gail M. Spencer 

Library Technician, Circulation Supervisor 

Amy L. Starr 

Programmer Analyst 

2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Michelle M. Sullivan 

Database Administrator 

Sheran L. Swank 

Faculty Secretary 

Judy E. Walker 

Secretary, Health Services 

Donna A. Weaver 

Secretary, Student Programs/Leadership 

Development 
Roberta Wheeler 
Secretary, Athletics 

Mary S. White 

Campus Store Clerk 

Joyce E. Wilson 

Secretary, Assistant Dean for Freshmen 

Jean C. Wool 

Executive Secretary to Dean of Student Affairs 

Cristen J. Yothers 

Security Shift Supervisor 

Salvatore Zangara 

Mailroom Assistant 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ALUMNI ASSOCIATION 



Alumni Association 




The Lycoming College Alumni Association 
has a membership of over 13,000 men and 
women. It is governed by an Executive Board 
consisting of 32 members-at-large. The Board 
includes members representing various class 
years and geographic areas, the senior class 
president, the current student body president, 
and past president of the last graduating class 
and the Student Senate of Lycoming College. 
The Director of Alumni & Parent Programs 
manages the activities of the Alumni Office. 

The Alumni Association has the following 
purpose as stated in the constitution: "As an 
off-campus constituency, the Association's 
purpose is to seek ways of maintaining an active 
and mutually beneficial relationship between the 
College and its alumni, utilizing their talents, 
resources and counsel to further the objectives 
and programs of Lycoming College." 

All fonner students of Williamsport 
Dickinson Seminary and all fonner students 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



who have successfully completed one year of 
study at Williamsport Dickinson Junior 
College or Lycoming College are considered 
members of the association. 

Acting as the representative of alumni on 
the campus and working also with undergradu- 
ates, the Alumni Office is responsible for 
keeping alumni informed and interested in the 
programs, growth and activities of the College 
through regular publications mailed to all 
alumni on record. Arrangements for Home- 
coming, Class Reunions, Family Weekend, 
Regional Alumni Chapter events and meetings 
meetings, and similar activities are coordinated 
through this office. Through the Lycoming 
College Annual Fund, the Alumni office is 
closely associated with the development 
program of the college. Communications to 
the Alumni Association should be addressed to 
the Alumni & Parent Programs Office. 



^R 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ALUMNI ASSOCIATION EXECUTIVE BOARD 



Alumni Association executive board 




TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2007 

Thomas Beamer '74 
Andrew A. Bucke '71 
David E. Detwiler, III '75 
Heather Duda '98 
David Freet '68 
John J. Joe '59 
Mark J. Ohhnger '92 

TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2006 

Brian L. Belz '96 
Brenda J. Bowser '98 
A. Davin D'Ambrosio '86 
Nancy Gieniec '59 
Patricia M. Krauser '68 
John C. Shorb '76 
BrianD. Vasey '81 
David A. Walsh '76 

TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2005 

D. Keigh Earisman '58 
Andrew Gross '59 
John Lea, III '80 
Erman E. Lepley, JR. '78 
John T. Murray, III '81 
Matthew T. Pivirotto '98 
James G. Scott '70 
Gary Spies '72 

2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2004 

Robert L. Bender '59 
Karin P. Botto '93 
Bonnie Bowes '62 
Meredith Rambo Murray '92 
Cheryl Eck Spencer '70 
Jay Thomson '86 
Linda L. Wallace '77 
Dennis Youshaw '61 

Members of the Board Serving a 
One-Year Term 

Student Senate of Lycoming College 

(SSLC) President 

Christine M.CoUela '04 

(SSLC) Past President 

Stephen Sharp '03 

2004 Senior Class President 

Timothy F. Sullivan '04 

2003 Senior Class President 

Tricia O'Connor '03 



^R 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INDEX 



Index 



Academic Advising 46 

Academic Calendar 2 

Academic Honesty/Standing 30-31 

Academic Honors 31 

Academic Program 32 

Accounting Curriculum 53 

Accounting-Mathematics 56 

Admission to Lycoming 10 

Advanced Placement 26 

Advanced Standing by Transfer 11,26 

Allopathic Medicine, Preparation 46 

Alumni Association 184 

American Studies Curriculum 57 

Anthropology Curriculum 156 

Application Fee and Deposits 13 

Applied Music Requirements 136 

Archaeology and Culture of the Ancient 

Near East 58 

Art Curriculum 59 

Astronomy and Physics 65 

Astronomy Curriculum 65 

Audit 28 

Biology Curriculum 71 

Board of Trustees 166 

Business Administration Curriculum 79 

Campus Facilities 6 

Capitol Semester 50 

Career Development Services 22 

Chemistry Curriculum 83 

Christian Ministry, Advising for 47 

Class Attendance 28 

College and the Church 6 

College Level Examination 

Program (CLEP) 26 

Communication Curriculum 87 

Community Service Curriculum 143 

Computer Science Curriculum 125 

Conduct, Standards of 24 

Contingency Deposits 14 

Cooperative Programs 40 

Engineering 40 



Environmental Studies 41 

Forestry 41 

Medical Technology 41 

Military Science 42 

Optometry 42 

Podiatry 42 

Counseling, Personal 22 

Course Credit by Examination 26 

Creative Writing 104 

Criminal Justice Curriculum 92 

Cultural Diversity 35 

Degree Programs/Requirements 33 

Dental School, Preparation 39 

Departmental Honors 45 

Deposits/Deposit Refunds 14 

Distribution Requirements 34 

English 35 

Fine Arts 35 

Foreign Language 35 

Humanities 35 

Mathematics 35 

Natural Sciences 35 

Social Sciences 35 

Economics Curriculum 95 

Education Curriculum 99 

Educational Opportunity Grants 19 

Engineering, Cooperative Program 40 

English Curriculum 104 

English Requirement 35 

Entrance Examination (CEEB) 26 

Environmental Science Minor 72 

Environmental Studies 41 

Established Interdisciplinary Major 38 

Faculty 170 

Financial Aid/Assistance 16 

Financial Matters 13 

Fine Arts Requirements 35 

Foreign Language Requirement 35 

Foreign Languages and 

Literatures Curriculum 109 

Forestry, Cooperative Program 41 

French Curriculum 110 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INDEX 



German Curriculum 112 

Grading System 28 

Graduation Requirements 34 

Greek Curriculum 154 

Health Professions, Preparation 46 

Health Services 22 

Hebrew Curriculum 155 

History Curriculum 1 16 

Honors Program 43 

Honor Societies 32 

Humanities Requirement 35 

Independent Study 48 

Institute for Management Studies 120 

Interdisciplinary Majors 38 

Established Majors 38 

Individual Majors 38 

International Studies 122 

Internship Programs 49 

Legal Professions, Preparation 40 

Literature 124 

Loans 20 

Lycoming Scholar Program 43 

Major 37 

Admission to 37 

Departmental 37 

Interdisciplinary 38 

Management Scholars Program 120 

Mathematical Sciences 125 

Mathematic Requirements 35 

Mathematics Curriculum 127 

May Tenn 48 

Medical School, Preparation 46 

Medical Technology 41 

Military Science Curriculum 131 

Minor 38 

Music Curriculum 133 

Natural Science Requirement 35 

Non-degree Students 27 

Optometry 42 

Optometry School, Preparation 46 

Osteopathy School, Preparation 46 

Oxford-Brooks Semester 51 

Payment of Fees 14 

Philadelphia Semester 50 



Philosophy Curriculum 138 

Physical Activity, Wellness 

& Community Service Program 142 

Physical Activity Curriculum 142 

Physics Curriculum 68 

Placement Services 20 

Pediatric Medicine, 

Cooperative Program 42 

Political Science Curriculum 143 

Pre-Medicine 39 

Psychology Curriculum 146 

Readmission 12 

Refunds 14 

Registration 27 

Religion Curriculum 151 

Repeated Courses 30 

Reserve Officer Training 

Corps Program (ROTC) 42 

Residence and Residence Halls 7 

Scholarships/Grants 19 

Scholarships (ROTC) 21 

Scholar Seminar 155 

Social Science Requirement 35 

Sociology- Anthropology Curriculum 156 

Spanish Curriculum 1 14 

Staff 167, 179, 181 

State Grants and Loans 20 

Student Records 26 

Study Abroad 50 

Supplemental Educational 

Opportunity Grant (SEOG) 20 

Theatre Curriculum 160 

Theological Professions, Advising 47 

Transfer Credit 1 1,26 

Unit Course System 25 

United Nations Semester 50 

Washington Semester 50 

Wellness Curriculum 142 

Withdrawal from College 28 

Withdrawal of Admissions Offer 12 

Women's Studies 165 

Work-Study Grants 21 

Writing Across The Curriculum Program .... 36 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Communicating with lycoming college 



Please address specific 
inquiries as follows: 

Director of Admissions: 

Admissions; requests for publications 

Treasurer: 

Payment of bills; expenses 

Director of Financial Aid: 

Scholarships and loan fund; 
financial assistance 

Dean of the College: 

Academic programs; faculty; 
faculty activities; academic support 
services 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen: 

Freshman Seminar; freshman 
academic concerns 

Dean of Student Affairs: 

Student activities; residence halls; 
religious life; health services 

Registrar: 

Student records; transcript requests; 
academic policies 

Career Development Center: 

Career counseling; employment 
opportunities 

Vice President for Development: 

Institutional relations; annual fund; 
gift programs 

Athletic Director: 

Varsity Sports 



Director of Alumni and 
Parent Programs: 

Alumni information; Homecoming; 
Family Weekend activities 

Director of College Relations: 

Public infonnation; publications; 
sports information; media relations 

All correspondence 
should be addressed to: 

Lycoming College 
700 College Place 
Williamsport, PA 1 770 1 -5 1 92 

The College telephone number 
is (570) 321-4000 

http ://www.ly coming.edu 

Visitors 

Lycoming welcomes visitors to the 
campus. If you would like a guided tour, 
call the Office of Admissions 
(570) 321-4026 before your visit to 
arrange a mutually convenient time. 

Toll Free Number 1-800-345-3920 
e-mail: admissions@lycoming.edu 

Lycoming College welcomes applications 
from prospective students regardless of age, 
sex, race, religion, handicap, finances, 
national or ethnic origin, or color. Lycoming 
does not discriminate on the basis of age, sex, 
race, religion, handicap, finances, national 
or ethnic origin, or color in the administra- 
tion of any of its policies and programs. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2004-05 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



r- ■ 

r- 


r 

-< 


>■ 


n 


CO 


C 


T3 
O 


S 


13 


i__i 


H 


t: 


■0 


r^, 



n 

o 

m 





CD = 

i.3 

00 "D 

> 



OcgO 

CD CQ